Paper - Race Track Industry Program

Transcription

2011 HANDICAPPING SURVEY OF
CASINOS, RACETRACKS AND ON-LINE CONTESTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
The Conditions:
Introduction to the project including a brief history and an executive summary
Introduction……………………………………………………………….1
History on handicapping……………………………………………….. 2
Executive Summary……………………………………………..............3
2
Past Performances:
Overview of the 1999 RTIP student project
Overview of past project…………………………………………………4
3
The Players:
Participants in the survey-listed by groups in casinos, racetracks and on-line
Las Vegas Casinos………….……………………………………………5-6
Racetracks…………………………………………………………………6-8
On-Line websites………………………………………………….............8
4
Present Performances:
Essay analysis of survey results focusing on cost and prizes
Cost (Highest entry fees)…………………………………………………9-11
Prizes…………………………………………………………………….....9-11
5
Post Positions:
Charts and graphs displaying survey results
Statistical Information…………………………………….........................12-15
6
Down the Stretch:
Narrative of contest highlights
National Thoroughbred Racing Association (NTRA)………….. ………16
LAS VEGAS CASINOS
CAESARS ENTERTAINMENT:
Bally’s, Caesars Palace, Flamingo, Harrahs
Paris, Planet Hollywood, THE Rio………………………………..17-18
CANTER GAMING:
“M” Resort and Palazzo/Venetian………………………………..18
COAST CASINOS:
Gold Coast…………………………………………………………..19
THE Orleans…………………………………………………...........20
MGM/MIRAGE:
Aria, Bellagio, Excalibur, Luxor, Mandalay Bay
MGM Grand, Mirage, Monte Carlo, NY NY………………...........21
STATIONS CASINOS:
Aliante Station, Boulder Station, Fiesta Station
Green Valley Ranch, Palace Station, Red Rock
Santa Fe Station, Sunset Station, Texas Station……................22
Hilton Las Vegas…………………………………………………………………...23
Palms Casino Resort and South Point…………………………………………..24
Treasure Island…………………………………………………………….............25
Wynn Las Vegas…………………………………………………………………..26
RACETRACKS
CHURCHILL DOWNS INCORPORATED:
Arlington Park……………………………………………………..27-31
Calder Race Course……………………………………...............31
Churchill Downs…………………………………………………..32-33
Fair Grounds………………………………………………............34-35
HARRAHS Louisiana Downs………………………………………………….36
MTR GAMING INC:
Mountaineer Casino Racetrack & Resort ……………………...36
Presque Isle Downs & Casino…………………………………..36
NEW YORK RACING ASSOCIATION (NYRA):
Aqueduct…………………………………………………………..37
Belmont Park………………………………………………...........38
Saratoga Race Course……………………………………...........39
PENN NATIONAL GAMING INCORPORATED:
Hollywood Casino at Charles Town…………………….............40
Hollywood Casinos at Penn National…………………………..40
THE STRONACH GROUP:
Gulfstream Park Racing & Casino………………………………41
Santa Anita Park…………………………………………………..42-46
WOODBINE ENTERTAINMENT:
Mohawk and Woodbine…………………………………………47-48
Canterbury Park Racetrack & Card Club……………………………………..49-55
Del Mar Thoroughbred Club…………………………………..........................56-57
Delaware Park Racing Slots & Golf…………………………………………...58-59
Ellis Park………………………………………………………………................60
Hastings Park………………………………………………………………........61
Hollywood Park…………………………………………………………….........62-63
Hoosier Park Racing & Casino…………………………………………...........64
Indiana Downs……………………………………………………………..........65
Keeneland………………………………………………………………….........66
Laurel Park……………………………………………………….......................67
Lone Star Park at Grand Prairie………………………………………….........68-70
Monmouth Park…………………………………………………………………71-72
Parx Racing…………………………………………………….........................73
Sam Houston Race Park…………………………………………...................74
Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino……………………………………….......75
OFF-TRACK BETTING
Surfside Race Place…………………………………………………...76-78
HARNESS TRACKS OF AMERICA
Buffalo Raceway………………………………………………………79
Freehold Raceway……………………………………………….........80
Harrington Raceway……………………………………………….......81
Maywood Park………………………………………………….............81
Northfield Park…………………………………………………….........81
Running Aces Harness Park……………………………….................82-83
Saratoga Casino & Raceway…………………………………….........84
OTHER HARNESS TRACKS
Meadowlands…………………………………………………………...85-90
THE Meadows…………………………………………………………..91
Northlands Park………………………………………………………...91
GREYHOUND TRACK
Palm Beach Kennel Club……………………………………………..92
HORSE RACING WEBSITES
BetPtc/Equibase……………………………………………….............93
Brisnet…………………………………………………………..............94
THE BloodHorse……………………………………………................94
Cap2Win……………………………………………………………….95
Horse Tourneys……………………………………………….............96-97
Public Handicapper…………………………………………………..98-99
TwinSpires…………………………………………………………….100-105
7
I think I picked the winner:
Personal experience with handicapping contests
2002 Fair Grounds DRF/NTRA Qualifier,
Excalibur and THE Orleans Las Vegas,
Public Handicapper, Del Mar & Santa Anita Internet……………..106-108
8
Photo Finish:
Closing remarks and personal Interview with photo of a NHC member
Analysis of the Project………………………………………….........109
Personal Preference of playing contests…………………………..109
Perspective from a professional player…………………….............110
9
No Inquiries:
Copies of the contest rules and project survey
Appendix A – Official Rules (Alphabetically)
Appendix B – Project Survey
10
The Recap:
Information on how to get a copy of the completed project
Instructions of obtaining a copy
1
THE CONDITIONS
The purpose of the 2011 Handicapping Contest project is to compare, contrast and
provide industry executives a benchmarking tool for handicapping contests. A total of
91 racetracks, casinos and on-line websites that offered contests in the last five years
were selected to participate in the survey. Various thoroughbred, harness, greyhound
racetracks and on-line websites were sent the survey via email. The casinos surveyed
were located in Las Vegas and the author of this project personally visited 33 Race &
Sportsbooks. He met with sports book directors and managers to complete the surveys.
47 of the participants expressed an interest in receiving a copy of the results. The
author of this document is a senior in the Race Track Industry Program at the University
of Arizona and completed this work for his capstone project. Being an avid lifelong
racing fan, the author had a high interest in the topic of this project since handicapping
is his favorite part of the game. Furthermore, a project of this nature has not been
conducted since 1999 and requires updating to reflect current rules and regulations.
This project explores the most up to date information on handicapping contests and is
exceedingly in depth regarding today’s handicapping contest.
1
HISTORY: The early form of handicapping contests may date back to 1974, with the
World Series of Handicapping (WSH) at Penn National. Charley Eckman, a legendary
Radio Sportscaster for the Baltimore Orioles, the Baltimore Colts, and Thoroughbred
Racing’s World Series of Handicapping Speaker Extraordinaire, is credited with giving
the event great coverage. On September 17, 1987, Delaware Park advertised a contest
named in his honor.
Penn National’s WSH, the first major contest of its kind; consisted of professional
horseplayers as well as amateurs. The three-day event attracted handicappers from all
over the country who qualified in earlier preliminary rounds at the racetrack. The field
was comprised of seeded public handicappers, authors and sports personalities with
over a hundred contestants. Andrew Beyer, the speed figures genius of the Washington
Post, entered the 1978 World Series as the post-time favorite. Picking winners is only
part of the game; money management, mainly determining how much to bet on a race
and whether to bet to win, place or show becomes a critical factor. The WSH once
awarded a $100,000 first prize to winners. Now, the DRF and the NTRA has joined
together to host a championship contest in Las Vegas each January, since 2000.
2
Executive Summary
The project is laid out to give the reader informational and statistical data regarding
contests/tournaments held in recent years. It outlines rules and regulations of the
different venues which play host. Handicapping contests offered through casinos and
racetracks have declined in recent years. Las Vegas casinos offer qualifying contest
because of the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship and the Horse
Players World Series (HPWS) held by Coast Casinos. Racetracks have changed the
way contests are now conducted. Current economic conditions make for a situation that
has become less feasible to host as many of these contest unlike past years. There is
no longer a breakeven point and costs have virtually risen dramatically with significant
profit loses. In general, contest players are not your big bettors; therefore small residual
benefits, if any are generated.
Handicapping contest, however are exciting to handicappers and a great part of
measuring their abilities against the best from around the country. On-line websites
have become the wave of the future. Easy sign-up and log-in procedure makes things
convenient and provides more economical means of playing for contestants. The on-line
host sites provide players’ good prize money and spots to both the NHC and the HPWS.
3
2
PAST PERFORMANCES
In 1999 a senior in the Race Track Industry Program at the University of Arizona
completed a capstone project entitled “A Survey of Track Handicapping Contests RulesSuggestions-Potential.” This project conducted a 9 question survey from 22 participants
that consisted of Las Vegas Race & Sportsbook, Thoroughbred, Harness and
greyhound racetracks. Three professional handicappers were also interviewed. The
data gathered centered on entry fees, number of contestants, and betting format.
Suggestions were made to reach goals of handicapping contests that include customer
satisfaction, revenue and new customers. The study then supplied copies of rules from
the various participants. Given the small number of participants in the survey and the
broad range of contest diversities offered to date, the past project is determined to be
out-dated in presenting a true picture of handicapping contests.
4
3
THE PLAYERS
The participants in the survey are listed below and grouped by Casinos, Racetracks and
On-line sites. Those who had a contest in the last 5 years are indicated in Green.
LAS VEGAS CASINOS
A.
CAESARS ENTERTAINMENT
Ballys * 2006
Caesars Palace
Flamingo
Harrahs
Paris
Planet Hollywood
The Rio
B.
CANTER GAMING
The “M” Resort
Palazzo/Venetian
C.
COAST CASINOS
Gold Coast
THE Orleans
Sun Coast
D.
MGM/MIRAGE GROUP
Aria
Bellagio
Excalibur * 2007 (Official rules not available)
Luxor
Mandalay Bay
MGM Grand
Mirage
Monte Carlo
New York New York
E.
STATIONS CASINOS
Aliante Station
.
Boulder Station
Fiesta Station
Green Valley Ranch
Palace Station
Rainbow Hotel and Casino in Reno * 2006 (Official rules not available)
5
Red Rock Hotel and Casino
Santa Fe Station
Sunset Station
Texas Station
F.
THE Las Vegas Hilton
G.
PALMS Casino Resort/South Point
H.
Treasure Island
I.
Wynn Las Vegas
RACETRACKS
1.
CHURCHILL DOWNS INCORPORATED
Arlington Park
Calder Race Course * 2007 (Official rules not available)
Churchill Downs
Fair Grounds Racing & Slots
2.
HARRAHS
Louisiana Downs * 2010 (Official rules not available)
3.
MARYLAND JOCKEY CLUB (MDJC)
Laurel Park * 2010
4.
MTR GAMING INCORPORATED
Mountaineer Casino Racetrack & Resort
Presque Isle Downs & Casino * 2008 (Official rules not available)
5.
NEW YORK RACING ASSOCIATION (NYRA)
Aqueduct * 2010
Belmont Park
Saratoga Race Course
6.
PENN NATIONAL GAMING INORPORATED
Hollywood Casinos at Charlestown
Hollywood Casinos at Penn National
7.
THE STRONACH GROUP
Gulfstream Park Racing & Casino
Santa Anita Park
6
8.
WOODBINE ENTERTAINMENT
Mohawk
Woodbine
9.
Canterbury Park Racetrack & Card Club
10.
Del Mar Thoroughbred Club
11.
Delaware Park Racing Slots & Golf
12.
Ellis Park
13.
Hastings Park
14.
Hollywood Park
15.
Hoosier Park Racing & Casino
16.
Indiana Downs
17.
Keeneland Race Course
18.
Lone Star Park at Grand Prairie
19.
Monmouth Park
20.
Parx Racing
21.
Sam Houston Race Park
22.
Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino * 2008
HARNESS TRACK OF AMERICA
23.
Buffalo Raceway
24.
Freehold Park * 2008
25.
Harrington Raceway (Official rules not available)
26.
Maywood Park
27.
Northfield Park (Official rules not available)
7
28.
PlainRidge
29.
Running Aces Harness Park
30.
Saratoga Raceway (Official rules not available)
OTHER HARNESS TRACKS
31.
Meadowlands
32.
THE Meadows (Official rules not available)
33.
Northlands Park
GREYHOUND TRACK
34.
Palm Beach Kennel Club
ON-LINE SITES
35.
BetPtc.com (through Equibase Site)
36.
Brisnet.com (Official rules not available)
37.
THE BloodHorse.com (information provided on SovereignStables.com)
38.
Cap2Win.com
39.
HorseTourneys.com
40.
PublicHandicapper.com
41.
TwinSpires.com
An asterisk (*) with the year behind it indicates the last time a handicapping
contest occurred at the facility listed.
8
4
Present Performances
Current year contests listed in order of entry fees from highest to lowest.
2011 HANDICAPPING CONTESTS
Site
Entry Fee
Field Size
Grand Prize (s)
Churchill Downs
$10,000
unlimited
$175,000 plus 6 spots into the NHC
Del Mar
$6,000
50
Hollywood Park
$2,000
unlimited
Wynn Las Vegas
$2,000
unlimited
Saratoga
$1,000
150
TwinSpires
$1,000
unlimited
$100,000 plus 50 spots to NHC or HPWS
Meadowlands
$800
125
$20,000 (40% of the prize pool)
THE Orleans
$500
500
$87,500 plus 25 spots into the HPWS
Belmont Park
$400
200-230
Gold Coast
$400
500
Treasure Island
$400
unlimited
50% of all entry fees
Fair Grounds
$300
500
60% of prize pool plus 10 spots into NHC
Surfside Race
$300
200
HorseTourney
$175
160
Cash prizes plus 4 spots into the NHC
Harrington
$150
unlimited
1 spot into the NHC
Hastings Park
$150
unlimited
$10,800 plus 4 spots NHC
Delaware Park
$100
unlimited
9
Site
Entry Fee
Field Size
Grand Prize (s)
Laurel Park
$100
250
Northlands Park
$100
unlimited
Cashprizes
ParxRacing
$100
unlimited
3 spots into the NHC
PennNational
$100
unlimited
60%of the prize pool plus
Santa Anita
$50
unlimited
3 spots into the NHC
Delaware Park
$40
150
Eachmonth's winner to HPWS
HiltonLas Vegas
$30
unlimited
50%of the prize pool
Stations Casino
$25
unlimited
$10,000 cash
Woodbine Ent.
$25
unlimited
$2,500 plus 1 spot into the NHC
Buffalo Raceway
$20
unlimited
$500 plus 1 spots into the NHHC
SouthPoint
$20
unlimited
65%of prize pool and progressive chance
CanterburyPark
$10
unlimited
$2,000 plus 1 spot into the HPWS
THE Meadows
$5
unlimited
Cashprizes
Running Aces
$5
unlimited
$125 (60%of the prize pool)
ArlingtonPark
$0
unlimited
$175 plus 1 spot into the HPWS
BetPtc
$0
unlimited
Cashprizes
Brisnet
$0
unlimited
Cashprizes plus regional contest
Cap2Win
$0
unlimited
Cashprizes
GulfstreamPark
$0
unlimited
Hoosier Park
$0
unlimited
$1,000 cash
Site
Entry Fee
Field Size
Grand Prize (s)
Indiana Downs
$0
unlimited
Cashprizes
Keeneland
$0
unlimited
2 spots into the HPWS
Lone Star Park
$0
450
MonmouthPark
$0
unlimited
1 spot into the NHC
Northfield Park
$0
unlimited
Cashprizes
PB Kennel Club
$0
unlimited
Cashprizes
PublicHandicapper $0
unlimited
$500, a trophyplus 1 spot into the NHC
SamHouston
unlimited
$400 plus 4 VIP TIXs to Breeders' Cup
$0
The above charts list any site that held a handicapping contest in 2011. It is broken
down, first by highest entry fees, then alphabetically. The chart represents the largest
entry fee charged from each site and determines the level of prizes awarded to the
contestants.
NEWS FLASH: A press release by Twin Spires dated Tuesday, November 15, reveals
that the site is hosting an Online Handicapping Championship on November 19. The
event requires a $1,000 entry fee and will offer the winner a guaranteed $100,000.
Contest officials also guaranteed 50 seats to the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping
Championship or Coast Casinos Horseplayer World Series. The prize pool offered
makes it the richest guaranteed online tournament ever in racing.
11
5
Post Positions
Charts and Graphs displaying survey results
12
13
14
Above are seven charts that were constructed utilizing Survey Monkey from which 91
responses were recorded. The charts identify the types of properties that participated in
the 2011 Handicapping Contest Survey. It shows that a large percentage of contests
were offered in the current year and involved more than one-hundred players. The types
of prizes, goals and budgeted items are also represented in the charts.
15
6
DOWN THE STRETCH
SUMMARY OF OFFICIAL RULES
New this year per NTRA:
All contestants at qualifying tournaments must pay a one-time annual NTRA
membership fee of $45 in order to be eligible to compete at the National
Championship; otherwise they compete for purse money only.
NTRA gives members a unique opportunity to qualify through a series of handicapping
contest. Approximately $2,000,000 in prize money will be available for NHC XIII to be
held January 27-28, 2012 at Treasure Island in Las Vegas. The winner may receive
both $1,000,000 and NTRA Handicapper of the Year at the 2012 Eclipse Awards. In
past years the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship took place at the MGM
Grand Hotel & Casino, Bally’s, and Red Rock Hotel & Casino.
The contest carries no entry fee because contestants must qualify through tournament
sponsored events. Qualified players must place 30 - $2 win/place wagers over a two
day period where 15 wagers are placed on Friday and another 15 placed on
Saturday. Eight races each day are mandatory plays with the other seven
involving option plays on any of the contest tracks. Traditionally, the mandatory
plays involve races at Aqueduct, Gulfstream Park, Tampa Bay Downs, Santa Anita,
Oaklawn Park, Golden Gate Fields, Laurel Park, and the Fair Grounds.
16
LAS VEGAS CASINOS
Among the Caesars Entertainment group there is not one casino that has held any form
of handicapping contest within the last five years except Bally’s.
The group consists of: Bally’s, Casears Palace, Flamingo, Harrahs, Imperial Palace,
Paris, Planet Hollywood, and the Rio.
17
WIN A PLACE TO THE BIG SHOW HORSE HANDICAPPING TOURNAMENT 2006
LAST SHOT TO THE DRF/NTRA CHAMPIONSHIP
Bally’s last year of hosting the Championship was in 2006. Their contest offered a $250
entry fee with $200 added to the DRF/NTRA tournament pool and $50 returned as
prize money. A “live” bankroll of $750 was utilized to purchase a contest voucher with
a two entry per person limit. Players selected a total of 15 contest races of choice.
The wagering format was win, place, show, quinellas, exactas, and trifectas.
PRIZES
1st place received 50% of the contest value
2nd place received 30% of the contest value
3rd place received 20% of the contest value
The top 2 qualifiers received a berth in the NHC. Bally’s in cooperation with the NTRA
may assign an alternate qualifier to participate in the championship tournament
depending on a particular situation.
The “M” Resort & Casino along with the Palazzo and Venetian Casinos does not
offer any form of handicapping contest on racing as Cantor Gaming properties cater to
high-end sports wagering.
18
THE $200,000 SUMMER CLASSIC HANDICAPPING CHAMPIONSHIP 2011
The Summer Classic has a $400 entry fee which included special and premium room
rates along with a daily lunch buffet. There was $200,000 in prize money based on 500
entrants. Contestants make 15 mythical win and place wagers.
[The win odds are capped at 20-1 and the place odd at 10/1]
PRIZES
1st Place - $70,000
(6th – 10th) Place - $4,000 each
2nd Place - $24,000
(11th - 20th) Place - $2,000 each
3rd Place - $10,000
(21st- 30th) Place - $1,000 each
4th Place - $8,000
(31st – 50th) Place - $600 each
5th Place - $6,000
The Top 5 contestants qualify for the Coast Casinos Horse Players World Series
February 23-25, 2012.
19
THE $250,000 FALL CLASSIC HANDICAPPING CHAMPIONSHIP 2011
The Fall Classic had a $500 entry fee which included special room rates along with a
daily lunch buffet. There was $250,000 in prize money (based on 500 entrants).
Contestants make 12 mythical win wagers.
[The win odds are capped at 20-1]
PRIZES
1st Place - $87,500
(6th – 10th) Place - $5,000 each
2nd Place - $30,000
(11th - 20th) Place - $2,500 each
3rd Place - $12,500
(21st- 30th) Place - $1,250 each
4th Place - $10,000
(31st – 50th) Place - $750 each
5th Place - $7,500
The Top 25 contestants qualify for the 2012 Coast Casinos Horse Players World Series.
20
The MGM/MIRAGE group consists of: Aria, Bellagio, Excalibur, Luxor, Mandalay
Bay, MGM Grand, Mirage, Monte Carlo, and New York New York.
They do not hold any form of handicapping contest, but Excalibur has within the last
four years.
In 2007, Excalibur offered a weekly contest with a $10 entry fee that was a win and
quinella format. The Excalibur offered contest wagers on a full race card of the
Southern California racetrack running at that time. Prizes were paid in cash only.
Contest rules are not available.
21
Stations Casinos consists of: Aliante Station, Boulder Station, Fiesta Station
Henderson, Fiesta Station Ranch, Green Valley Ranch, Palace Station, Red Rock,
Santa Fe Station, Sunset Station, and Texas Station.
THE $60,000 “WE LUV LOCALS” 2011 SUMMER RACE CONTEST SERIES
All Stations Casinos combined their efforts to host this contest that offered $60,000
plus 100% of entry fees were returned as prize money. There was a $25 entry fee each
week with a maximum of two entries per person. Players make a total of 8 win/place
contest wagers on a single horse in the given race each Saturday for 10 weeks.
A final championship will be held comprising of the top five contestants qualifying from
each weekly contest. This is where players make 12 win/place contest wagers.
[The win odds are capped at 20/1 and the place odds at 10/1]
Weekly Prizes:
1st) $1000 plus 50% of entry fees collected and entry into the $30,000 championship.
2nd) $800 plus 20% of entry fees collected and entry into the $30,000 championship.
3rd) $600 plus 15% of entry fees collected and entry into the $30,000 championship.
4th) $400 plus 10% of entry fees collected and entry into the $30,000 championship.
5th) $200 plus 5% of entry fees collected and entry into the $30,000 championship.
Championship Prizes:
1st) $10,000
4th) $2,500
7th) $1,750
10th) $1,000
13th) $400
2nd) $3,000
5th) $2,250
8th) $1,500
11th) $600
14th) $300
3rd) $2,750
6th) $2,000
9th) $1,250
12th) $500
15th) $200
22
The Las Vegas Hilton Superbook hosted a 2011Saturday handicapping contest. The
contest commences at football’s off-season. A $30 entry fee was required and players
may have up to three entries. Player will make six $100 win/place wagers with a
$1,200 “mythical bankroll.”
PRIZES
The prize pool will consist of all entry fees collected plus $500 provided by the Hilton.
1st Place – 50% of the prize money
2nd Place – 25% of the prize money
3rd Place – 12% of the prize money
4th Place - 8% of the prize money
5th Place - 5% of the prize money
23
THE 2011 SOUTH POINT SIX - THOROUGHBREDS
The Palm Casino Resort and the South Point are united together with South Point
acting as the Sportsbook Hub. The Palms has never offered any form of handicapping
contest, the South Point however, does offer a Thursday contest named the South Point
Six – Thoroughbreds with a $20 entry fee. There are a maximum number of five entries
per person with $500 plus 50% of the entry fees going to the weekly pool and the
remaining 50% of the entry fees going to fund a progressive pool. Contestants must
pick all six winners from up to four contest tracks offered to win the progressive
pool. Player can choose any six win wagers from selected tracks such as Belmont,
Woodbine, Arlington Park and Louisiana Downs. The concept is like building your own
Pick 6 to play and being creative in the process.
* The South Point will seed the progressive pool with $1,000. When the progressive
pool reaches $2,000 on an unpaid progressive pool, the South Point will add one more
$1,000.
PRIZES
The player that accumulates the most points will receive 65% of the purse money
The runner-up will receive 35%.
In the event that all 6 winners are selected, that player will win the progressive pool.
Multiple winners with all 6 correct will split the progressive pool.
24
TI’s WAGER TO WIN II CHAMPIONSHIP 2011
The Wager to Win II Championship is a qualifier for the NTRA National Handicapping
Championship. It has a $400 entry fee, with a maximum of two entries per person.
Contestants will make 15 mythical win/place single horse wagers of which nine will
be mandatory races and the other six will be that of the player’s choice.
PRIZES
(Maximum total prize structure is $40,000)
100% of tournament entry fees will be awarded as prize money.
1st Place - 50% of all entry fees
2nd Place - 20% of all entry fees
3rd Place - 15% of all entry fees
4th Place - 10% of all entry fees
5th Place - 5% of all entry fees
The top 3 qualifiers receive a seat to the 2012 DRF/NTRA Handicapping Championship,
provided they are a current NHC tour member. They will also receive round-trip air fare
and deluxe room accommodations for up to three nights. Airfare reimbursement is $400.
Treasure Island will host the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship for the
first time on January 27-28, 2012.
25
THE $150,000 GUARANTEED RACE HANDICAPPING CHALLENGE (two day event)
The Race Handicapping Challenge had a $2,000 entry fee with a maximum of four
entries per person. Contestants make a total of 15 win/place wagers each day.
Fourteen wagers are to be made at a $2 win/place format and one is made at a $4
win/place format. Only one horse per race is selected at Saratoga and Del Mar.
PRIZES
($25,000 guaranteed on Day 1 and Day 2; also a $100,000 guaranteed overall)
Day 1 and 2 total
Overall total
1st Place - $12,500
1st Place - $50,000
2nd Place - $6,000
2nd Place - $20,000
3rd Place - $4,500
3rd Place - $12,500
4th Place - $2,000
4th Place - $7,000
5th Place - $5,000
6th Place - $3,000
7th Place - $2,500
The first place and second place qualifiers receive entry into the DRF/NTRA National
Handicapping Championship at Treasure Island on January 27-28, 2012.
26
2011 TRACKSIDE OFF-TRACK BETTING SPRING HANDICAPPING SERIES
This is a Saturday contest for Twin Spires members only. There was no entry fee to
play in the contest. Players established a $50 bankroll through a contest wagering
card and limited to two entries per person. It was a four contest series features live
money wagers on all open Hawthorne Race Course pools. The player must wager
on a minimum of five Hawthorne races only and a minimum of $50. There are no
minimum or maximum wager sizes. Contestants wager on multiple pools in a single
contest race.
PRIZES
1st Place - $100
2nd Place - $25
3rd Place - $10
Highest final bankroll at the end of the contest series will earn an additional $300.
FINAL ROUND
1st Place - Received a Las Vegas trip (valid only if attending HPWS, otherwise forfeited).
Paid entry into the Coast Casinos Horseplayer World Series held in Las Vegas on
February 23-25, 2012. (Valued at $1,500).
$350 travel-voucher for travel arrangements to the Horseplayer World Series.
Hotel accommodations and $175.
2nd Place - $100
3rd Place - $50
4th Place - $25
27
2011 ARLINGTON PARK OTB WOODBINE THOROUGHBRED CONTEST
For the Woodbine Thoroughbred contest, player must be a Twin Spires Club member to
participate. There were no entry fee and players purchased one $50 wagering card,
no more than two to be used for all wagers. The contest featured live money wagers
on all open Woodbine Race Course pools. The player placed wagers only on live
racing at Woodbine Race Course.
PRIZES
1st Place - $500, plus a 32” LCD flat screen television
2nd Place - $250, plus a 32” LCD flat screen television
3rd Place - $125, plus a 32” LCD flat screen television
4th Place - $75, plus a 32” LCD flat screen television
5th Place - $50, plus a 32” LCD flat screen television
6th Place - A 32” LCD flat screen television
28
2011TRACKSIDE OTB FALL THOROUGHBRED CONTEST SERIES
The Fall Thoroughbred Series is five contests for Twin Spires Club members only.
There were no entry fee and players purchased one $50 wagering card. The contest
featured live money wagers where players placed wagers on Thoroughbred races
with post times prior to 6:30 p.m. They were able to select their wagers on a
minimum of five races during the contest. If a player places a $50 bet on the first race
and loses, that player was unable to meet the five race minimum, they are disqualified.
PRIZES
1st Place - $500 and a berth in the Series final
2nd Place - $250 and a berth in the Series final
3rd Place - $125 and a berth in the Series final
4th Place - $75 and a berth in the Series final
5th Place - $50 and a berth in the Series final
(6th – 10th) Place – a berth in the Series final
FINAL ROUND
1st Place - Received a Las Vegas trip valued at $1,500.
Entry into the Coast Casinos Horseplayer World Series February 22-25, 2012.
$350 travel-voucher to make travel arrangements for the World Series.
Hotel accommodations and $175
2nd Place - $100
3rd Place - $50
4th Place - $25
29
2011 TRACKSIDE OTB MAY/JUNE HARNESS CONTEST SERIES
The May/June Harness Series is three contests for Twin Spires Club member only.
There were no entry fee and in order to participate and players purchased a $50
wagering card. It was limited to two entries per person. The contest featured live
money wagers on all open Balmoral/Maywood Park pools. The player chooses their
wagers on a minimum of five Balmoral/Maywood Park races only.
PRIZES
1st Place - $500
2nd Place - $250
3rd Place - $125
4th Place - $75
30
2011 ARLINGTON PARK TRACKSIDE VILLA PARK HANDICAPPING CONTEST
Player must be a Twin Spires Club member to participate. There was no entry fee to
play in the contest. Players established a $50 bankroll on a contest wagering card.
The contest featured live-money wagers only on all open Arlington Park pools
and races. The players choose their wagers on a minimum of five Arlington races only.
PRIZES
1st Place received a Las Vegas trip (valued at $1,500)
Entry into the Coast Casinos Horseplayer World Series February 23-25, 2012.
$350 travel-voucher to make travel arrangements for the World Series.
Hotel accommodations
1st Place - $175
2nd Place - $75
3rd Place - $50
4th Place - $25
5th Place - $25
Calder Race Course last held a contest in 2007 and the official rules are not available.
31
THE $350,000 BREEDERS’ CUP CHALLENGE 2011
The Breeders’ Cup Challenge requires a $10,000 entry fee as a deposit. It is a “real
money” skill challenge where $7,500 makes up the live bankroll for wagering to be
placed on a player’s card. Only races from Churchill Downs on Breeders’ Cup Friday
and Saturday are playable races including all Breeders’ Cup Championships races.
Wagering format is win, place, show, exacta, and trifectas. A $600 minimum must
be wagered per race on at least 5 races on Friday and a $900 minimum must be
wagered per race on at least 5 races on Saturday.
PRIZES
1st Place - $175,000
6th Place - $7,000
2nd Place - $70,000
7th Place - $7,000
3rd Place - $35,000
8th Place - $7,000
4th Place - $20,000
9th Place - $7,000
5th Place - $15,000
10th Place - $7,000
The top six qualifiers receive entry into the 2012 DRF/NTRA National Handicapping
Championship in Las Vegas, courtesy of Breeders' Cup Limited. A $500 travel stipend
will be awarded to each person to cover hotel and other expenses.
32
WHO’s THE CHAMP? 2011 SPRING MEET HANDICAPPING TOURNAMENT
Who’s The Champ? Spring Meet Handicapping Tournament is a five contest series held
on Sundays. Each Tournament was limited to 400 entries with a limit of 3 entries per
person. The entry fee was $25. Each contestant started the day with a $24 imaginary
bankroll and made six, $2 win/place bets on races 3 – 8 at Churchill Downs. The
contestants were able to wager the $2 to win and $2 to place on two different horses.
Weekly Prize Money
1st Place - $1,500
5th Place - $300
2nd Place - $800
6th Place - $200
3rd Place - $500
7th Place - $150
4th Place - $400
(8th – 10th) - $50
The winner of each handicapping tournament received this prize package:
A five day and four night trip to Las Vegas to compete in the Horseplayer World Series
at The Orleans Resort & Casino February 23-25, 2012.
The winner also receives round-trip air fare to Las Vegas, standard accommodations
and entry into the Horse Players World Series.
If the top qualifier is unable to participate in the Horseplayer World Series, prizes will
consist of the cash mentioned above and the remainder of the prizes will be forfeited.
33
NHC SUPERQUALIFIER HANDICAPPING CONTEST (Saturday December 17, 2011)
The Fair Grounds NHC Superqualifier is a “real money” handicapping contest. Players
will put up a $300 entry fee plus a $150 live money bankroll for contest wagers on
their contest account card. Entries are limited to four and 500 overall. Contestants must
wager exactly $5 Win/$5 Place/$5 Show on one horse in each of 10 consecutive
races at the Fair Grounds.
PRIZES
First Place: 60% of Prize Pool plus entry to the NHC at Treasure Island Las Vegas
Second Place: 20% of Prize Pool plus entry to the NHC at Treasure Island Las Vegas
Third Place: 10% of Prize Pool plus entry to the NHC at Treasure Island Las Vegas
Fourth Place: 6% of Prize Pool plus entry to the NHC at Treasure Island Las Vegas
Fifth Place: 4% of Prize Pool plus entry to the NHC at Treasure Island Las Vegas
6th – 10th Place: $500 plus entry to the NHC at Treasure Island Las Vegas
11th – 20th Place: $300
The Top 10 qualifiers receive seats to the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping
Championship at Treasure Island in Las Vegas. The prize includes accommodations
and a $250 travel voucher.
34
THE 2011 FAIR GROUNDS TWIN SPIRES CLUB VIP HANDICAPPING CONTEST
The Twin Spires Club VIP Handicapping Contest is an entry free contest for Platinum
and Gold Twin Spires Club VIP members. Contestants submitted mythical $10 win/$10
place wagers. Win and Place selections may be on the same horse or on different
horses in a race. Fair Grounds races 5-10 on Saturday’s 12-race program are the
races to be wagered on.
In the event of a tie after race 10, a winner-take-all tiebreaker involving the tied
leaders will take. Participants will make $10 win and $10 place wagers on race 11.
If the participants are still tied after race 11, the $500 in total prize money will be split
evenly.
PRIZES
The contest winner received $400 and recognition with a race named in their honor.
35
Louisiana Downs held handicapping contests in 2010 with entry fees of $50-$300.
The wagering format was win only. The prizes included cash and spots in DRF/NTRA
Handicapping Championship January 2011 at Red Rock Hotel & Casino. Official
rules are not available.
Mountaineer Racetrack has not offered any form of handicapping contest.
Presque Isle Downs last held a handicapping contest in 2008 with a $25 entry fee. The
wagering format was win/place/show and prizes were cash only. Contest tracks
included: Charlestown, Mountaineer and Penn National. Official rules are not available.
36
THE $80,000 AQUEDUCT HANDICAPPING CHALLENGE 2010
Aqueduct offered this contest as part of the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping
Championship. There was $80,000 in prizes money (based on 200 entries), and all
entry fees were returned in prize money. A $400 entry fee with a field size limited to
200-225 entries and two entries per person maximum was installed. Contestants make
nine mythical $20 win, place, or show wagers and one $40 win, place, or show
wager. Only one horse per race can be selected and at least five selections per day
on races conducted at Aqueduct, with no more than five wagers on tracks other than
Aqueduct. Contest tracks included: Aqueduct, Calder, and Churchill Downs.
[The win odds are capped at 15-1; place and show odds at 8-1]
PRIZES
1st Place - $35,000
7th Place - $2,500
2nd Place - $10,000
8th Place - $2,000
3rd Place - $7,500
9th Place - $1,500
4th Place - $5,000
10th Place - $1,000
5th Place - $4,000
(11th – 15th) Place - $700
6th Place - $3,000
(16th – 20th) Place - $600
ADDITONAL PRIZES
$1,000 went to the highest bankroll after day one and $1,000 to the highest after day
two. The top 3 qualifiers received entry into the NHC and a $450 travel stipend.
37
THE $80,000 BELMONT PARK HANDICAPPING CHALLENGE 2011
Belmont offered this contest as part of the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping
entry fees were returned in prize money. A $400 entry fee with a field size limited to
200-230 entries and two entries per person maximum was installed. Contestants make
nine mythical $20 win, place, or show wagers and one $40 win, place, or show
wager. Only one horse per race can be selected and least five selections per day must
be made on races conducted at Belmont Park, with no more than five wagers on tracks
other than Belmont. Contest tracks included: Belmont, Monmouth, and Churchill Downs.
PRIZES
1st Place - $35,000
7th Place - $2,500
2nd Place - $10,000
8th Place - $2,000
3rd Place - $7,500
9th Place - $1,500
4th Place - $5,000
10th Place - $1,000
5th Place - $4,000
(11th – 15th) Place - $800
6th Place - $3,000
(16th – 20th) Place - $500
ADDITIONAL PRIZES
38
THE $150,000 SARATOGA HANDICAPPING CHALLENGE 2011
Saratoga offered this contest as part of the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping
entry fees were returned in prize money. A $1,000 entry fee with a field size limited to
150 entries and one entry per person. Contestants made 9 mythical $20 win, place, or
show wagers and one $40 win, place, or show wager. Only one horse per race was
selected and least five selections per day must be made on races at Saratoga, with no
more than five wagers on tracks other than Saratoga. Contest tracks were Saratoga,
Delaware Park and Del Mar. Day two tracks included: Saratoga, Arlington and Calder.
PRIZES
1st Place - $75,000
6th Place - $5,000
2nd Place - $25,000
7th Place - $3,000
3rd Place - $15,000
8th Place - $2,000
4th Place - $8,500
9th Place - $1,500
5th Place - $6,000
(11th – 15th) Place - $1,000
ADDITIONAL PRIZES
39
Charles Town did not offer any form of handicapping contests.
THE 2011 WORLD SERIES OF HANDICAPPING
Penn National held their World Series with a $100 entry fee, $50 was non-refundable
and $50 went to fund the player’s contest wagering card. There was no limit on the
number of entries per person. The wagering format was win only, one horse per race.
Entrants placed a minimum of five bets with a $10 minimum per bet. No maximum bet
amount and no maximum on the number of races that was played. Contest tracks
included: Belmont, Calder, Delaware, Keeneland, Laurel, Monmouth, and Parx Racing.
PRIZES
$5,000 Prize Pool (Guaranteed)
1st Place - 60%
2nd Place - 30%
3rd Place - 10%
40
THE 2011 DRF/NTRA NATIONAL HANDICAPPING CHAMPIONSHIP QUALIFIER
The Gulfstream Park NHC tour live and on-line tournament qualifier is a free entry
contest to tour members throughout 2011. The contest is on a point base scale earned
through the series of tournaments participated in starting January 2. The tour member
with the highest total from their best five tournaments as of December 31 is then
declared the 2011 NHC Tour Champion. The wagering format is $2 win and $2 place
wagers.
PRIZES ($125,000 in prize money based on tour point leaders)
1st Place - $75,000
2nd Place - $25,000
3rd Place - $15,000
4th Place - $7,500
5th Place -$2,500
The top 15 qualifiers receive seat in the DRF/NTRA NHC plus hotel accommodations
and air-fare.
41
THE 2010 SANTA ANITA “BATTLE OF THE HANDICAPPING STARS”
The “Battle of the Handicapping Stars” is a real money handicapping tournament.
Players were required to put up a $10,000 entry fee, where $2,500 was part of the
prize pool and $7,500 were use for wagers made over two days. There was a one
entry per person limit. All types of wagers were allowed except superfectas, super
high-5 and multi-race bets. A minimum of $500 was wagered on at least six races
during day one to including all live races from Santa Anita Park. A minimum of $750
was wagered on at least six races during day two. If contestants don’t wager at least
$500 on the six races on day one, a total of 1,000 contest points were deducted. On day
2, if contestants fail to wager at least $750 on six races they were disqualified.
PRIZES
1st Place - $50,000
2nd Place - $25,000
3rd Place - $7,500
4th Place - $2,500
The top 3 qualifiers receive entry into the 2011 DRF/NTRA Handicapping Challenge in
Las Vegas to include hotel and airfare. If the top 3 qualifiers cannot attend, then the
next highest placing qualifier received the entry.
42
THE 2011 SANTA ANITA DRF/NTRA NATIONAL HANDICAPPING CHALLENGE
The DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Challenge is a “real money” handicapping
tournament with a $50 entry fee and a $500 live bankroll placed on a money-wagering
card. There was a maximum limit of two entries per person for this contest. Wagering
format included win, place, show and exactas only. Players wagered at least $200 on
day one and minimum of $500 over both days of the contest. There were no maximums
that players could wager. Tournament races were all live races from Santa Anita Park.
PRIZES
The top 3 qualifiers receive entry into the 2012 DRF/NTRA National Handicapping
Championship at Treasure Island in Las Vegas including hotel and airfare.
The top 3 qualifiers also received entry into the Santa Anita $40 Handicapping Contest
finals.
43
THE 2011 $40 SANTA ANITA HANDICAPPING CONTEST
Friday, Saturday & Sundays of the 2011 Santa Anita Autumn Meet
This is a “real money” handicapping tournament with a $10 entry fee and a $30 live
bankroll on a money-wagering card. Players make $3 win/place wagers on one
horse in five Santa Anita races.
PRIZES
1st Place - $500 daily prize for the highest final bankroll
2nd Place - $200
3rd Place - $100
Each daily winner will also qualify for the finals on Sunday, November 6, 2011.
The same format was used as the daily tournament.
Players may qualify twice and will be entitled to two entries in the finals.
FINALS
1st Place - $20,000
2nd Place - $3,000
3rd Place - $2,000
44
THE 2010-2011 $10,000 STRUB SERIES HANICAPPING CHALLENGE
Santa Anita Parks Strub Series Handicapping Challenge is a free entry contest where
entries were mailed through a mailing list and distributed. It was a win only contest
where contestants pick the winners of the 2010 Malibu Stakes, the 2011 San Fernando
Stakes, and the 2011 Strub Stakes. Players may enter the contest a maximum of two
times. If they select the winner in each race, they will win their share of $10,000 cash.
On December 26, 2010, contestants selected five horses they believe will win the 2010
Malibu Stakes. If one of the horses they selected wins the 2010 Malibu Stakes, they
were invited back by mail for the San Fernando Stakes on Saturday, January 15, 2011.
Contestants are to select three horses to win the 2011 San Fernando Stakes. Again, if
one of the horses they selected wins the 2011 San Fernando Stakes, they will be invited
back through mail to participate for the Stub Stakes on Saturday, February 5, 2011. The
final round of the Strub Series Handicapping Challenge is where contestants select one
horse to win the 2011 Strub Stakes. If their selection wins the 2011 Strub Stakes, they
will win $10,000. The $10,000 will be equally divided among all contest winners.
PRIZES
Cash prizes will be mailed to contest winners within 30 working days of the final round
of the 2010-2011 Strub Series Handicapping Challenge.
45
THE 2011 SANTA ANITA SHOWVIVOR ONLINE CONTEST
The Showvivor online contest is a free entry contest. The contest begins October 1,
and ends on November 6 with the last race of the 2011 Santa Anita Autumn Meet. It
was limited to one entry per person. Players select one horse on each race day of
the live meet which finishes no worse than third and will continue each day as long
as their selection does not finish off-the-board. Contestants cannot make more than one
selection in any one race day.
PRIZES
1st Place - The player who has survived the longest earns top prize of $3,000.
2nd Place - $1,500
3rd Place - $500
46
2011 Handicapping Challenge - Extreme Betting Series
The Extreme Betting Series was offered at Mohawk Racetrack, Woodbine Racetrack,
Greenwood Teletheatre OTB, and WEGZ Stadium Bar. An entry fee of $25 and $50
live bankroll was required. It covered a six contest series which featured three
thoroughbred stakes races and three harness stakes races. The contests consist of the
Woodbine Oaks, the North America Cup, the Metro Pace, the Woodbine Mile, the
Canadian International, and the Breeders Crown. The contest included all races on the
full race card. There is no minimum or maximum requirement for the number of races.
The official rules states that throughout the six contest series, players may wager with
no restrictions on any bets, any amounts, and as many bets as the player wants.
PRIZES
Each Contest’s Prize Pool is based on the number of Contestants entered in that
Contest x $25 entry fee. The Contest Sponsor will match the total amount of all entry
fees and add it to the prize pool up to $2,500. If the prize pool becomes larger than
$2500 through entry fees, contest sponsor will contribute $2,500.
47
Example 1: If the contest has 45 contestants, the prize pool will be $2,250
(45 x $25 = $1,125 + $1,125 contest sponsor contribution)
Example 2: If the contest has 120 registered contestants, the prize pool will be $5,500
(120 x $25 = $3,000 + $2,500 max contest sponsor contribution)
1st Place - $2,500
50%
2nd Place - $1,250
25%
3rd Place - $600
12%
4th Place - $400
8%
5th Place - $250
5%
A seat in the 2012 DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship in Las Vegas will
be awarded to the contestant with the highest tournament balance over the six contests.
48
THE 2011 IN THE MONEY HANDICAPPING CONTEST
Each of the five contests carries a $10 entry fee. The object of the contest is to
correctly select a horse that finishes in the official top three in each race at
that day’s contest track. The winner will receive a cash prize of $250
guaranteed. If there is no winner(s) the prize pool carries over to the following
week’s contest.
Contest Dates and Tracks:
Saturday, December 3 – Hollywood Park
Saturday, December 10 – Fair Grounds
Saturday, December 17 – Tampa Bay Downs
Saturday, December 24 – Gulfstream Park
Saturday, December 31 – Santa Anita
49
THE 2011 COUNTDOWN TO THE CUP HANDICAPPING TOURNAMENT
This is a free handicapping tournament with seven individual contests where the top
eight point-earners will be awarded Breeders’ Cup betting bankrolls. There was a
one entry per person per and one horse in each contest race selected based on
mythical $20 across-the-board wagers. Players were awarded the amount of
points that equals the total dollar amount of the mutuel payoff. The maximum point
payoffs per race for win, place, and show was capped with the maximum points for
win was 600 points, place was 400 points and show was 200 points.
September 17 – Arlington Park
September 24 – Turfway Park
October 1 – Belmont Park
October 8 – Keeneland
October 15 - Belmont Park
October 22 – Keeneland
October 29- Santa Anita
PRIZES
Prizes were awarded for each individual contest day to the top point earners and for
the overall/accumulated point total winners.
50
Weekly awards: Highest point total for the day received a $250 Breeders’ Cup
bankroll.
2nd – 8th highest total for the day received a $100 Breeders’ Cup bankroll.
Overall accumulated point totals were given:
Highest accumulated point total received a NHC entry, airfare and accommodations
2nd highest accumulated point total received a $500 Breeders’ Cup bankroll
3rd highest accumulated point total received a $400 Breeders’ Cup bankroll
4th highest accumulated point total received a $300 Breeders’ Cup bankroll
5th highest accumulated point total received a $200 Breeders’ Cup bankroll
6th - 10th highest accumulated point total received a $100 Breeders’ Cup bankroll
The first-place winner received an entry to the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping
Championship at Treasure Island in Las Vegas January 27-28, 2012.
51
THE 2011 CANTERBURY PARK’s HANDICAPPER OF THE YEAR CONTEST
Some contests are free to enter while others require entry fees and “live” bankrolls.
Entry fee was $10 for each contest day. Players may enter once per day and need
not play in all contests to be eligible for the Handicapper of the Year. Players select
one track from three offered each day and select one horse in each of the eight
contest races. Points awarded based on a mythical $20 across the board wager.
Points awarded will vary depending on the contest and will be determined prior to
the contest. The maximum point payoffs per race for win, place, and show will be
capped as such: win was 600 points, place 400 points, and show 200 points.
SESSION 1
Oct 6: Belmont Park, Santa Anita, Remington Park
Oct 7: Keeneland, Santa Anita, Remington Park
Oct 8: Keeneland, Santa Anita Park, Hawthorne
SESSION 2
Oct 13: Keeneland, Hawthorne, Remington Park
Oct 15: Belmont Park, Santa Anita, Hawthorne
52
SESSION 3
Oct 22: Keeneland, Santa Anita, Hawthorne
SESSION 4
Oct 27: Keeneland, Santa Anita, Remington Park
Oct 29: Hawthorne, Santa Anita, Turf Paradise
SESSION 5
Nov 3: Santa Anita, Hawthorne, Remington Park
Nov 4: Churchill Downs, Santa Anita, Hawthorne
Nov 5: Churchill Downs, Aqueduct, Hawthorne
SESSION 6
Nov 10: Aqueduct, Hawthorne, Remington Park
Nov 11: Churchill Downs, Hollywood Park, Hawthorne
SESSION 7
Nov 17: Aqueduct, Hollywood Park, Remington Park
Nov 18: Aqueduct, Hollywood Park, Remington Park
53
SESSION 8
Nov 24: Churchill Downs, Fair Grounds, Hawthorne
Nov 25: Churchill Downs, Fair Grounds, Hollywood Park
Nov 26: Calder, Fair Grounds, Hawthorne
SESSION 9
Dec 1: Aqueduct, Hollywood Park, Turfway Park
Dec 2: Hawthorne, Hollywood Park, Turfway Park
Dec 3: Fair Grounds, Hollywood Park, Turfway Park
PRIZES
The person who has accumulated the most points by the end of the year will be
declared the 2011 Canterbury Park Handicapper of the Year and received a trophy
with a prize of $2,000. The person that accumulates the second highest point total
will receive a runner-up prize of $500. Points awarded will vary depending on the
contest and will be determined prior to the contest. One player for each 14 entries
from each super satellite session will win a $140 entry into the Horse Player World
Series satellite contest. HPWS Satellite Contests to be held December 10. Cash
Bonus went to the player with the highest individual score from October 6 through
December 3.
54
THE 2011 HORSE PLAYER WORLD SERIES HANDICAPPING CONTEST
The Canterbury Park Horse Player World Series Satellite Handicapping Contest is a
one-day handicapping contest on December 10, 2011. These contests will serve as
qualifiers to the Horse Player World Series to be held at The Orleans Hotel and
Casino in Las Vegas February 23-25, 2012. The winner will receive a Horse Player
World Series entry. Each player is required to pay a non-refundable $100 entry fee.
They also purchased a $40 account-wagering card. A maximum of four entries per
person is allowed. A player may not make more than one contest wager on any
given race. Players make 10 - $2 win/place wagers during the contest on 10 races
of their choice selecting only one horse in each race. All wagers will be made at the
SAMs using the account wagering card.
55
THE 2011 DEL MAR HANDICAPPING CHALLENGE
This was a “real money” contest with a $6,000 entry fee ($5,000 live bankroll plus
$1,000 for the prize pool). The challenge was limited to 50 players and the types of
wagers consisted of win, place, show, exacta, trifecta, and superfecta.
PRIZES
1st Place - $40,000
2nd Place - $20,000
The top 5 finishers represent Del Mar in the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping
Championship in Las Vegas. If one of the top five qualifiers cannot attend or already
qualified then the next highest placing will receive the entry. A $700 stipend was
awarded to each qualifier for hotel and travel expenses.
THE 2011 DEL MAR $50 HANDICAPPING CONTEST
This also was a “real money” contest where players put up a $20 entry fee plus a live
bankroll of $50. For this contest, players wagered $5 win/place on one horse in any
five live races at Del Mar. The winner received a $1,000 daily prize for accumulating
the highest final bankroll, while the runner-up received $500. 30 spots were available
for the final round of competition, and the top finisher received a Grand prize of $5,000.
56
THE 2011 DEL MAR INTERNET CONTEST
The internet contest is a free entry contest where participants place mock wagers on
one race per day, up to a maximum of 37 races during Del Mar's 2011 summer race
meeting, July 20 through September 7. Only win, place and show wagers are
acceptable. Contestants may place as many wagers in as many different combinations
up to a total of $100 per race.
[Payoff odds on all wagers was capped at 35/1]
In order to be eligible to win the grand prize, players must enter a minimum of 15 races
out of a maximum of 37 races available.
PRIZES
GRAND PRIZE: The overall top qualifier receives a trip to Las Vegas and entry into the
DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship at Treasure Island in Las Vegas. A
$700 stipend was awarded to cover hotel and travel expenses.
ALTERNATE PRIZES: If the top qualifier is not eligible to participate in this contest, they
will receive a trip for two to Del Mar on closing Labor Day weekend 2012. The prize
includes hotel and air-fare from any airport that American Airlines flies. There were
weekly prizes for the top ten handicappers and end-of-season prizes for the top 100.
57
THE 2011 HORSEPLAYERS WORLD SERIES QUALIFIER
The Horse Players World Series Qualifier required a $100 non-refundable entry fee
with a $200 live bankroll. A maximum of two entries per person limit was installed.
Type of wagers consisted of win, place and show with a minimum wager of $20 per
race. There was a 10-race minimum with no maximum on bets at Delaware Park,
Belmont, Keeneland, Laurel, Parx Racing and Monmouth. All wagers were placed on
BetJet machines or designated Tiny Tims machines using a PIN.
PRIZES
Based on 300 entrants with 100% of entry fees returned as prizes.
1st Place - $15,000
5th Place - $750
2nd Place - $5,000
(6th – 10th) Place - $250
3rd Place - $2,750
(11th – 50th) Place - $100
Top 5 qualifiers receive entry into the 2012 to the Coast Casino Horse Players World
Series at The Orleans Hotel in Las Vegas February 23-25, hotel accommodations and
$400.00 for airfare.
58
DELAWARE PARK’S MONTHLY HANDICAP CONTESTS
The Monthly Handicap contests are open to all members of the Delaware Park Player’s
Club. Players paid a $40 entry fee and purchased a $100 betting card. There is a
maximum two entries per player limit. The wagering format consists only of win/place
and/or show. Participants must wager $10 minimum bet per race (no maximum) on a
minimum of 10 races with no maximum number from races at Aqueduct, Churchill
Downs, Calder, Laurel, Parx Racing and Woodbine.
PRIZES
100% of the entry fees will be awarded as prizes for each contest.
Purse distribution: $3,000 for first, $1,500 for second, $900 for third and $600 for fourth.
(Based on 150 entries).
1st Place - 50%
2nd Place - 25%
3rd Place - 15%
4th Place – 10%
Winner of each monthly contest wins entry in the 2012 Horseplayer World Series at the
Orleans Hotel in Las Vegas February 23-25, 2012 plus hotel accommodation and
$400.00 for airfare.
59
THE 2011STARS AND STRIPES HANDICAPPING TOURNAMENT
The Stars and Stripes Handicapping Tournament was a $100 entry fee plus a $200 live
bankroll on an account-wagering card. Players must wager a minimum of $200. All
types of wagers were accepted. Tournament tracks included: Arlington Park,
Saratoga, Monmouth Park, and Ellis Park. Players may place as many or as few wagers
at each tournament track. There are no mandatory races.
PRIZES
100% of entry fee will be paid out; with bonus prize to the top three finishers.
1st Place – 40%
2nd Place – 30%
3rd Place – 20%
4th Place – 10%
Bonus prize to the top three places: (if 50 entries, payoff would be)
1st Place – $2,000 prize money plus a paid entry to the Kentucky Downs Tournament
on September 17, 2011.
2nd Place – $1,500 prize money plus a $175 entry into the horsetourney.com event.
3rd Place – $1,000 prize money plus a $175 entry into the horsetourney.com event.
4th Place – $500 cash prize
60
The DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship Qualifier required a $150 entry
fee with a two entries per person limit. Each Player placed a mythical $2 win and $2
place wager on one horse in 15 different races. There were 8 mandatory races and 7
optional races that contestants would be able to choose from. The mandatory races
may consist of 5 Hastings races and 3 selected races at the discretion of the contest
judges. Contest track were Woodbine, Monmouth Park, Belmont Park, Golden Gate,
Arlington Park, Hastings, and Fairplex.
Cash prizes were equal to 80% of the money accepted through entry fees and the
remaining 20% was used to pay fees to participate in the NHC.
PRIZES
1st Place - Approximately 60% of the total prize pool ($10,800 if max entries received)
2nd Place - Approximately 20% of the total prize pool ($3,600 if max entries received)
3rd Place - Approximately 10% of the total prize pool ($1,800 if max entries received)
4th Place - Approximately 7% of the total prize pool ($1,260 if max entries received)
5th Place - Approximately 3% of the total prize pool ($540 if max entries received)
(6th – 10th) Place - Hastings Park prize pack
The top 4 qualifiers receive entry into the DRF/NTRA NHC along with hotel and airfare.
61
2011 FIRECRACKER HANDICAPPING CONTEST
The Firecracker Handicapping Contest was a “real money” contest held over two days
and it carried a $2,000 entry fee. Each player begins with a $2,000 bankroll on a
contest card. They wagered a minimum of $100 on every race on Hollywood Park’s
card for July 3 and Monday July 4. Types of wagers included: win, place, show,
exacta, quinella and trifecta. There were no maximum amounts of bets or number of
Hollywood Park races in this contest.
PRIZES
The player with the top bankroll after day two received $5,000. If there remains a tie for
the top position after any of the two day events, the players will equally split the prizes.
The top 3 qualifiers represent Hollywood Park in the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping
Championship in Las Vegas at Treasure Island January 27-28, 2012. The prize includes
travel and hotel accommodations for each qualifier.
62
THE 2011 HOLLYWOOD PARK AT OAK TREE“SHOW ME THE MONEY” CONTEST
“Show Me the Money” contest is free entry with one entry per person. Players select
one horse each day finishes with a win, place, and/or show. All contestants selecting
a top three finisher become eligible to select a horse for the next race day and so on. A
contestant is eliminated when their selected horse does not hit-the-board.
PRIZES
The overall winner receives $2,500.
63
THE 2011 HOOSIER PARK “ULTIMATE” HANDICAPPER CONTEST
The “Ultimate” Handicapper contest took place every Thursday of the live Thoroughbred
racing season. It was held from August 4th – Oct. 20th with no entry fee. Contestants
could enter by presenting their Club Centaur Card and by doing so; they receive $100
in mock wagering. Mock wagering was on races 4-8 on Hoosier Park’s live racing
card.
PRIZES
The participant whose $100 mock wagering produced the highest bankroll after Hoosier
Park’s 8th race on that day was awarded $250 in free wagering.
The 15 weekly winners competed on Thursday, Oct. 20th for the $1,000 grand prize.
64
THE 2011 INDIANA DOWNS HANDICAPPING CONTEST
The Indiana Downs Handicapping Contest was FREE. The contest will consist of 25-35
simulcast races pre-selected by Indiana Downs staff. Each contestant must select
ONLY one horse in each of 10 contest races with only one entry per person limit.
Wagering format is a single mythical $2 win/place wager on the selected horse in each
contest race.
PRIZES
Prizes must be collected in person. Winners have thirty days to claim their prizes.
Vouchers will not be mailed. Winners must show identification and meet eligibility
requirements in order to collect winnings.
65
THE 2011 ROAD TO THE BREEDERS’ CUP CHALLENGE
For this contest, contestants register and receive a swipeable game card. The contest
will consist of 84 races plus 15 Breeders’ Cup races. Players will be able to make
imaginary $2 across-the-board wagers on a single horse for all contest races from
July 16, 2011 through August 6, 2011; imaginary $5 across-the-board wagers on a
single horse from August 13, 2011 through September 3, 2011; $10 across-the-board
wagers on a single horse from September 4, 2011 through September 24, 2011; and
$15 across-the-board wagers from October 1, 2011 through October 16, 2011. On
Breeders’ Cup days, Friday, November 4 and Saturday, November 5, players may
make $20 across-the-board wagers on a single horse in each Breeders’ Cup race.
[The win odds are capped at 20-1, the place at 10-1, and the show at 5-1]
PRIZES
The top 2 qualifiers receive entry into the Coast Casinos Horseplayer World Series at
the Orleans in Las Vegas including airfare, hotel, and $400 for expenses.
3rd Place - $500
4th Place - $250
5th Place - $150
(6th – 10th) Place - $100 Keeneland shop gift card
66
THE 2011 MARYLAND JOCKEY CLUB SPRING SESSION TOURNAMENT
The MDJC contest called for a $100 entry fee and a $200 live bankroll with only one
entry per person. The tournament was limited to the first 250 players. Contestants make
win, place and show wagers on designated tracks. Players must place a $20 minimum
per bet and 10 minimum wagers with no maximum numbers. Contest tracks includes:
Laurel Park, Aqueduct, Gulfstream Park, Tampa Bay Downs, and Santa Anita.
PRIZES
Guaranteed prize monies are based on 150 entrants or less
1st Place - $5,000
2nd Place - $2,000
3rd Place - $1,000
(4th – 10th) Place - $300
The top 3 qualifiers receive entry into the 2012 Coast Casinos Horseplayer World
Series at THE Orleans in Las Vegas February 23-25 including airfare and hotel
accommodations.
67
THE 2011 LONE STAR PARK HANDICAPPING CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES
Qualifier 1 Tournament – Saturday, February 12
Qualifier 2 Tournament – Saturday, April 9
Qualifier 3 Tournament – Saturday, June 18
Lone Star Park Handicapping Championship Tournament – Saturday, October 1
Qualifiers 1-3 were limited to 450 contestants with a one entry per person limit. The top
50 finishers in each qualifier became eligible for the Handicapping Championship
Tournament on Saturday, October 1, 2011. Contestants enter a qualifier tournament
for free. The Handicapping Championship Tournament was only open to the 50
qualifiers from the first three tournaments which represent a field size of 150.
In Qualifier 1, players selected any races from the following racetracks: Aqueduct,
Gulfstream Park, Oaklawn Park, Fair Grounds, and Santa Anita Park. The players must
make $1,140 in mythical wagers on 10 different races of their choice from any of the
designated tracks. The wagering types were 2-$50 win, place, and show on one
horse; 2-$10 exacta box with three horses; 2-$20 exacta box with three; 2-$5 trifecta
box with four; 2-$1 superfecta box with five horses.
In Qualifier 2, contest tracks included: Aqueduct, Gulfstream Park, Oaklawn Park,
Keeneland and Santa Anita Park. Players also made the same type of mythical wagers
totaling $1,140. In Qualifier 3, contest tracks included: Lone Star Park, Belmont Park,
Arlington Park, Churchill Downs, Hollywood Park and Louisiana Downs. Players make
68
$570 in mythical wagers on five different races of the player’s choosing from Lone Star
Park and $570 in mythical wagers on five different races of their choice from any of the
designated tracks. Players must make 10 wagers on 10 different races. The wagering
types are the again the same format from qualifier 1 and qualifier 2. During the
championship round of 150 qualifiers, players may select any races from any of these
four racetracks: Belmont Park, Parx Racing, Oak Tree at Hollywood and Calder. Players
must make $1,140 in mythical wagers on 10 races at any of the designated tracks.
PRIZES Saturday, February 12 (QUALIFIER 1)
1st Place every player 60% of $1,000 = $600
2nd Place every player 20% of $1,000 = $200
3rd Place every player 11% of $1,000 = $110
4th Place every player 6% of $1,000 = $60
5th Place every player 3% of $1,000 = $30
PRIZES Saturday, April 9 (QUALIFIER 2)
1st Place Qualified Player 60% of $5,000 = $3,000
2nd Place Qualified Player 20% of $5,000 = $1,000
3rd Place Qualified Player 1% of $5,000 = $550
4th Place Qualified Player 6% of $5,000 = $300
1st Place Not Qualified 60% of $1,000 = $600
2nd Place Not Qualified 20% of $1,000 = $200
3rd Place Not Qualified 11% of $1,000 = $110
69
4th Place Not Qualified 6% of $1,000 = $60
PRIZES Saturday, June 18 (QUALIFIER 3)
1st Place Qualified Player 60% of $15,000 = $9,000
2nd Place Qualified Player 20% of $15,000 = $3,000
3rd Place Qualified Player 11% of $15,000 = $1,650
1st Place Not Qualified 60% of $5,000 = $3,000
2nd Place Not Qualified 20% of $5,000 = $1,000
3rd Place Not Qualified 11% of $5,000 = $550
Saturday, October 1
1st Place - $1,500 plus a trip to the National Handicapping Championship
2nd Place - $500 plus a trip to the National Handicapping Championship
3rd Place - $500 plus a trip to the National Handicapping Championship
4th Place - $500 plus a trip to the National Handicapping Championship
The top 6 qualifiers in the Championship earn a seat to the DRF/NTRA National
Handicapping Championship at Treasure Island in Las Vegas January 27-28, 2012.
70
THE 2011 “SURVIVAL AT THE SHORE” CHALLENGE
The “Survival At The Shore” Challenge was a free on-line challenge that concludes
with the live race meet. There is only one entry per person. Players make mythical $2
win, place, and show wagers. Contestants survive the challenge until ALL their
selections finish off-the-board on a given day. Players receive what is referred to as a
“Life Preserver,” one pass when a selection is failed to be made on any day. A second
chance is not acceptable and that contestant is out of the contest.
PRIZES
1st Place – receives a berth into the DRF/NTRA NHC plus hotel and airfare.
2nd Place - $1,000 cash
3rd Place – iPad
BONUS – most winners receive an iPad Nano and the player with the highest weekly
bankroll receives a Monmouth Park souvenir gift pack.
Other contest:
The Cross Country Handicapping Challenge with 3 spots in the DRF/NTRA National
Handicapping Championship.
The $200 Monmouth/Woodbine Challenge with 2 spots in the DRF/NTRA National
Handicapping Championship.
71
The Simulcast Series Challenge Qualifier #1 where 15 qualify for the Simulcast
Series Challenge finals and the top 2 qualifies for the NHC in Las Vegas.
The Simulcast Series Challenge Qualifier #2 where 15 qualify for the finals.
The Simulcast Series Challenge Qualifier #3 where15 qualify for the finals.
The Simulcast Series Challenge Finals where 2 qualify for DRF/NTRA NHC.
The $50 Handicapping Contest where the winner qualifies for the 2012 Horse Player
World Series in Las Vegas. Players in this contest put up a $20 entry fee plus a $30 live
bankroll and take on over 400 players.
The Survival at the Shore Free Online Game which is the largest free online contest
for a seat in the 2012 DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship in Las Vegas.
$200 Monmouth/Woodbine Handicapping Challenge where wagering is on
Monmouth Park and Woodbine Racetrack, and the top finisher qualifies for the 2012
DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship in Las Vegas.
The NHC Super Qualifier, An East Coast Super Qualifier with 10 qualifying seats to the
DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship up for grabs.
The $200 Monmouth/Woodbine Handicapping Contest where the top 2 qualify for
the 2012 DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship in Las Vegas.
The $100,000 NHC Tour Summer Super Qualifier Handicapping Contest where 6
qualify for the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship.
The Haskell Challenge – Free Online Game, a fourteen race event on Haskell Day
where a player could win a VIP trip to the Breeders' Cup Championships including
airfare for two, hotel accommodations for three nights, and clubhouse tickets.
72
The 2008 DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship Qualifier required a $100
non-refundable entry fee plus a $200 live bankroll on an account wagering card.
There was a limit of two entries per participant. All wagers were placed through at
BetJet machine or Tiny Tims. Contestants wagered win and place on a 10-race
minimum and a minimum of $20 per race from the following selected tracks:
Philadelphia Park, Delaware Park, Belmont Park, and Keeneland.
PRIZES
A team of three qualifiers were sent to represent Philadelphia Park in the DRF/NTRA
National Handicapping Championship in Las Vegas including round trip airfare from
Philadelphia, hotel accommodations, and cash prizes. The 4th and 5th place finishers
received cash prizes.
73
THE 2011 EMIRATES AIRLINES THOROUGHBRED HANDICAPPING CONTEST
The Emirates Airlines Thoroughbred Handicapping contest consists of four qualifying
rounds where three contestants from each qualifying round would advance to the
championship round on September 24. There was no entry fee required and a limit of
one entry per person. The wagering format was a mythical $2 win and place wager on
10 designated contest races from one or more race tracks.
PRIZES
The person with the highest mythical winnings in each qualifying round won $50 and
was designated as the SHRP Thoroughbred Handicapper of the Week; they also won
two grandstand reserved tickets to the Breeders Cup held at Churchill Downs on
November 4 and 5, 2011.
In addition, the three persons with the highest mythical winnings in each qualifying
round who have not previously qualified will qualify to advance to the championship
round.
The three qualifiers each week had their pictures on view in the display case at the
Players Lounge Desk and on a section of Sam Houston Race Park’s web site. Twelve
contestants advanced to the championship round. The winner received $400 in prize
money, a championship trophy and four VIP tickets to the Breeders’ Cup.
74
THE 2008 SOUTHWEST SHOOTOUT QUALIFIER (two-day event)
The Southwest Shootout was a DRF/NTRA National Handicapping contest qualifier that
was limited to 100 contestants. A $400 entry fee was installed with a $500 entry fee for
players registering on the day of the contest. $300 was utilized as a live bankroll, and
was placed on a Club Fiesta, NTRA racing rewards card with a unique account number.
Contest wagers included: win, place, show, daily doubles, exactas, Pick 3, trifectas,
and superfectas (other than ten-cent).
Player wagered a minimum of $100 on day one of the contest. Only Sunland Park
Racetrack & Casino and Santa Anita Park were selected as contest tracks. There were
no mandatory races, no caps on winnings, and no maximum wagers in the shootout.
PRIZES
The top 3 qualified for the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship.
Half the prize money was used by Sunland Park for incidental expenses and half of the
remainder went to payoff the winners as follows:
1st Place – 50% of the prize money plus a trip to Las Vegas to compete in the NHC
2nd Place – 25% of the prize money plus a trip to Las Vegas to compete in the NHC
3rd Place – 10% of the prize money plus a trip to Las Vegas to compete in the NHC
1st Day Leader – 15% of the prize money
75
THE 2011 SURFSIDE RACE PLACE NEW FLASH FRIDAY MINI TOURNEY
The New Flash Friday Mini Tourney is a five contest series which required a $300 entry
fee. The format was $2 win/place wagers with a two entry per person limit. The field
size is limited to 40 entries.
PRIZES
$25,000 in cash prizes per tournament with 10 qualifying seats in the DRF/NTRA
National Handicapping Championship at Treasure Island in Las Vegas January 2012.
THE 2011 SURFSIDE RACE PLACE DRF/NTRA QUALIFYING TOURNAMENT
The DRF/NTRA qualifier is a five contest series and required a $200 entry fee with a
three entry per person limit. Players make $2 win/place wagers.
PRIZES
$25,000 in cash prizes per tournament with 15 qualifying seats in the DRF/NTRA
National Handicapping Championship at Treasure Island in Las Vegas January 2012.
76
THE SURFSIDE RACE PLACE $25,000 LIVE MONEY CHALLENGE 2011
The Live Money Challenge requires a $20 entry fee plus a $30 live bankroll on a
money wagering card. There was no limit to the number of entries a player could
purchase. Each contest offers $25,000 in cash prizes (based on 200 entries). Players
make $5 win and place wagers on one horse in at least three races at Southern
California host tracks which are Santa Anita Oak Tree or Hollywood Park. A player
must wager at least $30 on three races to be eligible to win. The Live Money
Challenge concludes with the last race from the Southern California host track.
PRIZES
The player with the highest bankroll will receive entry into the next Surfside DRF/NTRA
Handicapping Tournament and a chance to win a spot in the NHC (a $200 value).
77
THE 2011 WEEKLYSATURDAY HANDICAPPING CONTEST
The Weekly Saturday contest is free entry. Players make a selection in any five races
offered for wagering purposes on Saturdays only. A $2 win mutuel is multiplied by the
number of winners chosen.
Example: If a player chooses two winners from the five races, and if the winning
mutuels are $10 and $12. The total is $22, which is multiplied by two winners for a score
of $44.
PRIZES
The 1st, 2nd, and 3rd place winners received an entry into Surfside Race Place’s next
Live Money Handicapping Challenge (valued at $50.00). The winners will be posted at
the gift shop and their names will be posted on Surfside Race Place’s website:
surfsideraceplace.com.
78
HARNESS TRACKS OF AMERICA
THE 2011 BUFFALO RACEWAY HARNESS HANDICAPPING CONTEST
The Harness Handicapping Contest has a $20 entry fee with four qualifying rounds and
one final round. There were no limits on the number of entries for each qualifying round.
The top five players from each qualifying round were entered into the finals. Wagering
format consisted of ten mythical $200 win/$200 place wagers from which five races
were selected on any races on Buffalo Raceway and the other five remaining races
came from Buffalo Raceway or the Meadowlands.
PRIZES
1st Place – received $500 cash, entry into the National Harness Handicapping Contest
at the Meadowlands with hotel accommodations for two nights, (a $1,500 value).
2nd Place - $250
3rd Place - $150
4th Place - $100
5th Place - $75
(6th – 10th) Place - $25 each
79
THE 2008 FREEHOLD RACEWAY THOROUGHBRED HANDICAPPING CONTEST
The Freehold Thoroughbred Handicapping contest had a $150 entry fee plus a $200
live bankroll. If enter by a certain date, then there was a $100 entry fee with a $200
live bankroll. It was limited to one entry per person and a field size of 100. Contestants
made $10 win and place wagers on one horse per race with a minimum of ten and
maximum of twelve contest races on all of Saratoga and Monmouth Park races. Players
could increase their wagers up to $50.
PRIZES
1st Place – 50%
2nd Place – 25%
3rd Place – 12%
4th Place – 8%
5th Place – 5%
The top finisher received entry into the 2009 Horseplayer World Series at THE Orleans
in Las Vegas February 23-25, 2012. The prize pack included round trip airfare and hotel
accommodations.
80
Harrington Raceway & Casino offered a horse racing handicapping contests in 2011.
There were entry fees of $100-$150. Wagering format were win, place, show, and
exotic wager. Contest tracks included: Aqueduct, Tampa Bay Downs, Turfway Park,
Gulfstream Park, and Fair Grounds. Prizes were cash and a seat in the DRF/NTRA
National Handicapping Championship in Las Vegas. Official rules were not available.
Maywood Park has not offered any form of handicapping contest on racing.
Northfield Park offered a free handicapping contest in 2011. The wagering format was
win only on races at Belmont Park. Prizes included cash plus entry into a regional
contest. Official rules are not available.
81
THE 2011 RUNNING ACES – LITTLE BROWN JUG HANDICAPPING CONTEST
The Little Brown Jug Handicapping contest is a free entry contest over two days. Day
one will determine 10 finalists to compete in Day two. Participants could submit one
entry free of cost and submit additional entries for $5.00 per entry. Wagering format was
mythical $20 win, place, and show based on a point structure for track selected.
PRIZES
Grand Prize – received a full expense paid trip to the 2011 Little Brown Jug. The ten
finalists received a Running Aces hat and T-shirt.
82
THE 2011 RUNNING ACES – SATURDAY SHOWDOWN
The Saturday Showdown contest had $5 entry fee of which 100% went into the prize
pool. Each tournament had a $200.00 guaranteed by Running Aces Harness Park.
All entries must be received prior to the 1st race of the card selected each day. No late
entries accepted and only one entry per person. The wagering format was mythical $20
win, place, and show based on a point structure for the track selected.
PRIZES
1st Place – 60%
1st Place – $125.00
2nd Place – 30%
2nd Place – $50.00
3rd Place – 10%
3rd Place – $25.00
(If Prize Pool is greater than $200.00)
(If Prize Pool is less than $200.00)
THE 2011 RUNNING ACES – SUNDAY SURVIVOR SERIES
The “Sunday Survivor Series” had a $5.00 entry fee. $500.00 was guaranteed by
Running Aces Harness Park to seed the prize pool. Contestants select a horse to win,
place, and show for each race at a preselected track. If the players selected horse
does not hit-the-board, they was eliminated from the contest.
PRIZES
Total prize pool was divided equally to all on-the-board finishers at a preselected track.
83
Saratoga Casino and Raceway held a free handicapping contest in 2011. The
wagering format was show only on races at Saratoga Casino and Raceway. Prizes
were paid in cash and the official contest rules are not available.
84
OTHER HARNESS RACETRACKS
THE 2011 NATIONAL HARNESS HANDICAPPING CHAMPIONSHIP QUALIFER
The qualifier for the National Harness Handicapping Contest was held on January 29.
The contest had a $200 entry fee, $100 non-refundable plus, $100 live bankroll on a
wagering card. There was $12,000 in prize money (based on 120 entries) and seats in
the National Harness Handicapping Championship. The wagering format was win and
place only. Contestants make at least 10 wagers on live Meadowlands races with a
$10 minimum bet per race and a $100 maximum bet on one horse per race.
PRIZES
The top 3 finishers receive entry into the National Harness Handicapping Championship
1st Place - $3,600 (30% of entry fees, includes $800 NHHC seat)
2nd Place - $3,000 (25% of entry fees, includes $800 NHHC seat)
3rd Place - $2,400 (20% of entry fees, includes $800 NHHC seat)
4th Place - $1,200 (10% of entry fees)
5th Place - $600 (5% of entry fees)
6th –10th Place: $240 (2% of entry fees)
85
The qualifier for the National Harness Handicapping Contest was held on February 19.
$20 minimum bet per race and a $100 maximum bet on one horse per race.
PRIZES
86
The qualifier for the National Harness Handicapping Contest was held on March 26.
$10 minimum bet per race with no maximum bet on one horse per race.
PRIZES
5th Place - $600 (5% of entry fees)
87
THE 2011 MEADOWLANDS HORSE PLAYER WORLD SERIES QUALIFER
The qualifier for the Horse Player World Series was held on April 16, 2011. The contest
had a $200 entry fee, $100 non-refundable plus, $100 live bankroll on a wagering
card. There was $20,000 in prize money (based on 200 entries). The wagering format
was win, place, and show wagers or a combination of WPS bets. Contestants must
bet one horse per race and a minimum of ten races with no maximum bet on Aqueduct,
Gulfstream Park, Oaklawn Park and Keeneland.
PRIZES
Top finisher receives round-trip airfare and on-site hotel accommodations to the Horse
Player World Series at THE Orleans Casino in Las Vegas February 23-25, 2012.
1st Place (40% of entry fees) $8,000
2nd Place (20% of entry fees) $4,000
3rd Place (10% of entry fees) $2,000
4th Place (7.5% of entry fees) $1,500
5th Place (5% of entry fees) $1,000
6th – 10th Place (3.5% of entry fees) $700
88
THE 2011 MEAOWLANDS NATIONAL HARNESS HANDICAPPING CHAMPIONSHIP
The National Harness Handicapping Contest was held on July 9. The contest had an
$800 entry fee, $400 non-refundable plus, $400 live bankroll on a wagering card with
a $50,000 Guaranteed prize pool that will increase if more than 125 entries. There was
only one entry per person. The wagering format was win and place only with a $40
minimum bet per race and a $100 maximum bet. Contestants wagered on one horse
per race from ten races: three designated mandatory races, one each from Balmoral
Park, Mohawk, and Tioga, plus the player’s choice of seven Meadowlands races.
PRIZES
6th – 10th Place (2% of entry fees) $1,000
89
THE 2011 MEADOWLANDS HORSE PLAYER WORLD SERIES QUALIFER
The qualifier for the Horse Player World Series was held on October 1. The contest had
a $200 entry fee, $100 non-refundable plus, $100 live bankroll on a wagering card.
There was $20,000 in prize money (based on 200 entries). There was a limited of two
entries per person. The wagering format was win, place, and show wagers or a
combination of WPS bets. Contestants must bet one horse per race and a minimum of
ten races with no maximum bet on Belmont Park, Monmouth Park and Parx Racing.
PRIZES
The top two qualifiers received round-trip airfare and on-site hotel accommodations to
the Horse Player World Series at THE Orleans in Las Vegas February 23-25, 2012.
4th Place (7.5% of entry fees) $1,500
6th – 10th Place (3.5% of entry fees) $700
90
The Meadow Racetrack & Casino offered handicapping contests in 2011 that had a
free entry fee and one that carried a $5 entry fee. The wagering format was win only.
Contest tracks were the Meadows, the Meadowlands, Mountaineer Park, Charlestown,
Penn National, Arlington Park, Fair Grounds, and Evangeline Downs. Prizes were in
cash only and the official rules for their contest are not available.
THE 2011 NORTHLANDS PARK HARNESS HANDICAPPING CONTEST
The Harness Handicapping Contest had a $100 entry fee which included $80 live
bankroll loaded on wagering card. Contestants wagered on the live card. The wagering
format was win and place: $5 to win on a horse in races 1and 2, then players wagered
$5 win/$5 place on a horse in races 3-9. There was no cap on the odds.
PRIZES
All prize money is distributed by cheque within 20 business days of the tournament.
91
GREYHOUND RACING
THE 2011 PALM BEACH KENNEL “IN THE MONEY” HANDICAPPING CONTEST
The PBKC “In the Money” Handicapping Contest is a free entry contest limited to one
entry per person. Contestants must correctly pick five selections to finish in the money
on races 6-10 during the live program or face elimination; therefore the wagering format
is show only. If no player selects all five races correctly, then the player with the most
consecutive correct selections beginning with the 6th race is declared the winner. If
there is a tie for consecutive winning selections, the tiebreaker will be based on the total
of the combined $2 show prices.
PRIZES
The Grand prize is the form of cash and is considered final.
92
HORSE RACING WEBSITES
THE 2011 EQUIBASE HANDICAPPING TOURNAMENT
The Equibase Handicapping Tournament through BetPtc.com is a free entry contest.
There are two types of tournaments, a same-day tournament and a tournament
conducted through qualifying rounds. The top five finishers in both types of contest
receive prizes, but in the rounds type tournament the top five finishers in each qualifying
round advances to a championship round. The wagering format is mythical $2 win and
place.
[The win odds was capped at 20/1 and the place at 10/1]
PRIZES
Prizes are posted in the Prizes section on www.equibase.com.
93
Brisnet held a free entry horse racing handicapping contest in 2011. The wagering
format was win/place. Prizes offered were cash and entry into a regional contest.
Official rules are not available.
The Blood-Horse does not offer any form of handicapping contest in racing, but they
provide information on a DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship qualifier.
THE 2011 SOVEREIGN STABLE HANDICAPPING CHALLENGE
The “Sovereign Stable Handicapping Challenge” is a free online handicapping
tournament. Contestants place mythical $2 win and place wagers on ten designated
contest races at Saratoga, Monmouth Park, and Del Mar.
PRIZES
The top finisher received a guaranteed berth in the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping
Championship in Las Vegas January 27-28, 2012. The winner also receives air travel
voucher of $250 and hotel accommodations at Treasure Island. Additional prizes were
awarded to the second place and third place finishers.
94
THE CAP2 WIN MONTHLY HANDICAPPING CONTEST
The Cap2win monthly handicapping contest is a free entry contest. A player must enter
12 entries in a given month, no more than 4 entries on a given day, and not more than
one horse per race. They are able to make up to 40 plays within that month from
available tracks in the dropdown menu on the contest website. Players make picks from
any available track in the menu, but the wagering format is not specified; therefore
consult the website after the official player log-in is completed.
[All single race payoffs are capped at $50]
PRIZES
Cash prizes are awarded for each monthly contest and winners are notified by e-mail.
95
THE 2011 HORSE TOURNEYS HORSE PLAYERS WORLD SERIES QUALIFIER
The Horse Tourneys HPWS November 11 qualifier has a $70 entry fee with a field size
limit of 76. Players make mythical $2 win and place wagers on one horse selected in
each race from Hollywood Park, Remington Park, Mountaineer Park, and Charlestown.
Qualifying contests for the HPWS have only a 10% net takeout. One seat will
qualify into the Horse Players World Series per 25 entries.
[The win odds are capped at 20/1 and the place at 10/1]
Players that have earned qualifying spots or other prizes will be notified once the
contest has been declared official.
PRIZES
There will be 1 qualifying seat to the Horse Player World Series held at THE Orleans in
Las Vegas February 23-25, 2012, including hotel accommodations at the contest venue,
breakfast, lunch and free Daily Racing Forms, a $1,500 value. Round-trip air travel is
the responsibility of the qualifier.
96
THE 2011 HORSE TOURNEYS DRF/NTRA NHC QUALIFIER
The Horse Tourneys DRF/NTRA NHC November 19 qualifier has a $175 entry fee with
field size limit of 160. Players make mythical $2 win and place wagers on one horse
selected in each race at Churchill Downs, Woodbine, Monmouth Park, and Hollywood
Park from 12 races. The contest is virtually a net-zero takeout and is eligible for NHC
Tour points in conjunction with NHC Tour rules.
[The win odds are capped at 20/1 and the place at 10/1]
Players that have earned qualifying spots or other prizes will be notified once the
contest has been declared official.
PRIZES
There will be 4 seats guaranteed to the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping
Championship held at Treasure Island in Las Vegas January 27-28, 2012, including
accommodations at the contest venue and a $250 travel voucher provided by NTRA, a
$6,500 value (purse money, hotel accommodations plus voucher benefits).
97
The 2011 PUBLIC HANDICAPPER.COM CHALLENGE CONTEST
The Public Handicapper Challenge is a free entry contest that begins Friday May 6 and
concludes with the Breeders' Cup Classic on November 5. The contest offers players
100 races where contestants must play a minimum of 60 which includes all eight of the
Breeders' Cup races on November 5, 2011. A hypothetical $2 win wager is entered on
one horse per race. If the horse wins, the player earns the profit, if the horse loses, then
$2.00 is subtracted from their account.
[The win odds are capped at 30/1]
“This week's races” will be announced via email to all active players and on the web-site
PublicHandicapper.com. Most of the time, two of the races will be the featured races of
the week on the Daily Racing Form website. There will be a minimum of four races
featured each week. In the event that more than four races are featured, players will
have to select winners in all races to be eligible for the Weekly Prize. If a player opts to
play the races, they then choose the horse they believe will finish 1st – 3rd place.
Scratches may occur in selected races; therefore, the 2nd and 3rd place selections will
serve as alternate selections. The player will have no selection that week if all horses
are scratched.
98
PRIZES
1st place wins: A trophy proclaiming “America’s Finest Handicapper”, $500 plus…
A one-year subscription to the DRF Online PPs in Deluxe Formulator or PDF versions
and a PublicHandicapper.com T-shirt
The top NHC Tour member wins entry to the 2012 DRF/NTRA National Handicapping
Championship including airfare and hotel expenses in Las Vegas. In order to win a trip
to Las Vegas, the player must be a member of the NHC Tour and input the tour member
number into their Public Handicapper account by May 6, 2011.
2nd – 5th places win: A free three-month subscription to Daily Racing Form Online PPs
in Formulator 4 or PDF versions and a PublicHandicapper.com T-shirt
6th – 20th places win: A PublicHandicapper.com T-shirt
 Player with the best record each month during the PublicHandicapper.com
Challenge will win a 30-day subscription to Daily Racing Form Online PPs.
 Prizes will be awarded to the players with the best record at the end of each
calendar month. Monthly prizes will be awarded for May, June, July, August,
September, and October 2011. Each monthly winner receives a 30-day subscription
to the DRF Online PPs. The winner will be notified by email and their name placed
on Public Handicapper.com.
 Any player who correctly selects the winner in all featured races in a given week
win a 10-card monthly subscription to DRF PPs.
99
THE 2011 TWINSPIRES ONLINE HANDICAPPING CHAMPIONSHIP
The Online Handicapping Championship is the richest guaranteed online tournament
ever offered in racing with a $1,000 entry fee. There are opportunities for players to win
their way in through a series of satellite tournaments that run November 16 through
November 18. The satellites offer a $100 buy-in where the top 10 percent of the field
will be awarded a seat in the $1,000 Championship. There will be win/place wagers
on 15 mandatory races.
PRIZES
The winner will be awarded with the $100,000 top prize. Also 50 seats are guaranteed
to the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship at Treasure Island or the Coast
Casinos Horseplayer World Series at THE Orleans in Las Vegas.
100
THE 2011 TWINSPIRES.COM ON-LINE HANDICAPPING SERIES
The Thursday and Friday satellite events have a $10.00 entry fee with a maximum of
three entries per person. On the last week of each month a $25 entry fee is required for
Thursday and Friday satellites. The contest races are announced two nights prior to
each contest date. Players receive one free entry for every five $10 buy-ins during the
weekday events. The $10 Satellites send an unlimited number of players into Saturday's
contest each week. Saturday's contest has a $50.00 entry fee and an end of the month
$200 entry fee. Dates for the end-of-the-month contests are: March 24-26, April 2830, May 26-28, June 23-25, July 28-30, Aug. 25-27, Sept. 29-Oct.1, Oct. 27-29.
Wagering format is mythical $2 win and $2 place on 12 mandatory races.
PRIZES
The top 5 finishers in the Thursday and Friday satellites are guaranteed to earn a free
entry into Saturday's Online Handicapping Series contest.
Saturday’s winner receives an entry into the TwinSpires.com. Online Handicapping
Championship held November 19 (a $1,000 value).
The top 5 finishers will receive an entry into the end of the month Saturday Online
Handicapping Series tournament (a $200 value) which offers the winner a seat into the
NHC in Las Vegas and 10 free entries into the Saturday, November 19 tournament.
The prize package includes hotel accommodation at Treasure Island (host property).
101
The top 10 finishers receive an entry into the TwinSpires.com Online Handicapping
Championship held November 19.
SATURDAY CASH PRIZES
1st Place – 25%
2nd Place – 15%
3rd Place – 10%
4th Place – 7%
5th Place – 5%
(6th – 10th) Place – 4%
(11th – 16th) Place – 3%
102
THE 2011 BOARD IS BACK ON-LINE HANDICAPPING CONTEST
“The Board Is Back” begins in March and is a free entry contest with 9 spots up for
grabs to Las Vegas. Each Leaderboard wager must be $10 for win, $15 for place and
$20 for show. Players have the option of making win, place, show or all three wager
types. There is a maximum of 60 wagers per month per Leaderboard and the maximum
amount of points a player could score in any single day is 7 per Leaderboard.
Designated tracks for the contest are chosen each month.
PRIZES
The top 3 qualifiers from each Leaderboard will compete in an 18-person shootout for
three seats to the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship. Also, other prizes
include trips to the Horseplayer World Series and free entries into the TwinSpires.com
Online Handicapping Championship.
1st Place per Leaderboard
 Entry into the 2012 Coast Casino Horseplayer World Series, including hotel
accommodations at The Orleans (host venue), and $500 credit to the players
TwinSpires.com wagering account (a $2,000 value).
 Entry into the November 12 Leaderboard Finals where 18 players will compete
for 3 seats into the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship.
(NHC Tour points are guaranteed in the November 12 finals)
103
 An entry into the November 19 TwinSpires.com Online Handicapping
Championship (a $1,000 value), which awards a total of 50 seats to Las Vegas
(20 seats to the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship).
2nd Place per Leaderboard
(20 seats to the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship)
3rd Place per Leaderboard
4th Place per Leaderboard
104
5th Place per Leaderboard
MONTHLY LEADERBOARD PRIZES
1st Place per Leaderboard
 Entry into the following month's $200 buy-in TwinSpires.com Online
Handicapping Series event for a qualifying seat into the NHC that is awarded at
the end of each month in the series.
2nd Place per Leaderboard
 Two entries into the first Saturday of the following month's TwinSpires.com
Online Handicapping Series, (a $100 value).
3rd Place per Leaderboard
 One entry into the first Saturday of the following month's TwinSpires.com Online
Handicapping Series, (a $50 value).
105
7
I THINK I PICKED A WINNER
In 2002, I participated in the Fair Grounds handicapping contest. The entry fee was
$200 and the top three qualified for a seat in the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping
Championship. The wagering format was $2 mythical win/place bets, capped at 20-1 for
win and 10-1 for place bets. I was green and did not have any strategy, just simply filled
out the betting slip with my selections and quickly handed it in. For two days there were
ten mandatory bets and ten bets based on the player’s choice. I placed all bets at the
teller window before the races started and then came to realize that patience is
extremely important. Periodic checks of the leader board would have been an
advantage. I had a 30-1 horse that ran third beaten by a neck for top honors, but what I
really needed was a horse to win or place. I was outdistanced in this contest because I
honed in only on long shots mainly 20-1or greater. Big mistakes were made and being
green, like a first-time starter contributed to poor results. During 2006, while living in
Las Vegas, I once entered a contest at the Excalibur. It was a locals contest with a $10
entry fee that offered $2 quinella wagering on all Southern California races for that day.
There was a nine race card and players bet quinellas on all of the nine races. The
highest net total of the quinella pay-off would be declared the winner. Cash prizes were
awarded for first place, $250, second place, $150 and third place $100. There were
over one hundred players and I did not finish well, never in contention, the comment
lines would have read. I was not a quinella player, but joined the contest when I saw it
advertised while walking through the casino.
106
On several occasions, I would enter the Thursday contest held at THE Orleans with a
$10 entry fee. Players would make mythical $2 win/place bets on the first five races run
at Southern California. Although the cap for win was 20/1 and the place at 10/1, I found
this contest to be unique because a player could end up with the highest overall total
without having won all five races. There were times when a player hit all five races only
to finish second or third because their win and place tally was lower than that of players
who correctly selected two or three winners. Redemption was served from humiliating
loses previously, as I constantly placed in this event. THE Orleans reminded me of my
home town New Orleans. It was enjoyable with a great atmosphere and I was always
playing in the zone. The sports book attracted many local players who were extremely
friendly. I also played some on line contests, like Public Handicapper.com, where the
player had four to six stakes races for that Saturday to make selections. The contest ran
May to October and there are one hundred races with a minimum of sixty required for
play. All of the bets are $2 to win. I did not play this contest enough for there to be any
value. The overall winner receives a trophy, a tee-shirt, $500 cash and a qualifying seat
in the NHC. I have also entered Del Mar and Santa Anita’s contests on line. The Del
Mar Contest was this summer and it was a free online contest with a selected race each
day where “The Surf meets the Turf.” The player receives a $100 mythical bankroll to
play each day however they desired. There was a variety of ways to make selections,
such as win, place, show or using multiple horses. If the player loses the money for that
day, the amount of the wager was subtracted from their account. The overall winner
would be awarded a spot to the NHC. I was not consistent at playing and there were
107
many days where I simply forgot to make my selection. Throughout the contest, I had
maintained a negative balance, but three longshot winners changed all that instantly
and I finished in the top 15%. Santa Anita held a free online contest where the player
had to make a selection each day, by picking any race on the card. As long as their
horse finished in the money, the player advanced to the next day. This contest required
daily play on one horse, and a hit- the-board finish or else face elimination. If a selection
was failed to be made, like in my case, then the player was also eliminated. I consider
myself to be a solid handicapper, yet results early on as a contest player was below my
standards. The handicapping contests are enjoyable, rewarding and many friendships
are made because of them. The best advice I can offer is to become extremely patient
and selective, stick firmly to your own style of plays, and have a game plan. Institute
scripted plays like an NFL head coach at the start of a football game. There were high
hopes for me in ever contest I entered and confidence that I had picked the winner.
108
8
PHOTO FINISH
On September 11, I visited Las Vegas to obtain the survey data required from casinos
to complete the project. A tour of 33 Race & Sportsbooks in five days was necessary to
personally speak with managers and supervisors. It quickly became apparent that there
are just not many casinos groups or casinos now offering handicapping contests. The
MGM/MIRAGE Group and Caesars Entertainment comprise of 60% of the strip and
their clientele are high-end sports bettor. Cantor Gaming has recently become a big
force in Las Vegas and this casino group including the “M” Resort, Venetian and
Palazzo caters also to heavy sports betting. Players looking to enter a handicapping
contest in racing may not be found at any of these properties. The results show that
Coast Casinos, Stations Casinos, the Las Vegas Hilton, South Point, Treasure Island
and Wynn Las Vegas still go out there way to provide a great environment for their
racing fans. My favorite contest among these properties was the South Point Six held
on Thursdays with a $20 entry fee. It offers a player the opportunity to create their own
Pick 6 from all races at four selected contest tracks. Should the player be lucky enough
to select six winners, they would win a progressive jackpot much like a Pick 6 Pool.
Among contests offered by racetracks and on-line websites, I was most intrigued by the
Del Mar Internet contest. It is a free entry contest where contestants are given a daily
$100 “theoretical bankroll” for win, place, show or multiple horse wagers from a single
contest race. There are 37 possible races from which players have a choice on how
they will play the $100 each day. Bets placed on incorrect selections are subtracted
from the players account. The idea here is to teach money management techniques.
109
During an internship at Ellis Park in Henderson, Kentucky, I had the pleasure of working
for Ron Geary, the track’s owner and CEO. I quickly learned that Mr. Geary is an avid
handicapper and enjoys competing in qualifying DRF/NTRA contests. He begins his
quest for qualifying in the NHC upon completion of Ellis Park’s race meet. Ron Geary
does not consider himself to be a gambler, but he loves handicapping among the
nation’s best for an opportunity to qualify in the National Handicapping Championship.
Mr. Geary qualified in 2010 at the Lone Star Park contest and entered the 2011 NHC
held at Red Rock Casino in Las Vegas. Ron was the leader up until the last race, when
he was caught at the wire and lost the grand prize by a nose. He came in 2nd place and
won $150,000 cash. Ron Geary was open to talk about his contest adventures, but did
not disclose information about his strategies. He has a 10-point check-list that he strictly
follows and only pursues selections that fit his own check-point system.
110
9
NO INQUIRIES
APPENDIX A - OFFICIAL RULES
2010 Aqueduct Handicapping Challenge
November 13th & 14th
Part of the NTRA/Daily Racing Form
National Handicapping Championship
The top three [3]finishers of the 2010 Aqueduct Fall Handicapping Challenge will
be eligible for The NTRA/Daily Racing Form National Handicapping
Championship.
Approximately $1,000,000 in prize money will be available with the individual
winner to receive $500,000 and NTRA Handicapper of the Year honors at the 2011
Eclipse Awards.
The New York Racing Association, Inc. will provide flight arrangements for each
of the top three [3] finishers of our qualifying tournament*. The NTRA will
provide for a three-night stay at the official tournament hotel for the 2011
championship event.
In the event of a tie, the following tie-breaking rules will be used to decide the
three-member Aqueduct travel team:
1.
2.
3.
Highest number of winning wagers over the two-day tournament.
If a tie still exists, highest-priced winner over the two-day tournament
(based on $2 win payoff).
If a tie still exists, highest money total after day one of the two-day
tournament.
*NYRA will reimburse airfare for our Las Vegas qualifiers, at a maximum of $450 round trip. Per NTRA
regulations, if a contestant has already qualified for the Las Vegas team via another NHC tournament, they must
arrange travel through that qualifying entity.
Aqueduct 2010
HANDICAPPING CHALLENGE
Rules & Regulations
Dates:
Site:
Entry Fee:
Field Size:
Registration Period:
Prize Money:
Tracks:
November 13th & 14th
Aqueduct Racetrack, Equestris Restaurant
$400
200 - 225 entries, (maximum two entries per person)
September 19 through October 31
$80,000 (based on 200 entries). All entry fees are returned in prize money.
Aqueduct, Calder & Churchill**
TOURNAMENT PRIZE STRUCTURE
1. The total prize structure is $80,000 (based on 200 entrants).
2. Order of finish is based on highest accumulated earnings.
3. If tie exists, prize money for that position will be equally divided among the entrants involved
in tie.
Finish
Prize Money
1st
$35,000
2nd
10,000
rd
7,500
3
4th
5,000
th
4,000
5
6th
3,000
th
7
2,500
2,000
8th
th
9
1,500
10th
1,000
11th thru 15th
700
th
th
600
16 thru 20
Additional Prize Money
$1,000 - to the highest bankroll at the conclusion of Day One of the tournament.
$1,000 – to the player that compiles the highest single day bankroll at the conclusion of Day
Two. ** In the event that, due to circumstances beyond NYRA’s control, live racing is cancelled at our host
track, Finger Lakes will be designated as the alternate New York area wagering track.
CONTEST RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. Entrants may select only one horse per race.
2. Entrants cannot make more than one wager in any one race.
3. Contestants are allowed to make one selection per race; 10 selections per contest day.
4. At least five selections per day must be made on races conducted at Aqueduct and no more
than five wagers may be made on tracks other than Aqueduct on each contest day. In the event
more than five wagers are made on tracks other than Aqueduct, only the first five of those
wagers will be counted. The first five wagers will be defined as the five races with the earliest
post times on each contest day.
6. In the event of a scratch, the entrant is allowed to re-bet as long as that particular race
remains open for wagering. Otherwise, a late scratch results in no contest wager.
7. Entrants will make nine (9) mythical $20 win, place or show wagers on each contest day.
8. Entrants will make one (1) $40 win, place or show wager on each contest day. Any
additional $40 wagers will not be counted as a contest wager and will result in a forfeiture of that
wager.
9. Win odds will be capped at 15-1, resulting in a maximum payoff of $320 on a $20 win bet
and $640 on a $40 win bet. Place and show odds are capped at 8-1, resulting in a maximum
payoff of $180 on a $20 bet and $360 on a $40 bet.
10. All bets are mythical.
11. Coupled betting entries and mutuel fields will be regarded as a single selection.
12. Bets must be placed by the contestant only at a designated location for tournament play, only
in the Aqueduct Equestris Room. The entrant is solely responsible for ensuring that his or
her wager is correct. No changes will be allowed once wagering is closed.
13. The decision of the judges, NYRA Marketing and Special Events, in all matters or disputes
relating to the tournament is final.
14. All official track rulings will apply to the horses selected for tournament play except as
otherwise stipulated.
General Rules






All entrants must be at least 21 years of age.
Winners are subject to all State and Federal Tax Requirements.
Officers and employees of New York Racing Association Inc. are not eligible for the
contest.
NYRA reserves the right to terminate or withdraw this request at any time, for any cause
without prior notice. In this event, all entry fees will be refunded.
Entrants may review bets made and dollars accumulated via the Self Service Terminals
dedicated to the tournament.
NYRA reserves the right to make changes to the contest rules and format if necessary.
ENTRY AND REGISTRATION
Registration will be available through October 31st, 2010. No registrations or payments
will be accepted after that date. You may register at Belmont Park by completing an entry
form and submitting a personal check, cash, Visa, Amex or Master Card, or money order in the
amount of $400 along with the entrant's name, address, social security number and phone
number. Registration by mail must be received no later than October 31st, 2010 (based on
availability). There will be no registrations at the door.
Entrants must be present on both days of the tournament to remain eligible for prizes.
There are no exceptions.
Mail to: NYRA
Attn: Kathy Locke
Marketing/Special Events
P.O. Box 90
Jamaica, NY 11417
Shortly after the tournament is full, and registration is closed, you will receive a
registration packet. This is your entry ticket into the tournament. No duplicates will be issued.
A maximum limit of two entries per person will be accepted. Once we have determined that
the maximum number of entries have been registered, no other entries will be accepted. If
you do not indicate two entries on the registration form, you will only be registered for a
single entry.
On November 13th, 2010, between 11:00 a.m. and 12 p.m., entrants must present positive
identification, and will then be issued an official tournament envelope, which will contain your
wagering materials.
2011 ARLINGTON TRACKSIDE OFF-TRACK BETTING HANDICAPPING CONTEST
SERIES SPRING 2011OFFICIAL RULES
These are the Official Rules (“Official Rules”) for the Trackside Off-Track Betting Spring
2011Handicapping Contest Series (“Contest” or “Contest Series”). The following
information is important and all contest players are responsible for knowledge of the
content and for complete compliance with these Official Rules in their latest version.
Failure to comply with any of the rules may result in disqualification at the sole
discretion of Arlington Park Contest Officials (“Contest Officials”).
CONTEST SCHEDULE
There will be a series of free, live-money, handicapping contests held during Spring
2011 at all Illinois Trackside Off-Track Betting locations
Dates for qualifying rounds are:
Saturday, April 2
Saturday April 30
On each of the above dates a separate contest will be held at each of the following
Trackside Off-Track Betting locations:
Trackside Arlington Park
Trackside Chicago
Trackside Quad City Downs
Trackside Lockport
Trackside Hodgkins
Trackside South Elgin
Trackside Rockford
Trackside McHenry
Trackside South Beloit
Trackside Waukegan/Sundance
(Waukegan and Sundance will be treated
as one location for contest purposes)
Date for the Spring Series Final (for previous winners only):
Saturday, May 14 at Arlington Park
PLAYER DECLARATION
Employees of Arlington Park, its parent and affiliates, contractors, vendors and
theirrespective employees, its advertising agency and members of their immediate
families are ineligible to compete. For purposes of this Contest, “immediate family
members” shall be defined as mother, father, spouse, children, step-children and
siblings. Failure to disclose as provided herein shall result in disqualification from this
Contest and forfeiture of any prizes and cash. A player who has an interest - ownership
or otherwise - in a horse entered in any of the races designated as part of the Contest
may be ineligible to wager on such race(s). All players with an interest in such an
entered horse shall identify themselves to Contest Officials who will determine if the
player's interest(s) precludes him/her from wagering. Failure to disclose as provided
herein shall result in disqualification from this Contest and forfeiture of any prizes and
cash.
ELIGIBILITY
All players must be at least twenty-one (21) years of age by the day of the Contest in
order to play in that Contest.
Player must be a Twin Spires Club (TSC) member to participate. TSC membership is
free and one may join at the TSC membership service center at Arlington Park and at
any Illinois Trackside Off-Track Betting location.
Anyone who is not eligible to gamble due to any court order or other restriction, in any
jurisdiction, is not eligible to compete in these Contests.
Arlington Park reserves the right to deny any person entry into the Contest, for any
reason whatsoever.
ENTRIES/REGISTRATION
There is no entry fee to play in these Contests.
Players must establish a $50 bankroll by exchanging $50 for a Contest wagering card
(essentially a plastic voucher with a beginning balance of $50) that is to be used for all
Contest wagers. The balance on the Contest wagering card always remains the
property of the player/owner at all times.
Participation is limited to two entries in any one Contest. Should a contestant
enter more than twice, he/she will be disqualified from that day's Contest.
Participation is limited to one Trackside location each qualifying week. Should a
contestant enter at more than one location on a single qualifying week, he/she
will be disqualified from that day’s Contest.
Registration will be available at each of the Contest sites beginning at 11:15 AM
(CST) on the day of the Contest.
Contestants must register for the Contest no later than post time for the fifth-from-last
race on the contest-track card.
The official start time of the Contests will be 11:15 AM (CST).
SEATING
There is no reserved seating for contestants. As this is a live-money handicapping
contest using contest wagering cards that are accepted at specific, cash-accepting,
self- service, wagering terminals, players are advised to locate those machines early
and determine their seating accordingly.
CONTEST FORMAT
The Contest features live-money wagers on all open Hawthorne Race Course
(“Hawthorne”) pools. Should races from Hawthorne be unavailable for Contest
purposes, Contest Officials will announce races to be used for that day's Contest.
Preference will be given to Churchill Downs, Inc., racetracks. (For the May 14 final
round, races from Arlington Park (“Arlington”) will be used.
The player may only place wagers on simulcast races from Hawthorne (live races
from Arlington on May 14). Should a player place a wager on any other racetrack than
specified, for the purposes of scoring he/she will forfeit the amount wagered on that
outside track, not receive points for any winnings on such wager, and will still need to
fulfill the Contest requirements for wagering on Hawthorne races (Arlington races on
May 14). Should the wager on the outside track prevent the player from fulfilling
Contest requirements, the player will be disqualified.
The player must wager on a minimum of five Hawthorne races (Arlington races on
May 14), chosen by the player, on a Contest day, but can choose to wager on more,
even all, Hawthorne races that day (Arlington races on May 14). Only the first leg of
multiple-race wagers counts toward the five-race minimum.
The player must wager a minimum of $50 in Contest wagers on a Contest day.
Winnings may be re-invested which means there is no maximum total to be wagered
on a Contest day.
There are no minimum or maximum wager sizes.
Players may wager on multiple pools in a single contest race, however, to do so only
counts as one race-wager toward the five-race Contest requirement.
Players keep all winnings from Contest wagers and retain ownership of their Contest
account balance at all times.
Horses grouped in an entry, a field, or coupled will run as one selection.
Official track rules and regulations shall apply to Contest wagers.
Official track rulings shall apply to horses wagered in the Contest.
The Contest ends at the conclusion of the last race from Hawthorne on that Contest
day (Arlington races on May 14)
A contestant may not add additional funds to their Contest cards. Any player found to
have added funds to their card will be disqualified from the Contest.
For the purposes of scoring, players that place wagers that result in a payout that
requires tax paperwork to be filed (a “signer”) will be awarded points for the gross
payout before taxes. Players with a signer are urged to start the paperwork process
as quickly as possible in order to be prepared to wager on the next Hawthorne race if
that is the player's plan.
WAGERING PROCEDURES
Each contestant will receive a numbered Contest wagering card, assigned to him/her,
when they register each Contest day.
All Contest wagers must be placed by the player, using his/her Contest wagering
card, at cash-accepting, self-service terminals at each Contest site.
Wagers cannot be placed using a teller/mutuel clerk.
All players are responsible for ensuring that each wager is placed correctly and that
their wagers have been accepted by the tote system, regardless of the circumstances.
Players are advised to print a receipt for each contest wager.
All wagers must be placed personally, and in-person, at the contest site, by the
registered player. No person shall, directly or indirectly, act as an intermediary,
transmitter or agent in placing wagers for the player, unless prior written authorization
is given by Contest Officials.
Official program numbers shall be used when placing all wagers.
If a horse is scratched after a wager is placed, it is the player's responsibility to
change his/her selection prior to the start of the race subject to all other Contest
wagering rules.
If a wager is not cancelled and the race goes off, the contestant may collect the refund
and wager on another race. In this instance, the refunded wager will not count against
Contest requirements.
In the event the scratch occurs in the final race of the day, and the contestant does
not cancel his/her selection, the contestant will not be disqualified for not meeting the
race minimum, but instead will be awarded $0 on the final race in place of the refund.
POINT TABULATION
Players accrue points based on the pari-mutuel payouts of Contest wagers.
The player at each location amassing the highest number of points/dollars based on
the player's beginning bankroll plus earnings (i.e. the highest final bankroll from all
Contest wagers at the end of the Contest) will be the first-place winner. Successive
placings are in accordance with official final standings.
The player across the entire Illinois Trackside network amassing the highest number
of points/dollars based on the player's beginning bankroll plus earnings (i.e. the highest
final bankroll from all Contest wagers at the end of the Contest) will be the winner of the
weekly bonus prize. Successive placings are in accordance with official final standings.
Players receive one point per dollar, and points will be broken into fractions
corresponding to cents. For instance, a player with an ending balance of $125.65 will
receive 125.65 points.
In the event of a tie, the higher placing will go to the player that has the highest return
on his/her investment, i.e., the player who made the lower dollar amount of wagers to
achieve the same balance. If a tie still remains, the player with the highest number of
winning wagers (defined as the highest number of wagers that pay out, not the number
of winning horses) will win. If a tie still exists, the player with the highest winnings on
one race will win. If a tie still exists, the winner will be determined by a random draw
among the tied players.
RESULTS
All results are unofficial pending verification that all wagers were made in accordance
with Official Rules. Upon such verification, the winners will be announced. Winners will
be notified, and may be required to submit paperwork to Arlington Park in order to
receive his/her prize(s). Certain prizes cannot be paid until contest paperwork is
received by Arlington Park.
Each week's contest results will be posted regularly on Arlington's web site,
www.arlingtonpark.com.
PRIZES
All prizes for the four qualifying will be distributed as follows;
1st place: The official first-place winner each qualifying contest Saturday at each
participating Trackside Off-Track Betting location will win $100 (to be awarded in
equivalent Twin Spires Club (“TSC”) points) added to the person's TSC card and a berth
in the May 14, 2011 series final to be held at Arlington Park.
2nd place: The official second-place winner at each qualifying contest Saturday at each
equivalent Twin Spires Club (“TSC”) points) added to the person's TSC card.
3rd place: The official third-place winner at each qualifying contest Saturday at each
equivalent Twin Spires Club (“TSC”) points) added to the person's TSC card. Weekly
Bonus: Each qualifying contest Saturday the player across all participating locations
amassing the highest number of points/dollars based on the player's beginning bankroll
plus earnings (i.e. the highest final bankroll from all Contest wagers at the end of the
Contest) will earn an additional $300 prize. All prizes for the final round to be held at
Arlington Park on May 14, 2011, will be distributed as follows:
1st Place: The official first-place winner at the May 14 contest final will win the following
prize package, referred to generically as the “Las Vegas Trip”:
1. An Arlington-paid entry, worth $1,500, into the Coast Casinos Horseplayer World
Series (“World Series”) to be held in Las Vegas in February, 2012.
2. A $350 travel-voucher check for the winning player to make his/her travel
arrangements to Las Vegas for the World Series.
3. Hotel accommodations for the duration of the World Series.
4. Prize money of $175 (to be awarded in equivalent Twin Spires Club (“TSC”) points).
2nd Place: $100 (to be awarded in equivalent Twin Spires Club (“TSC”) points).
3rd Place: $50 (to be awarded in equivalent Twin Spires Club (“TSC”) points).
4th Place: $25 (to be awarded in equivalent Twin Spires Club (“TSC”) points).
The aforementioned hotel arrangements and travel reimbursements will be completed
by Arlington Park by December 31, 2011, assuming the winners have submitted all
required paperwork to Arlington Park.
Contestants may only win a maximum of two entries into the May 14 final during
the Spring 2011 Contest Series
A contestant may participate at only one location during each qualifying contest
round but may participate at different locations on separate qualifying weeks.
All monetary prizes will be awarded in the form of TSC points, equal to prize money
won, and will be credited by Arlington to the winner's TSC account.
Affidavits will be required of all winners. Liabilities, including any taxes, for any and all
prizes are the sole responsibility of the winner.
In the event any potential prize winner is disqualified, or determined not to be eligible,
by Contest Officials, those Officials, at their sole discretion, will declare the player with
the next highest total bankroll to be the winner of the prize, and each successive player
will be moved up accordingly.
The trip to Las Vegas is valid during the February, 2012, World Series only. A player's
inability to attend the World Series will result in forfeiture of the World Series entry,
travel voucher, hotel accommodations, and prize money.
If a participant accepts the award of an entry into the World Series in Las Vegas,
he/she agrees to fully participate in the proceedings.
For a list of winners, visit arlingtonpark.com or send a self-addressed, stamped
envelope to ATTN: Trackside Spring 2011 OTB Contest - Marketing, Arlington Park,
PO Box 7, Arlington Heights, IL 60006-0007.
ODDS OF WINNING
This is a game of skill, and the odds of winning any prize are dependent upon the
number of players and the skill of the players.
DISQUALIFICATION FOR UNSPORTSMANLIKE BEHAVIOR and/or VIOLATION OF
RULES
The Contest Officials, in their sole discretion, reserve the right to disqualify any player
they believe to be tampering with or attempting to tamper with the betting process and
or operation of the Contest or any player they believe to be in violation of the Official
Rules or to be acting in an unsportsmanlike manner or with the intent to annoy, abuse,
threaten, coerce or harass any other person or any person they believe to have
influenced or attempted to influence the play of other players, whether through
potential bonuses or other incentives or otherwise.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Arlington Park is not responsible for lost, interrupted, incomplete, inaccurate or
incorrect capture of betting information, or for computer, telephone, cable, network,
electronic or Internet hardware or software malfunctions, failures, connections,
availability, or jumbled transmissions, service provider accessibility or availability, or
unauthorized human intervention.
Players are responsible for the payment of all local, state and/or federal taxes on
prizes won in the Contest. Players who are not United States citizens or Permanent
Resident Aliens may be subject to federal tax withholding by Arlington Park.
All trademarks used in connection with this Contest and the promotion thereof are the
property or their respective trademark owners and are used for identification purposes
only.
By participating, each player agrees to be bound by the terms of these Official Rules.
By participating, each player agrees to be interviewed for follow-up stories.
By participating, each player agrees to the use of the player's name, photograph,
voice and likeness for the purpose of advertising and promotion in connection with
Arlington Park, its partners and affiliates without further compensation, except where
prohibited.
By participating, each player agrees to release Arlington Park and their partners and
affiliates, and the directors, employees and agents of each, from any liability, loss or
damage incurred by the use, misuse or acceptance of the prize.
The validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be controlled and
construed under the internal laws of the State of Illinois. No provision of this Agreement
shall be construed against or interpreted to the disadvantage of any party by any court
or other governmental or judicial authority or mediator or arbitrator by reason of any
party having or being deemed to have structured or dictated such provision. Venue shall
be a court of competent jurisdiction in Illinois.
2011 Trackside OTB Fall Thoroughbred Contest Series
Official Rules (Updated Oct. 3, 2011)
These are the Official Rules (“Official Rules”) for the 2011 Trackside OTB Fall
Thoroughbred Contest Series (“Series”). The following information is important
and all players are responsible for knowledge of the content and complete
compliance with the Official Rules. Failure to comply with any of the rules may
result in disqualification at the sole discretion of Arlington Park (“contest officials”).
CONTEST DATES
There will be five (5) qualifying contests during Fall 2011 at all Trackside OTB
locations.
The dates are as follows:
Saturday, Oct. 22 – Trackside Arlington Park
Saturday, Oct. 29 – Trackside Waukegan (Green Bay Road)
Saturday, Nov. 12 – Trackside Villa Park
Saturday, Nov. 19 – Trackside Rockford
Saturday, Dec. 3 – Trackside Lockport
The series final for those who qualify is Saturday, Dec. 10 at Trackside Arlington Park
PLAYER DECLARATION
• Employees of Arlington Park, its parent and affiliates, contractors, vendors and
their respective employees, its advertising agency and members of their immediate
Contest and forfeiture of any prizes and cash.
• A Player who has an interest – ownership or otherwise – in a horse entered in
any of the races designated as part of the Contest will be ineligible to wager on
such races. All Players with an interest in an entry shall identify themselves to
contest officials who will determine if the Player’s interest(s) precludes him/her
from wagering.
ELIGIBILITY
• All Players must be at least twenty-one (21) years of age by the day of each
contest within the series.
• Player must be a Twin Spires Club member to participate. Twin Spires Club
membership is free and guests may join at the Twin Spires Club Center at Arlington
Park or any Trackside OTB.
• Anyone who is not eligible to gamble due to any court order or other restriction,
in any jurisdiction, is not eligible to compete in this Contest.
• Arlington Park reserves the right to deny any person entry into the Contest, for
any reason whatsoever.
• There is no entry fee, however, in order to participate players must purchase at
least one $50 wagering card and no more than two $50 wagering cards that are
to be used for all contest wagers. Players keep all winnings earned on contest
card.
• Limited to two entries per person per contest day. Should a contestant enter
more than twice, then they will be disqualified from that day’s contest.
• Registration will be available at the Twin Spires Club Center at each respective
site on each contest date starting at 11:00 a.m.
• Contestants must check-in at the Twin Spires Club Center no later than 3:00
p.m. (CT) on each contest date.
• The official start time of the contest will be 11:00 a.m. (CT) on each contest
date.
SEATING
• There is no reserved seating for contestants. As this contest will feature live
money contest wagering cards that are accepted at any cash-accepting self service
terminal, contestants are welcome to sit in any area of the facility for which they have a
ticket.
CONTEST FORMAT
• The contest will feature live money wagers to be placed through contest
wagering cards only.
• The contest allows for wagering on all open pools on any Thoroughbred race
with a post time prior to 6:30 p.m.
• The player may only place wagers on Thoroughbred races with post times prior
to 6:30 p.m. Should a player place a wager on any other race, for the purposes of
scoring, he/she will forfeit the amount wagered on that track, not receive points
for any winnings on said wager, and will still need to fulfill the minimum race
requirements for wagering. Should the wager on another track prevent the player
from being able to fulfill the contest minimums, the player will be disqualified and
receive a $0 score for the day.
• The player must wager on a minimum of five races, chosen by the player, on a
Contest day, but can choose to wager on more, even all, Thoroughbred races
that day.
Only the first leg of multiple-race wagers counts toward the five race minimum.
• Each player will begin with a live bankroll of $50 and will have the option to purchase
another entry of $50 (maximum total of two entries per player).
• Each player must wager a minimum of $50 per entry in contest wagers on the
day, but may re-invest monies earned from winning wagers. For instance, if a
player places a $5 win wager on the first race of the day that pays $15, the player
may add the $15 to future contest wagers placed. If a player places a $50 bet on
the first race of the day and loses, the player is unable to meet the five race minimum,
and is disqualified from the contest, receiving a $0 score for the day.
Failure to wager the $50 minimum per entry for the day will also result in
disqualification from the contest and a $0 score for the day.
• Horses grouped in an entry or coupled will run as one selection.
• Official track rules and regulations shall apply to contest wagers.
• Official track rulings shall apply to horses wagered in the Contest.
• Players keep all winnings from contest wagers placed.
• Bankrolls are live and may be cashed at the end of the Contest. Players are
encouraged to transfer remaining balances to their Twin Spires Club Account
Wagering Cards.
• The contest ends at 6:30 p.m. on each contest day.
• A contestant may not add additional funds to their contest cards. Any player
found to have added funds to their card will be disqualified from earning prize
money and qualification points.
• For the purposes of scoring, players that place wagers that result in a payout
that requires tax paperwork to be filed, will be awarded points for the payout
before taxes.
WAGERING PROCEDURES
• Each contestant will receive an assigned wagering card when they check in on
each contest day.
• All wagers must be placed through the player’s contest card at self service
terminals at host Trackside OTB. Wagers cannot be placed with a teller.
• All players are responsible for ensuring that each wager is placed correctly and
that their wagers have been accepted by the tote system.
• All wagers must be placed personally, and in-person, by the Player. No person
shall, directly or indirectly, act as an intermediary, transmitter or agent in placing
wagers for the Player, unless prior written authorization is given by contest
officials.
• All Players must use their wagering card to place a wager.
• Official program numbers shall be used when placing all wagers.
• If a player wagers on a non-Thoroughbred race, for purposes of this contest the
player will not receive credit for said wager.
SCRATCHES
• If a horse is scratched after a wager is placed, it is the player’s responsibility to
change his/her selection prior to the start of the race subject to all other contest
wagering rules.
• If a wager is not cancelled and the race goes off, the contestant may collect the
refund and wager on another race. In this instance, the refunded wager will not
count against contest requirements. In the event the scratch occurs in the final
race of the day, and the contestant does not cancel their selection, the contestant
will not be disqualified for not meeting the race minimum, but instead awarded $0
on the final race in place of the refund.
POINT TABULATION
• Players accrue points based on the mutuel payouts of contest wagers.
• The Player amassing the highest number of points based on the Player’s
earnings (i.e. the highest final bankroll) from all contest wagers at the end of each
contest day will be declared the winner of the specific contest.
• Players receive one point per dollar, and points can be broken into fractions.
For instance a player with an ending balance of $40.35 will receive 40.35 points.
• In the event of a tie, the contestant with the highest number of winning wagers defined
as wagers that payout, and not number of winning horses selected during the contest
will win the spot. If the tie still remains, the contestant with the highest winnings on one
race will win. In a tie still remains, the winner will be determined by a random draw
among the eligible contestants.
RESULTS
• All results are unofficial pending verification that all wagers were made in
accordance with Official Rules. Upon such verification, the winners will be announced.
Winners will be notified, and may be required to submit paperwork to Arlington Park in
order to receive his/her prize(s). Certain prizes cannot be paid until contest paperwork is
• Each week's contest results will be posted regularly on Arlington's web site,
.CONTEST PRIZES
• All prizes in the qualifying contest will be distributed as follows;
1st Place = $500 and a berth in the Series final on Saturday, Dec. 10*
2nd Place = $250 and a berth in the Series final on Saturday, Dec. 10*
3rd Place = $125 and a berth in the Series final on Saturday, Dec. 10*
4th Place = $75 and a berth in the Series final on Saturday, Dec. 10*
5th Place = $50 and a berth in the Series final on Saturday, Dec. 10*
6th – 10th places – A berth in the Series final on Saturday, Dec. 10*
* Only players with positive balances will be eligible to earn cash prizes and a seat in
the final. A player may earn a maximum of two berths in the Series Final but may
continue to play in the qualifying rounds to earn cash prizes.
• Affidavits will be required of all winners. Liabilities, including any taxes, for any
and all prizes are the sole responsibility of the winner.
• In the event any potential prize winner is disqualified or determined not to be eligible
by contest Officials, in their sole discretion, the Player with the next highest total
bankroll will be declared the winner of the prize, and each successive Player will be
moved up accordingly.
• For a list of winners, visit arlingtonpark.com or send a self-addressed, stamped
envelope to: ATTN: Trackside OTB Contest - Marketing, Arlington Park, PO Box 7,
Arlington Heights, IL 60006-0007.
All prizes for the final round to be held at Trackside Arlington Park on Dec. 10, 2011, will
be distributed as follows:
1st Place: The official first-place winner at the Dec. 10, 2011, contest final will win the
following prize package, referred to generically as the “Las Vegas Trip”:
1. An Arlington-paid entry, worth $1,500, into the Coast Casinos Horseplayer World
Series (“World Series”) to be held in Las Vegas in February, 2012.
2. A $350 travel-voucher check for the winning player to make his/her travel
arrangements to Las Vegas for the World Series.
3. Hotel accommodations for the duration of the World Series.
4. Prize money of $175 (to be awarded in equivalent Twin Spires Club (“TSC”) points).
2nd Place: $100 (to be awarded in equivalent Twin Spires Club (“TSC”) points).
3rd Place: $50 (to be awarded in equivalent Twin Spires Club (“TSC”) points).
4th Place: $25 (to be awarded in equivalent Twin Spires Club (“TSC”) points).
The aforementioned hotel arrangements and travel reimbursements will be completed
by Arlington Park by December 31, 2011, assuming the winners have submitted all
required paperwork to Arlington Park.
• Contestants may only win a maximum of two entries into the Dec. 10, 2011 final
during the Fall 2011 Contest Series but may continue to play in qualifying rounds
to earn cash prizes.
ODDS OF WINNING
• This is a game of skill, and the odds of winning any prize are dependent upon
the number of Players and the skill of the Players.
RULES
• The contest officials, in their sole discretion, reserve the right to disqualify any Player
or operation of the Contest or any Player they believe to be in violation of the Official
influenced or attempted to influence the play of other Players, whether through potential
bonuses or other incentives or otherwise.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
• Arlington Park is not responsible for lost, interrupted, incomplete, inaccurate or
incorrect capture of betting information or for computer, telephone, cable, network,
electronic or Internet hardware of software malfunctions, failures, connections,
availability or jumbled transmissions, service provider accessibility or availability, or
• Players are responsible for the payment of all local, state and/or federal taxes on
• Players will receive Twin Spires Club points for contest wagers made consistent with
point awarding policies for each contest day.
• All trademarks used in connection with this Contest and the promotion thereof
are the property or their respective trademark owners and are used for identification
purposes only.
• By participating, Player agrees to be bound by the terms of these Official Rules.
• By participating, Player agrees to the use of Player’s name, photograph, voice
and likeness for the purpose of advertising and promotion in connection with the
Arlington Park, its partners and affiliates without further compensation, except where
prohibited.
• By participating, Player agrees to release Arlington Park and their partners and
affiliates, and the directors, employees and agents of each, from any liability, loss
or damage incurred by the use, misuse or acceptance of the prize.
• The validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be controlled and
construed under the internal laws of the state of Illinois. No provision of this Agreement
• All decisions as to the Official Rules and interpretations thereof are exclusively within
the sole discretion of contest officials and may be changed from time-to-time without
notice.
• Arlington Park reserves the right to cancel or modify the Contest and/or the Official
Rules without notice.
• In the event of inconsistency between these Official Rules and any other document
provided in connection with the Contest, the terms of these Official Rules shall be
controlling.
• A contestant may win a maximum of two HWS entries from Arlington Park during 2011,
and only one in each Contest Series.
PRIVACY POLICY
• Information submitted on the Registration Form and any information provided in
connection with the Contest will be retained by Arlington Park and may be used for
marketing, research or other commercial and noncommercial purposes. In addition,
Arlington Park and its partners and affiliates may send the Players promotions or
announcements unless the Player specifically requests that Arlington Park not do so in
the manner provided in the Registration Form. Personal information pertaining to
players and the contest will be held by Arlington Park in accordance with CDI corporate
policies.
2011 Trackside OTB May/June Harness Contest Series
Official Rules
(Updated April 19, 2011)
These are the Official Rules (“Official Rules”) for the 2011 Trackside OTB May Harness
Contest Series (“Series”). The following information is important and all players are
responsible for knowledge of the content and complete compliance with the Official
Rules. Failure to comply with any of the rules may result in disqualification at the sole
discretion of Arlington Park (“contest officials”).
CONTEST DATES
There will be three (3) contests during May and June 2011 at all Trackside OTB
locations.
The dates are as follows:
Saturday, May 21
Saturday, May 28
Saturday, June 4
The Contest will be held concurrently at all Illinois Trackside OTB locations: Trackside
Arlington Park; Trackside Waukegan; Trackside Waukegan/Sundance; Trackside
Lockport; Trackside Rockford; Trackside Chicago; Trackside Hodgkins; Trackside Quad
City Downs ; Trackside McHenry; Trackside South Elgin; Trackside South Beloit
PLAYER DECLARATION
• Employees of Arlington Park, its parent and affiliates, contractors, vendors and
their respective employees, its advertising agency and members of their immediate
Contest and forfeiture of any prizes and cash.
• A Player who has an interest – ownership or otherwise – in a horse entered in any of
the races designated as part of the Contest will be ineligible to wager on such races. All
Players with an interest in an entry shall identify themselves to contest officials who will
determine if the Player’s interest(s) precludes him/her from wagering.
ELIGIBILITY
• All Players must be at least twenty-one (21) years of age by the day of each contest
within the series.
• Anyone who is not eligible to gamble due to any court order or other restriction, in any
jurisdiction, is not eligible to compete in this Contest.
• Arlington Park reserves the right to deny any person entry into the Contest, for any
reason whatsoever.
• There is no entry fee, however, in order to participate players must purchase at least
one $50 wagering card and no more than two $50 wagering cards that are to be used
for all contest wagers. Players keep all winnings earned on contest card.
• Limited to two entries per person per contest day. Should a contestant enter more than
twice, then they will be disqualified from that day’s contest.
• Registration will be available at the Twin Spires Club Center at each respective site on
each contest date starting at 6:00 p.m.
• Contestants must check-in at the Twin Spires Club Center no later than 9:00 p.m.
(CST) on each contest date.
• The official start time of the contest will be 6:00 p.m. (CST) on each contest date.
SEATING
• There is no reserved seating for contestants. As this contest will feature live money
contest wagering cards that are accepted at any cash-accepting self service terminal,
contestants are welcome to sit in any area of the facility for which they have a ticket.
CONTEST FORMAT
• The contest will feature live money wagers to be placed through contest wagering
cards only.
• The contest allows for wagering on all open Balmoral/Maywood Park pools.
• The player may only place wagers on live racing at Balmoral/Maywood Park.
Should a player place a wager on any track other than Balmoral/Maywood Park, for the
purposes of scoring, he/she will forfeit the amount wagered on that track, not receive
points for any winnings on said wager, and will still need to fulfill the minimum race
requirements for wagering on Balmoral/Maywood Park. Should the wager on another
track prevent the player from being able to fulfill the contest minimums, the player will
be disqualified and receive a $0 score for the day.
• The player must wager on a minimum of five Balmoral/Maywood Park, chosen by the
player, on a Contest day but can choose to wager on more, even all Balmoral/Maywood
Park races that day.
Only the first leg of multiple-race wagers counts toward the five-race minimum.
• Each player must wager a minimum of $50 per entry in contest wagers on the day, but
may re-invest monies earned from winning wagers. For instance, if a player places a $5
win wager on the first race of the day that pays $15, the player may add the $15 to
future contest wagers placed. If a player places a $50 bet on the first race of the day
and loses, the player is unable to meet the five race minimum, and is disqualified from
the contest, receiving a $0 score for the day. Failure to wager the $50 minimum per
entry for the day will also result in disqualification from the contest and a $0 score for
the day.
encouraged to transfer remaining balances to their Twin Spires Club Account Wagering
Cards.
• The contest ends at the conclusion of the last race from Balmoral/Maywood Park on
each contest day.
• A contestant may not add additional funds to their contest cards. Any player found to
have added funds to their card will be disqualified from earning prize money and
qualification points.
• For the purposes of scoring, players that place wagers that result in a payout that
requires tax paperwork to be filed, will be awarded points for the payout before taxes.
WAGERING PROCEDURES
• Each contestant will receive an assigned wagering card when they check in on each
contest day.
• All wagers must be placed through the player’s contest card at self service terminals at
host Trackside OTB. Wagers cannot be placed with a teller.
• All players are responsible for ensuring that each wager is placed correctly and that
their wagers have been accepted by the tote system.
• All wagers must be placed personally, and in-person, by the Player. No person shall,
directly or indirectly, act as an intermediary, transmitter or agent in placing wagers for
the Player, unless prior written authorization is given by contest officials.
• If a player wagers on a track other than Balmoral/Maywood Park for purposes of this
contest, the player will not receive credit for said wager.
SCRATCHES
• If a horse is scratched after a wager is placed, it is the player’s responsibility to change
his/her selection prior to the start of the race subject to all other contest wagering rules.
• If a wager is not cancelled and the race goes off, the contestant may collect the refund
contest requirements. In the event the scratch occurs in the final race of the day, and
the contestant does not cancel their selection, the contestant will not be disqualified for
not meeting the race minimum, but instead awarded $0 on the final race in place of the
refund.
POINT TABULATION
• The Player amassing the highest number of points based on the Player’s earnings (i.e.
the highest final bankroll) from all contest wagers at the end of each contest day will be
declared the winner of the specific contest.
• Players receive one point per dollar, and points can be broken into fractions. For
instance a player with an ending balance of $40.35 will receive 40.35 points.
• In the event of a tie, the contestant with the highest number of winning wagers
(defined as wagers that payout, and not number of winning horses selected) during the
contest will win the spot. If the tie still remains, the contestant with the highest winnings
on one race will win. In a tie still remains, the winner will be determined by a random
draw among the eligible contestants.
RESULTS
• All results are unofficial pending verification that all wagers were made in accordance
.
CONTEST PRIZES
• All prizes in contest will be distributed as follows;
1st Place = $500
2nd Place = $250
3rd Place = $125
4th Place = $75
5th Place = $50
• Affidavits will be required of all winners. Liabilities, including any taxes, for any
and all prizes are the sole responsibility of the winner.
• In the event any potential prize winner is disqualified or determined not to be
eligible by contest Officials, in their sole discretion, the Player with the next highest total
ODDS OF WINNING
• This is a game of skill, and the odds of winning any prize are dependent upon
the number of Players and the skill of the Players.
RULES
GENERAL PROVISIONS
• Players will receive Twin Spires Club points for contest wagers made consistent
with point awarding policies for each contest day.
• All trademarks used in connection with this Contest and the promotion thereof are the
property or their respective trademark owners and are used for identification purposes
only.
• By participating, Player agrees to the use of Player’s name, photograph, voice and
likeness for the purpose of advertising and promotion in connection with the Arlington
Park, its partners and affiliates without further compensation, except where prohibited.
notice.
controlling.
PRIVACY POLICY
policies.
2011 TRACKSIDE VILLA PARK HANDICAPPING CONTEST
JULY 21, 2011
OFFICIAL RULES
As of 7/26/11
These are the Official Rules (“Official Rules”) for Trackside Villa Park’s July 21, 2011 Handicapping
Contest (“Contest”). The following information is important and all contest players are responsible for
knowledge of the content and for complete compliance with these Official Rules in their latest version.
Failure to comply with any of the rules may result in disqualification at the sole discretion of Arlington
Park Contest Officials (“Contest Officials”).
CONTEST DATE
Thursday, July 21, 2011
PLAYER DECLARATION
• Employees of Arlington Park, its parent and affiliates, contractors, vendors and their respective
employees, its advertising agency and members of their immediate families are ineligible to compete. For
purposes of this Contest, “immediate family members” shall be defined as mother, father, spouse,
children, step-children and siblings. Failure to disclose as provided herein shall result in
disqualification from this Contest and forfeiture of any prizes and cash.
• A player who has an interest – ownership or otherwise – in a horse entered in any of the
races designated as part of the Contest will be ineligible to wager on such race(s). All players with an
interest in such an entered horse shall identify themselves to Contest Officials who will determine if the
player’s interest(s) precludes him/her from wagering.
Failure to disclose as provided herein shall result in disqualification from this Contest and
forfeiture of any prizes and cash.
ELIGIBILITY
• All players must be at least twenty-one (21) years of age by or on the day of the Contest in order to
play in that Contest.
• Player must be a Twin Spires Club (TSC) member to participate. TSC membership is free and one may
join at the TSC service center at Arlington Park and at any Arlington Trackside OTB parlor.
• Anyone who is not eligible to gamble due to any court order or other restriction, in any jurisdiction, is
not eligible to compete in these Contests.
• Arlington Park reserves the right to deny any person entry into the Contest, for any reason whatsoever.
• There is no entry fee to play in these Contests.
• Players must establish a $50 bankroll by registering for each contest at the TSC service center and
receiving a Contest wagering card (essentially a plastic voucher) that is to be used for all Contest wagers.
The contestant must then “load” the card with a starting bankroll of $50 at any cash-accepting, selfservice, wagering terminal (tote machine).
• The balance on the Contest wagering card always remains the property of the player/owner.
• Participation is limited to two entries in any one Contest. Should a contestant enter more than twice,
he/she will be disqualified from that day’s Contest.
• Registration will be available each Contest day beginning at 11:15 AM (CT) on the day of the Contest.
• Contestants may register until there are less than five races remaining on the day of the Contest.
• The official start time of the Contest will be 11:15 AM (CT).
SEATING
• There is no reserved seating for contestants. As this is a live-money handicapping Contest using Contest
wagering cards that are accepted at specific, cash-accepting, selfservice, wagering terminals, players are
advised to locate those machines early and determine their seating accordingly.
CONTEST FORMAT
• The Contest features live-money wagers on all open Arlington Park pools.
• The player may only place Contest wagers on Arlington Park races.
• Should a player place a wager on any racetrack other than Arlington, for the purposes of scoring he/she
will forfeit the amount wagered on that outside track, not receive points for any winnings on such wager,
and will still need to fulfill the Contest requirements for wagering on Arlington races. Should the wager on
the outside track prevent the player from fulfilling Contest requirements, the player will be disqualified.
• The player must wager on a minimum of five Arlington races, chosen by the player, on a
Contest day, but can choose to wager on more, even all, Arlington races that day. Only the first leg of
multiple-race wagers counts toward the five-race minimum.
• The player must wager a minimum of $50 in Contest wagers on a Contest day.
• Winnings may be re-invested which means there is no maximum total to be wagered on a
Contest day.
• There are no minimum or maximum wager sizes.
• Players may wager on multiple pools in a single contest race, however, to do so only counts as one
race-wager toward the five-race Contest requirement.
• Players keep all winnings from Contest wagers and retain ownership of their Contest
account balance at all times.
• Horses grouped in an entry, a field, or coupled will run as one selection.
• Official track rules and regulations shall apply to Contest wagers.
• The Contest ends at the conclusion of the last Arlington race on that Contest day.
• A contestant may not add additional funds to their Contest cards. Any player found to have added funds
to their card will be disqualified from the Contest. • For the purposes of scoring, players that place wagers
that result in a payout that requires tax paperwork to be filed (a “signer”) will be awarded points for the
gross payout before taxes. It is the player’s responsibility to begin the paperwork process for a “signer”
as quickly as possible so as to be able to make future Contest wagers.
WAGERING PROCEDURES
• Each contestant will receive a numbered Contest wagering card, assigned to him/her, when they
register each Contest day. • All Contest wagers must be placed by the player, using his/her Contest
wagering card, at cash-accepting, self-service, wagering terminals only. Wagers cannot be placed using a
teller.
• All players are responsible for ensuring that each wager is placed correctly and that their wagers have
been accepted by the tote system, regardless of the circumstances.
• All wagers must be placed personally, and in-person, by the player. No person shall, directly or
indirectly, act as an intermediary, transmitter or agent in placing wagers for the player, unless prior
written authorization is given by Contest Officials.
SCRATCHES
• If a horse is scratched after a wager is placed, it is the player’s responsibility to change his/her selection
prior to the start of the race subject to all other Contest wagering rules.
• If a wager involving a scratched horse is not cancelled and the race goes off, the contestant may collect
the refund and wager on another race. In this instance, the refunded wager will not count against
Contest requirements. In the event the scratch occurs in the final race of the day, and the contestant
does not cancel his/her selection, the contestant will not be disqualified for not meeting the five-race
minimum, but will be awarded $0 on the final race in place of the refund.
POINT TABULATION
• Players accrue points based on the pari-mutuel payouts of Contest wagers.
• The player amassing the highest number of points based on the player’s beginning bankroll plus
earnings (i.e. the highest final bankroll from all Contest wagers at the end of the Contest) will be the
first-place winner. Successive placings are in accordance with official final standings.
• Players receive one point per dollar, and points will be broken into fractions corresponding to cents. For
instance, a player with an ending balance of $125.65 will receive 125.65 points.
• In the event of a tie, the higher placing will go to the player that has the highest return on his/her
investment, i.e., the player who made the lower dollar amount of wagers to achieve the same balance. If
a tie still remains, the player with the highest number of winning wagers (defined as the highest number
of wagers that pay out, not the number of winning horses) will win. If a tie still exists, the player with the
highest winnings on one race will win. If a tie still exists, the winner will be determined by a random draw
between/among the tied players.
• NOTE – CUMULATIVE STANDINGS: Points earned in this 7/21/11 Villa Park Contest WILL NOT be
added to the cumulative standings of the ongoing Summer, 2011, AHC Series.
RESULTS
• All results are unofficial, pending verification that all wagers were made in accordance with Official
Rules. Upon such verification, the winners will be announced. Winners will be notified, and may be
required to submit paperwork to Arlington Park in order to receive his/her prize(s). Arlington Park
reserves the right to determine how prizes will be paid. Certain prizes cannot be paid until contest
paperwork is received by Arlington Park.
PRIZES
• All prizes will be distributed as follows;
1st Place: The official first-place winner of this contest will win the following prize package, referred to
generically as the “Las Vegas Trip”:
1. An Arlington-paid entry, worth $1,500, into the Coast Casinos Horseplayer World Series (HPWS) to be
held in Las Vegas in February, 2012.
2. A $350 travel voucher for the winning player to make his/her travel arrangements to Las Vegas for the
HPWS.
3. Hotel accommodations for the duration of the HPWS.
4. Prize money of $175. The aforementioned hotel arrangements and travel reimbursements will be
completed by Arlington Park by December 31, 2011, assuming the winners have submitted all required
paperwork to Arlington Park.
2nd Place: $75
3rd Place: $50
4th Place: $25
5th Place: $25
• Contestants may only win one entry into the HPWS from this contest OR the AHC 2011Summer Series.
However, contestants may win a second entry into the HWS during another Arlington Spring &/or Fall,
2011, Contest Series. A contestant may win a maximum of two HWS entries from Arlington Park during
2011, and only one in each Contest Series.
• Monetary prizes may be awarded in the form of TSC points equal to prize money won.
• Affidavits will be required of all winners. Liabilities, including any taxes, for any and all
• In the event any potential prize winner is disqualified, or determined not to be eligible, by Contest
Officials, those Officials, at their sole discretion, will declare the player with the next highest total bankroll
to be the winner of the prize, and each successive player will be moved up accordingly.
• The trip to Las Vegas is valid during the February, 2012, HWS only. A player’s inability to attend the
HPWS will result in forfeiture of the HWS entry, travel voucher, hotel accommodations, and prize money.
• If a participant accepts the reward of an entry into the HWS in Las Vegas, he/she agrees to fully
participate in the proceedings.
• For a list of winners following the Contest series, visit arlingtonpark.com or send a self addressed,
stamped envelope to ATTN: AHC Handicapping Contest - Marketing, Arlington Park, PO Box 7, Arlington
Heights, IL 60006-0007.
ODDS OF WINNING
• This is a game of skill, and the odds of winning any prize are dependent upon the number of players
and the skill of the players.
RULES
• The Contest Officials, in their sole discretion, reserve the right to disqualify any player they believe to be
tampering with or attempting to tamper with the betting process and or operation of the Contest or any
player they believe to be in violation of the Official Rules or to be acting in an unsportsmanlike manner or
with the intent to annoy, abuse, threaten, coerce or harass any other person or any person they believe
to have influenced or attempted to influence the play of other players, whether through potential
GENERAL PROVISIONS
• Arlington Park is not responsible for lost, interrupted, incomplete, inaccurate or incorrect capture of
betting information, or for computer, telephone, cable, network, electronic or Internet hardware or
software malfunctions, failures, connections, availability, or jumbled transmissions, service provider
accessibility or availability, or unauthorized human intervention.
• Players are responsible for the payment of all local, state and/or federal taxes on prizes won in the
Contest. Players who are not United States citizens or Permanent Resident Aliens may be subject to
federal tax withholding by Arlington Park.
• All trademarks used in connection with this Contest and the promotion thereof are the property or their
respective trademark owners and are used for identification purposes only.
• By participating, each player agrees to be bound by the terms of these Official Rules.
• By participating, each player agrees to be interviewed and to the use of the player’s name, photograph,
voice and likeness for the purpose of advertising and promotion in connection with Arlington Park, its
partners and affiliates without further compensation, except where prohibited.
• By participating, each player agrees to release Arlington Park and their partners and affiliates, and the
directors, employees and agents of each, from any liability, loss or damage incurred by the use, misuse
or acceptance of the prize.
• The validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be controlled and construed under
the internal laws of the State of Illinois. No provision of this Agreement shall be construed against or
interpreted to the disadvantage of any party by any court or other governmental or judicial authority or
mediator or arbitrator by reason of any party having or being deemed to have structured or dictated such
provision. Venue shall be a court of competent jurisdiction in Illinois.
• All decisions as to the Official Rules and interpretations thereof are exclusively within the sole discretion
of Contest Officials and may be changed from time-to-time without notice.
• Arlington Park reserves the right to cancel or modify the Contest and/or the Official Rules without
notice.
• In the event of inconsistency between these Official Rules and any other document provided in
connection with the Contest, the terms of these Official Rules shall be controlling.
PRIVACY POLICY
• Information submitted on the Registration Form and any information provided in connection with the
Contest will be retained by Arlington Park and may be used for marketing, research or other commercial
and noncommercial purposes. In addition, Arlington Park and its partners and affiliates may send the
players promotions or announcements unless the player specifically requests that Arlington Park not do
so in the manner provided in the Registration Form. Personal information pertaining to players and the
contest will be held by Arlington Park in accordance with CDI corporate policies.
2011 Trackside OTB Woodbine Thoroughbred Contest
Official Rules
(Updated October 3, 2011)
These are the Official Rules (“Official Rules”) for the 2011 Trackside OTB Woodbine
Thoroughbred Handicapping Contest (“Contest”). The following information is important
and all players are responsible for knowledge of the content and complete compliance
with the Official Rules. Failure to comply with any of the rules may result in
disqualification at the sole discretion of Arlington Park (“contest officials”).
CONTEST DATE
Sunday, October 16 – Post time at Woodbine Race Course is 12 Noon
The Contest will be held concurrently at all Illinois Trackside OTB locations:
Trackside Arlington Park; Trackside Waukegan; Trackside Lockport; Trackside
Rockford; Trackside Chicago; Trackside Hodgkins; Trackside Quad City Downs ;
Trackside McHenry; Trackside South Elgin; Trackside South Beloit; and Trackside Villa
Park.
PLAYER DECLARATION
• Employees of Arlington Park, its parent and affiliates, contractors, vendors and their
respective employees, its advertising agency and members of their immediate families
are ineligible to compete. For purposes of this Contest, “immediate family members”
shall be defined as mother, father, spouse, children, step-children and siblings. Failure
to disclose as provided herein shall result in disqualification from this Contest and
forfeiture of any prizes and cash.
• A Player who has an interest – ownership or otherwise – in a horse entered in any of
the races designated as part of the Contest will be ineligible to wager on such races. All
Players with an interest in an entry shall identify themselves to contest officials who will
determine if the Player’s interest(s) precludes him/her from wagering.
ELIGIBILITY
• All Players must be at least eighteen (18) years of age by the day of each contest
within the series.
• Anyone who is not eligible to gamble due to any court order or other restriction, in any
jurisdiction, is not eligible to compete in this Contest.
• Arlington Park reserves the right to deny any person entry into the Contest, for any
reason whatsoever.
• There is no entry fee, however, in order to participate players must purchase at least
one $50 wagering card and no more than two $50 wagering cards that are to be used
for all contest wagers. Players keep all winnings earned on contest card.
• Limited to two entries per person per contest day. Should a contestant enter more than
twice, then they will be disqualified from the contest.
• Registration will be available at the Twin Spires Club Center at each respective site on
contest date starting at 11:00 a.m.
• Contestants must check-in at the Twin Spires Club Center no later than 2:30
p.m. (CT) on contest date.
• The official start time of the contest will be 11:00 a.m. (CST) on contest date.
SEATING
• There is no reserved seating for contestants. As this contest will feature live money
contest wagering cards that are accepted at any cash-accepting self service terminal,
contestants are welcome to sit in any area of the facility for which they have a ticket.
CONTEST FORMAT
• The contest will feature live money wagers to be placed through contest wagering
cards only.
• The contest allows for wagering on all open Woodbine Race Course pools.
• The player may only place wagers on live racing at Woodbine Race Course. Should a
player place a wager on any track other than Woodbine Race Course, for the purposes
of scoring, he/she will forfeit the amount wagered on that track, not receive points for
any winnings on said wager, and will still need to fulfill the minimum race requirements
for wagering on Woodbine Race Course. Should the wager on another track prevent the
player from being able to fulfill the contest minimums, the player will be disqualified and
receive a $0 score for the day.
• The player must wager on a minimum of five Woodbine Race Course, chosen by the
player, on the Contest day, but can choose to wager on more, even all, Woodbine Race
Course races that day.
Only the first leg of multiple-race wagers counts toward the five-race minimum.
• Each player must wager a minimum of $50 per entry in contest wagers on the day, but
may re-invest monies earned from winning wagers. For instance, if a player places a $5
win wager on the first race of the day that pays $15, the player may add the $15 to
future contest wagers placed. If a player places a $50 bet on the first race of the day
and loses, the player is unable to meet the five race minimum, and is disqualified from
the contest, receiving a $0 score for the day. Failure to wager the $50 minimum per
entry for the day will also result in disqualification from the contest and a $0 score for
the day.
encouraged to transfer remaining balances to their Twin Spires Club Account Wagering
Cards.
• The contest ends at the conclusion of the last race from Woodbine Race Course on
contest day.
• A contestant may not add additional funds to their contest cards. Any player found to
have added funds to their card will be disqualified from earning prize money and
qualification points.
• For the purposes of scoring, players that place wagers that result in a payout that
requires tax paperwork to be filed, will be awarded points for the payout before taxes.
WAGERING PROCEDURES
• Each contestant will receive an assigned wagering card when they check in on
each contest day.
• All wagers must be placed through the player’s contest card at self service terminals at
host Trackside OTBs. Wagers cannot be placed with a teller.
• All players are responsible for ensuring that each wager is placed correctly and that
their wagers have been accepted by the tote system.
• All wagers must be placed personally, and in-person, by the Player. No person shall,
directly or indirectly, act as an intermediary, transmitter or agent in placing wagers for
the Player, unless prior written authorization is given by contest officials.
• If a player wagers on a track other than Woodbine Race Course for purposes of this
contest, the player will not receive credit for said wager.
SCRATCHES
• If a horse is scratched after a wager is placed, it is the player’s responsibility to change
his/her selection prior to the start of the race subject to all other contest wagering rules.
• If a wager is not cancelled and the race goes off, the contestant may collect the refund
contest requirements. In the event the scratch occurs in the final race of the day, and
the contestant does not cancel their selection, the contestant will not be disqualified for
not meeting the race minimum, but instead awarded $0 on the final race in place of the
refund.
POINT TABULATION
• The Player amassing the highest number of points based on the Player’s earnings
(i.e. the highest final bankroll) from all contest wagers at the end of each contest day will
be declared the winner of the specific contest.
• Players receive one point per dollar, and points can be broken into fractions. For
instance a player with an ending balance of $40.35 will receive 40.35 points.
• In the event of a tie, the contestant with the highest number of winning wagers
(defined as wagers that payout, and not number of winning horses selected) during the
contest will win the spot. If the tie still remains, the contestant with the highest winnings
on one race will win. In a tie still remains, the winner will be determined by a random
draw among the eligible contestants.
RESULTS
• All results are unofficial pending verification that all wagers were made in accordance
.
CONTEST PRIZES
• All prizes in contest will be distributed as follows;
1st Place = $500, plus a 32” LCD flat screen television
2nd Place = $250, plus a 32” LCD flat screen television
3rd Place = $125, plus a 32” LCD flat screen television
4th Place = $75, plus a 32” LCD flat screen television
5th Place = $50, plus a 32” LCD flat screen television
6th Place = A 32” LCD flat screen television
• Affidavits will be required of all winners. Liabilities, including any taxes, for any and all
• In the event any potential prize winner is disqualified or determined not to be eligible
by contest Officials, in their sole discretion, the Player with the next highest total
ODDS OF WINNING
• This is a game of skill, and the odds of winning any prize are dependent upon the
number of Players and the skill of the Players.
RULES
GENERAL PROVISIONS
• Players will receive Twin Spires Club points for contest wagers made consistent with
point awarding policies for each contest day.
• All trademarks used in connection with this Contest and the promotion thereof are the
property or their respective trademark owners and are used for identification purposes.
• By participating, Player agrees to the use of Player’s name, photograph, voice and
likeness for the purpose of advertising and promotion in connection with the Arlington
Park, its partners and affiliates without further compensation, except where prohibited.
notice.
controlling.
PRIVACY POLICY
policies.
2011 Belmont Handicapping Challenge
th
th
June 25 and 26
The top three [3]finishers of the 2011 Belmont Summer Handicapping Challenge will be eligible
for The NTRA/Daily Racing Form National Handicapping Championship.
Approximately $2,000,000 in prize money will be available with the individual winner to receive
both $1,000,000, and NTRA Handicapper of the Year honors at the 2012 Eclipse Awards.
The New York Racing Association, Inc. will provide reimbursement for airfare for each of the
top three [3] finishers of our qualifying tournament*. The NTRA will provide for a three-night
stay at the official tournament hotel for the 2012 championship event.
New this year per the NTRA: All contestants at qualifying tournaments must have paid a
one-time annual NTRA membership fee of $45 in order to be eligible to compete at the
National Championship. Contestants may opt not to purchase the $45 annual NTRA
membership, but they would then be competing in qualifying tournaments for purse money
only at the qualifiers, and not for the available berths in the NHC Finals. NHC berths at a
given qualifier will only be available to those who are paid NTRA members prior to the
start of competition at a qualifying tournament. Please contact the NTRA directly if you
have any questions or concerns regarding these stipulations.
In the event of a tie, the following tie-breaking rules will be used to decide the three-member
Belmont travel team:
4.
5.
6.
If a tie still exists, highest-priced winner over the two-day tournament (based on $2
win payoff).
If a tie still exists, highest money total after day one of the two-day tournament.
*NYRA will reimburse airfare for our Las Vegas qualifiers, at a maximum of $450 round trip.
Per NTRA regulations, if a contestant has already qualified for the Las Vegas team via
another NHC tournament, they must arrange travel and reimbursement through that
qualifying entity.
Belmont 2011
Rules & Regulations
Dates:
Site:
Entry Fee:
Field Size:
Prize Money:
Tracks:
June 25th and 26th, 2011
Belmont Park, North Shore Terrace
$400
200 - 230 entries, (maximum two entries per person)
May 1st through June 15th, 2011
$80,000 (based on 200 entries). All entry fees are returned in prize money.
Belmont, Monmouth & Churchill**
** In the event that, due to circumstances beyond NYRA’s control, live racing is cancelled at
our host track, Finger Lakes will be designated as the alternate New York area wagering
track.
1. Entrants will make ten [10] contest wagers each contest day.
2. Entrants will make nine [9] mythical $20 win, place or show wagers on each contest day.
3. Entrants will make one [1] mythical $40 win, place or show wager on each contest day.
4. Entrants may select only one horse per race. Coupled betting entries and mutuel fields will
be regarded as a single selection.
5. Entrants cannot make more than one wager in any one race.
6. At least five [5] selections per day must be made on races conducted at Belmont and no more
than five [5] wagers may be made on tracks other than Belmont on each contest day.
7. In the event more than five [5] wagers are made on tracks other than Belmont, only the
first five [5] of those wagers will be counted. The first five wagers will be defined as the
five races with the earliest actual start time on that contest day.
8. In the event of a late scratch of a contestant’s horse, the contestant is allowed to re-bet the
race if time permits. If the contestant does not have time to place a new wager, he or she will
receive a no contest wager for that race. If there are no contest races remaining, the
contestant will not receive another wager. If the late scratch prohibits a contestant from
making their mandatory five [5] Belmont wagers, he or she will not receive an alternate race
to wager on.
9. In the event that an entrant places more than nine [9] $20 contest wagers in a contest day,
only the first nine [9] defined as the nine [9] races with the earliest actual start time on that
contest day will be counted, unless less than five [5] total Belmont races have been selected,
in which case rule 7 will also apply
10. In the event that an entrant places more than one [1] $40 wager in a contest day, only the first
wager defined as the first race with the earliest actual start time on that contest day will be
counted.
11. In the event that an entrant places less than ten [10] wagers during a contest day, the entrant
will receive $0 for any unplaced wager. Unplaced wagers may not be carried to a subsequent
contest day.
12. Win odds will be capped at 15-1, resulting in a maximum payoff of $320 on a $20 win bet
and $640 on a $40 win bet. Place and show odds are capped at 8-1, resulting in a maximum
payoff of $180 on a $20 bet and $360 on a $40 bet.
14. Bets must be placed by the contestant only at a designated location for tournament play, only
in the North Shore Terrace at Belmont Park. The entrant is solely responsible for ensuring
that his or her wager is correct. No changes will be allowed once wagering is closed.
15. The decision of the judges, NYRA Marketing and Special Events, in all matters or disputes
relating to the tournament is final.
in tie.
Finish
Prize Money
1st
$35,000
2nd
10,000
3rd
7,500
th
4
5,000
5th
4,000
6th
3,000
th
2,500
7
8th
2,000
th
1,500
9
10th
1,000
th
th
11 thru 15
800
500
16th thru 20th
Two.
General Rules







Officers and employees of New York Racing Association Inc., and their family members
are not eligible for the tournament.
Entrants must place their wagers via the Self Service Terminals dedicated to the
tournament. These machines will be clearly marked as such.
Registration will be available through June 15th, 2011. No registrations or payments will be
accepted after that date. You may register by completing an entry form and submitting a
personal check, cash, Visa, Amex, Master Card, or money order in the amount of $400 along
with the entrant's name, address, social security number and phone number. Registration by
mail must be received no later than June 15th, 2011 (based on availability). There will be no
registrations at the door.
Mail to: NYRA
Attn: Kathy Locke
P.O. Box 90
Jamaica, NY 11417
Shortly after the tournament registration is closed, you will receive a registration packet.
This is your entry ticket into the tournament. No duplicates will be issued.
A maximum limit of two [2] entries per person will be accepted. Once we have determined
that the maximum number of entries have been registered, no other entries will be
accepted. If you do not indicate two [2] entries on the registration form, you will only be
registered for a single entry.
On June 25th, 2011, between 11:00 a.m. and 12 p.m., entrants must present positive
identification, and will then be issued an official tournament envelope, which will contain your
wagering materials.
EQUIBASE HANDICAPPING TOURNAMENT
1. ELIGIBILITY
(a) The Equibase Handicapping Tournament (the “Tournament”) is offered only to natural persons who
are legal residents of the United States of America and its territories who are at least 18 years of age and
to natural persons who are legal residents of Canada (except Quebec) who have reached the age of
majority in their province of residence at the time of entry, in all cases unless otherwise prohibited by law.
Additionally, the Tournament is only available to such persons who register to participate and who have a
valid e-mail address. There is no cost to participate in the Tournament, nor any obligation to purchase
any product. Employees and directors of Equibase Company LLC (“Equibase”) and its parent and
subsidiary companies and the immediate family (spouse, mother, father, sister, brother, daughter or son,
regardless of where they live) or members of the same households (whether related or not) of such
employees and directors are not eligible. By entering a Tournament you agree to these Official Rules and,
where necessary, decisions of Equibase which are final and binding in all respects.
(b) All applicable federal, state, provisional, and local laws and regulations shall apply to each
Tournament.
2. HOW TO PLAY
(a) There are two types of Tournaments:
(1) One starting and ending on the same day (“Same-Day Tournament”), and
(2) One made up of various “rounds,” with the top finisher in each qualifying round advancing to a
championship round (“Rounds Tournament”).
(b) Equibase may conduct none, one or more Same-Day Tournaments and none, one or more Rounds
Tournaments.
(c) The goal of any Tournament is to achieve the highest bankroll by making mythical $2 wagers to win
and place in each designated Tournament race.
(d) For each correct selection in a Tournament race, a player will earn an amount equal to the $2 win
payoff and the $2 place payoff for a selection that wins the race; or the $2 place payoff for a selection that
finishes second; as if such player were making an actual money wager. There is, however, no actual
currency wagered in any Tournament and Tournament wagers will not be placed into any pari-mutuel
system. The maximum payoff on any single Tournament race is $42 for a win wager and $22 for a place
wager. All monetary values are stated in U.S. dollars.
(e) For Same-Day Tournaments, prizes will be awarded to the top five finishers.
(g) For Rounds Tournaments, prizes will be awarded to the top five finishers in each qualifying round and
such finishers shall also advance to the championship round. Although a player may participate in each
qualifying round, a player may only finish in the top five finishers once for the purpose of advancing to the
championship round. In any qualifying round where a player would otherwise advance to the
championship round a second time, the next qualifying finisher will advance to the championship round
instead. In the event of a tie for any of the top five finishers in any qualifying round, all players finishing in
the tie will advance to the championship round without regard to the number of players so qualifying.
Players, however, may win prizes for their top five finishes in each round.
(h) Additionally, with respect to Rounds Tournaments, the following players that have not otherwise
qualified to advance to the championship round will advance to the championship round:
(1) The top 10 players with the highest total number of winners selected (without regard to payoffs)
throughout a Rounds Tournament, and
(2) The top 10 players with the highest cumulative payoffs throughout a Rounds Tournament,
(i) In the event of a tie for any of the 10 additional spots noted in 2(h)(1) or (2) above, all players involved
in the tie will advance to the championship round without regard to the number of players so qualifying.
(j) In Rounds Tournaments a player may participate in all of the qualifying rounds occurring subsequent to
such player’s registration, but it is not a requirement..
(k) All terminology used herein that is vernacular to horse racing, including, but not limited to, “win,”
“place,” “wager,” “post time,” “coupled, “ “also eligible,” “scratched,” and “favorite” shall be construed in
accordance with generally accepted Thoroughbred industry standards as determined, in good faith, by
Equibase.
3. ENTRY
(a) To enter any Tournament, access the web site equibase.com and go to the Equibase Handicapping
Tournament area.
(b) Each player will log in to a Tournament by using his or her existing equibase.com ID and password.
Players without an existing ID and password can participate in the Tournament by completing the
registration form and providing the requested information
(c) There is no cost to register or to participate in any Tournament.
(d) Entries will only be accepted through equibase.com. Unless otherwise advised on equibase.com, any
other attempt to enter a Tournament is void.
(e) To enter any Tournament, a player’s computer must accept cookies, or any successor or similar
technology (now known or hereafter devised or discovered).
(f) A player may only submit one registration for each Tournament. A player submitting or attempting to
submit more than one registration form will be disqualified. Equibase reserves the right to disqualify any
player who has or who is believed to have submitted or tried to submit more than one registration.
(g) All entries and registration information become the sole property of Equibase.
(h) Equibase is not responsible for reminding players about meeting any Tournament cut-off time. It is
solely the player's responsibility to meet Tournament deadlines. Equibase logs the time and date each
player enters his or her selections.
(i) All copyright, trademark and other proprietary rights associated with a Tournament are and become the
property of Equibase.
4. SELECTIONS AND SCORING
(a) For Same-Day Tournaments and Rounds Tournaments, all players must make their selections before
the cut-off time for that Tournament’s races. The cut-off time for making selections will be prominently
posted within the Tournament section at equibase.com. Selections may begin to be made as soon as a
Tournament is open for selections. Typically, this will be one or two days prior to the beginning of a
Tournament. It is strongly recommended that players submit all their selections as early as possible.
Players can edit their selections until the cut-off time. Equibase will not be responsible for any player's
inability to submit selections due to Internet outages, technical difficulties, etc.
(b) Players will select their horses by name. For all Tournaments, coupled entries will be ignored; a player
may only select one horse of a coupled entry. Players will select one horse in each of the Tournament
races by selecting the button next to the horse’s name. For each selection a player will receive the
equivalent of a $2 win and a $2 place wager.
(c) If a horse is scratched prior to the start of a race, that horse will be displayed as scratched on the list
of horses available to be selected, but will not be removed as a selection from an already-submitted entry.
If a selected horse is scratched and the player does not change his or her selection before the cut-off
time, such player will be given the post-time favorite as a substitute selection.
(d) A Tournament race’s official order of finish and the win and place payoffs posted therefore by the host
racetrack will determine each player’s payoffs, subject to the maximum payoff’s listed in section 2 (d)
above.
(e) In the event that a Tournament race is cancelled (that is, not run on the originally scheduled date) that
race will be withdrawn from the Tournament. Equibase reserves the right to change a Tournament
schedule and rules without notice, or cancel a Tournament altogether due to unforeseen events.
(f) A “leaderboard” will be maintained within the Tournament section at equibase.com and updated as
soon as possible after a Tournament race has been declared official. The final leaderboard will become
official no later than 48 hours after the last race in said Tournament has been declared official. A printed
copy of the leaderboard may be obtained by sending a self- addressed stamped envelope to:
Equibase Company LLC
821 Corporate Drive
Lexington, KY 40503
Attention: Equibase Handicapping Tournament
(g) In the event that there is a tie between two or more players with respect to the top five finishers in the
championship round of a Rounds Tournament or in the event there is a tie between any two or more
players with respect to the top five finishers in a Same-Day Tournament, the following tie breakers will be
used:
(1) First: most winners selected (without regard to payoffs).
(2) Second: most winners and second-place finishers selected (without regard to payoffs).
(3) Third: most first, second and third-place finishers selected (without regard to payoffs)
(4) Fourth: most first, second, third and fourth-place finishers selected (without regard to payoffs)
(5) Fifth: the highest win payoff for a selected horse (actual payoff, not capped at $42).
(6) Sixth: the highest place payoff for a selected horse (actual payoff, not capped at $22).
(7) Finally, a random drawing conducted by Equibase, details of which are completely at the discretion of
Equibase.
(h) In the event there is a tie between any two or more players among the top five finish positions
(rankings) after applying tie breakers 1 through 6 above, Equibase reserves the right to arrange the
display final finish order on the leader board in a manner of its choosing.
5. PRIZES
(a) Prizes will be posted in the “Prizes” section on equibase.com.
(b) The odds of winning any Same-Day Tournament or Rounds Tournament depend on the number of
eligible players participating in that Tournament or round and the skill levels of those players.
(c) No assignment, transfer or substitution of prizes is permitted.
(d) All prizes are awarded "AS IS" without warranty of any kind and are subject to the same conditions as
if the prizes were purchased outright.
(e) Taxes are the sole responsibility of winners as are any shipping and handling charges.
6. GENERAL CONDITIONS
(a) Winners will be notified by e-mail or phone and must execute and return an Affidavit of Eligibility, a
Liability Release, and where lawful, a Publicity Release within 10 days of notification thereof. Failure to
return documents in a timely manner, or if prize notification or prize is returned as nondeliverable, may
result in disqualification.
(b) WHERE PERMITTED BY LAW, WINNER AGREES TO GRANT TO EQUIBASE AND ITS
LICENSEES, AFFILIATES AND ASSIGNS, THE RIGHT TO PRINT, PUBLISH, BROADCAST AND USE,
WORLDWIDE IN ANY MEDIA NOW KNOWN OR HEREAFTER DEVELOPED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WORLD WIDE WEB, AT ANY TIME OR TIMES, THE WINNER'S NAME, PORTRAIT,
PICTURE, VOICE, LIKENESS AND BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION AS NEWS OR INFORMATION
AND FOR ADVERTISING AND PROMOTIONAL PURPOSES WITHOUT ADDITIONAL
CONSIDERATION; AND FURTHER WITHOUT SUCH ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION, APPEAR FOR,
OR PROVIDE BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION FOR USE IN, ANY PRESENTATION OR OTHER
ACTIVITY WHICH MAY INCLUDE FILMING/AUDIO/VIDEO/ELECTRONIC OR OTHER RECORDINGS
AND/OR INTERVIEWS, AS MAY BE DETERMINED FROM TIME TO TIME BY EQUIBASE.
(c) Failure to make such appearances or grant such rights may result in disqualification with an alternate
winner selected; and while not obligated to do so, Equibase may in its sole discretion, bear such
reasonable costs and expenses which Equibase, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate for winners to
appear for a presentation or other activity. Further, by accepting a prize, each winner agrees to release
and hold harmless Equibase, its licensees, and their respective parents, affiliates, subsidiaries,
advertising and promotional agencies and their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives
and agents from any and all liability for any injuries, loss or damage of any kind to person, including
death, and property, arising in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, from acceptance, possession, use or
misuse of a prize, participation in any Tournament related activity, or participation in any Tournament. All
Tournaments are void where prohibited.
(d) Equibase reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to disqualify any individual it finds, in its sole
discretion, to be tampering with the entry process or the operation of the Tournament; to be in violation of
the Terms of Use of equibase.com; to be acting in violation of these Official Rules; or to be acting in a
non-sportsmanlike or disruptive manner, or with intent to annoy, abuse, threaten or harass any other
person.
(e) Any use of robotic, automatic, macro, programmed or like entry methods will void all such entries by
such methods. In the event of a dispute as to entries submitted by multiple users having the same e-mail
account, the authorized subscriber of the e-mail account used to enter a Tournament at the actual time of
entry will be deemed to be the participant and must comply with these rules. Authorized account
subscriber is deemed to be the natural person who is assigned an e-mail address by an Internet access
provider, on-line service provider or other organization which is responsible for assigning e-mail
addresses or the domain associated with the submitted e-mail address.
(f) Any attempt to deliberately damage the content or operation of a Tournament is unlawful and subject
to legal action by Equibase. Equibase will not be responsible for any:
(1) Late, lost, garbled, misdirected, incomplete, or damaged entries;
(2) Tournament disruptions, injuries, losses or damages caused by events beyond the control of
Equibase and/or its affiliates; or
(3) Printing or typographical errors in any materials associated with a Tournament.
(g) Equibase reserves the right to prosecute any fraudulent activities to the fullest extent of the law.
(h) It is the responsibility of the players to bring any alleged error, issue, or complaint to the attention of
Equibase within 24 hours of the end of the Tournament for which such allegation is being made by
sending an e-mail to [email protected] and describing the alleged error, issue or complaint in detail.
7. LIMITATION OF LIABILTIY
(a) Equibase is not responsible for any incorrect or inaccurate information, whether, without limitation,
caused by equibase.com users, or tampering or hacking, or by any of the equipment or programming
associated with or utilized in the Tournaments and Equibase assumes no responsibility for any error,
omission, interruption, deletion, defect, delay in operation or transmission, communications line failure,
theft or destruction or unauthorized access to or with respect to equibase.com or any data contained
therein or accessible therefrom.
(b) Equibase is not responsible for injury or damage to participant’s or to any other person's computer
related to or resulting from participating in a Tournament or downloading materials from or use of
equibase.com. If, for any reason, a Tournament is not capable of running as planned, Equibase reserves
the right, at its sole discretion, to cancel, terminate, modify or suspend the Tournament and have a winner
determined based on selections received prior to any such action taken by Equibase.
(c) IN NO EVENT WILL EQUIBASE, ITS LICENSEES AND/OR THEIR PARENTS, AFFILIATES,
SUBSIDIARIES AND RELATED COMPANIES, THEIR ADVERTISING OR PROMOTION AGENCIES OR
THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, REPRESENTATIVES AND AGENTS,
BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OR LOSSES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF
YOUR ACCESS TO AND USE OF EQUIBASE.COM OR THE DOWNLOADING FROM AND/OR
PRINTING MATERIAL DOWNLOADED FROM SAID SITE. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING,
EVERYTHING ON EQUIBASE.COM IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NONINFRINGEMENT. SOME
JURISDICTIONS MAY NOT ALLOW THE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY FOR
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES SO
SOME OF THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. CHECK YOUR
LOCAL LAWS FOR ANY RESTRICTIONS OR LIMITATIONS REGARDING THESE LIMITATIONS OR
EXCLUSIONS.
(d) IN NO EVENT WILL EQUIBASE, ITS LICENSEES AND/OR THEIR PARENTS, AFFILIATES,
SUBSIDIARIES AND RELATED COMPANIES, THEIR ADVERTISING OR PROMOTION AGENCIES OR
THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, REPRESENTATIVES AND AGENTS,
BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OR LOSSES OF ANY KIND RESULTING FROM
CLAIMS AND/OR GUARANTEES MADE BY OTHER INTERNET SITES.
(e) Equibase may post on equibase.com selected past performance information and/or other
handicapping products relating to Tournament races, at its sole discretion. Equibase shall not be liable for
any inaccurate, incomplete, or missing information that is posted. Such information is posted only to help
players make their selections. Any opinions or analysis posted by Equibase regarding any Tournament
race should not be taken as a recommendation of which horses to select. Any data supplied by Equibase
in connection with a Tournament are for a player’s personal use only and shall not be distributed,
reprinted, copied, or otherwise used. A player’s violation of this provision shall be grounds for immediate
disqualification from all Tournaments.
8. DISPUTES
As a condition of participating in any Tournament, each player agrees that any and all disputes which
cannot be resolved between the parties, and causes of action arising out of or in connection with any
Tournament, shall be resolved individually, without resort to any form of class action, exclusively, before a
court located in the City of Lexington, Commonwealth of Kentucky having competent jurisdiction, which
court shall apply the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky without regard for principles of conflicts of
law. Further, in any such dispute, under no circumstances will a player be permitted to obtain awards for,
and hereby waives all rights to claim punitive, incidental or consequential damages, or any other a
damages, including attorneys' fees, other than participant's actual out-of-pocket expenses if any (i.e.,
costs associated with entering this Tournament, such as postage), and participant further waives all rights
to have damages multiplied or increased.
UPCOMING CONTESTS
October 22, 2011 - Keeneland - Belmont Challenge
October 29, 2011 - Santa Anita - Belmont Challenge
November 4, 2011 - Breeders' Cup Friday Challenge
November 5, 2011 - Breeders' Cup Saturday Challenge
November 12, 2011 - Aqueduct - Churchill Downs Challenge
November 19, 2011 - Hollywood Park - Aqueduct Challenge
November 26, 2011 - Churchill Downs - Aqueduct Challenge
December 3, 2011 - Fair Grounds - Aqueduct Challenge
December 10, 2011 - Hollywood Park - Remington Park Challenge
December 17, 2011 - Aqueduct - Hollywood Park Challenge
December 24, 2011 - No Contest
December 31, 2011 - Gulfstream Park - Santa Anita Challenge
Free Online Handicapping Tournament Aug. 13
By Blood-Horse Staff
Updated: Saturday, August 6, 2011 8:21 AM
Posted: Friday, August 5, 2011 12:44 PM
The “Sovereign Stable Handicapping Challenge,” a free, online handicapping tournament, will take
place on Saturday, Aug. 13. The top finisher will receive a guaranteed berth in the $2 million
(estimated) Daily Racing Form/NTRA National Handicapping Championship presented by
Sovereign Stable next January in Las Vegas.
The Sovereign Stable Handicapping Challenge requires contestants to place hypothetical $2 win and
place wagers on 10 designated contest races on Aug. 13. The 10 contest races will be chosen by
tournament officials on Thursday, Aug. 11, and are scheduled to be selected from the Aug. 13 cards
at Saratoga Race Course, Monmouth Park and Del Mar (contest tracks subject to change).
The player amassing the highest number of points based on the players’ earnings (i.e. the highest
final bankroll) from all $2 win and place wagers at the end of the Challenge will be declared the
“Grand Prize Winner” and receive a berth in the NHC.
The winner will also receive a $250 air travel voucher and hotel accommodations at Treasure Island
Las Vegas, site of the NHC. Additional prizes will be awarded to the second- and third-place
finishers. Prospective competitors need not be NHC Tour members in order to register, though they
must be signed up as an NTRA Inside Track member.
“Our Sovereign Stable partnerships have enabled many people to experience the unique thrills of
racing. Competing in the National Handicapping Championship has become another coveted
opportunity within the sport, and we hope everyone will register for our tournament and take their
shot at the $1 million prize up for grabs at Treasure Island Las Vegas next January,” said Sovereign
Stable president Matt Gatsas.
Read more: http://www.bloodhorse.com/horse-racing/articles/64366/free-online-handicappingtournament-aug-13#ixzz1Xwzn9IGn
Canterbury Park’s 2011 Countdown to the Cup Handicapping Tournament
Official Rules & Regulations
Summary: Patrons visiting Canterbury Park on Saturdays between September 17 and October 29, 2011
may participate in a free-to-enter handicapping tournament designed around the official outcome of races
at selected racetracks. There will be seven individual contest days where the top eight point-earners will
be awarded Breeders’ Cup betting bankrolls*. Prizes for accumulated point totals will also be awarded at
the conclusion of the tournament with the first-place winner receiving an entry to the Daily Racing Form /
NTRA National Handicapping Championship (NHC) to be held in Las Vegas in 2012. Each player’s
lowest daily score will be subtracted from their accumulated score to determine the final grand total that
will be used to determine final standings. See below for complete rules.
Duration: The contest will run each Saturday from Sept. 17 through Oct. 29, 2011 ONLY.
Registration: Registration begins on Saturday, Sept. 17, 2011. Patrons wishing to participate can do so
by requesting an entry form from the Tournament Headquarters during tournament hours on any
tournament day from Saturday, Sept. 17 through Saturday, Oct. 29, 2011. A valid drivers license or state
ID is required to participate. No mail-in, faxed or call-in entries accepted.
Players must enter in person.
Selection / Picks: Entry slips must be deposited at one of the official contest entry locations prior to
entry deadline. There is no waiting period to participate in the tournament, so players may enter and
complete a pick slip on the same day.
One entry per person per contest day. Any attempt to submit multiple entries or entries for patrons
who are not present will result in disqualification. Players must submit entry cards personally. No
person shall directly or indirectly act as an intermediary, transmitter or agent in submitting selections for
the Player, unless authorized by Canterbury Park and for good reason shown. Patrons can participate on
any or all days for the duration of the tournament. Entry slips must be filled-out completely to be
considered a valid entry into this contest. Deadline for entry is first post of selected race card each
tournament day during the duration of this contest.
How to Play: Each entry slip will contain all the races for the day at the selected racetrack.
Players pick one horse in each contest race. Players will be awarded the amount of points that equals the
total dollar amount of the official mutuel return on their selections based on a mythical $20 across-theboard wager. No changes will be allowed once entries have been submitted.
Awarding Points: Points will be awarded based on the official outcome of the race card at the selected
racetrack. Points will be awarded each day of the contest. Players will be awarded the amount of points
that equals the total dollar amount of the official mutuel return on their selections based on a mythical $20
across-the-board wager. For example: If a player’s selection finishes first and the official mutuel results
are as follows: $6.00 to win; $4.00 to place; $2.40 to show, the player will receive 124 points. If a
player’s selection finishes second and returns $15.00 to place and $8.80 to show, the player would receive
238 points. The maximum point payoffs per race for win, place, and show will be capped in the following
manner.
The maximum points possible for win will be 600 points, for place 400 points and for show 200
points.
Accumulated Points: Prizes will be awarded for accumulated point totals at the conclusion of the
tournament on Oct. 29, 2011 using the schedule below. Each player’s lowest individual-day score will
be subtracted from their eight-day total to arrive at their final score. If a player should choose not to
play in any of the eight individual contests a score of zero will be awarded for each of those individual
days. If there is a tie for first place, a drawing will be held for the NHC entry with the drawing winner
receiving the NHC entry and the other player(s) receiving second-place money.
Results: Official results are based on the official payouts.
Prize Structure: Prizes will be awarded for each individual contest day to the top point earners as well as
for overall/accumulated point total winners. Weekly awards will be given according to the following
schedule:
Contest Prize Schedule Award
Highest Point Total For Day $250 Breeders’ Cup bankroll*
Second – Eighth Highest Total For Day $100 Breeders’ Cup bankroll*
Overall/accumulated point totals and resulting awards will be given according to the following schedule:
Overall Prize Schedule Award
Highest Accumulated Point Total NHC entry, airfare and accommodations **
2nd Highest Accumulated Point Total $500 Breeders’ Cup bankroll*
3rd Highest Accumulated Point Total $400 Breeders’ Cup bankroll*
4th Highest Accumulated Point Total $300 Breeders’ Cup bankroll*
5th Highest Accumulated Point Total $200 Breeders’ Cup bankroll*
6th - 10th Highest Accumulated Point Total $100 Breeders’ Cup bankroll*
Handicapper of the Year Points: Winners of the individual contests and of the overall contest will receive
Canterbury Park Handicapper of the Year points in the following manner:
Individual contests: 1st=3 points, 2nd=2 points, 3rd=1 point; Overall Contest: 1st=5 points, 2nd=4 points, 3rd=3 points,
4th=2 points, 5th=1 point. For more information on Handicapper of the Year contest visit www.canterburypark.com.
Ties: In the event of a tie, the weekly prize will be split evenly.
Scratch: In the event of a scratch, selections will be replaced with the wagering favorite.
Cancellation: In the event a card is canceled the following will apply: all races prior to the cancellation will be valid
and points will be distributed accordingly. If the card is canceled for the entire day, the contest will also be canceled
for the day.
Posting Of Results: Daily and accumulated point totals and standings will be posted at the Information Center
(level 3) at Canterbury Park. Postings will be updated every Thursday during the duration of the contest (provided
no technical problems arise that would prevent such posting). Standings and results will also be posted on our
website at www.canterburypark.com.
Valid Entry Slip: Only entry blanks issued by Canterbury Park are considered valid for play. Duplicate,
photocopied or any unauthorized reproduction is invalid for play. Entry blanks must be filled-out completely.
Incomplete or illegible entries will be considered invalid for play.
No Purchase Necessary: There is no charge to participate in this handicapping contest. Once entries are submitted
patrons need not be present to win.
Deadline: All entries must be submitted prior to first post of selected card. A schedule is available with post times.
Although Canterbury Park will do everything in its power to list the correct post times, it is the contestant’s
responsibility to verify any changes.
Canterbury Park is not responsible for post time changes. Any entries submitted later than this deadline will be
deemed invalid. Any entry not in compliance according to verbiage in the Valid Entry section of this document will
be deemed invalid.
Eligibility /Ineligibility: The following are ineligible to participate in this tournament: anyone under the age of
18**; employees of Canterbury Park and their immediate family; anyone forbidden to wager at Canterbury Park.
Judging and Disputes: The management of Canterbury Park reserves the right to interpret all questions and
conditions in regard to this event, without claim for damages or recourse of any kind. All questions and definitions
not covered explicitly in these rules will be decided by the management of Canterbury Park, with those decisions to
be final.
Affidavits: Affidavits confirming compliance with contest rules will be required of all winners. Any winner found
to be in violation of contest rules will be considered ineligible for the giveaway and the prize will be returned to
inventory for distribution to an eligible patron in a consolation drawing.
Odds: The odds of winning the tournament are dependent upon the number of entries received.
Publicity: By entering, winner agrees to the use of his or her name and/or likeness
for publicity and promotional purposes without additional compensation. Taxes: Contestants are responsible for
taxes resulting from prize winnings. Canterbury Park will provide a 1099 at the end of the year. Note: a social
security number is required with signature on affidavit.
* Breeders’ Cup Bankroll: daily contest prizes and overall prizes will be paid with account wagering cards that
must be used on Breeders’ Cup wagers, on Nov 4 and/or 5. Winners are required to wager an amount equal to or
greater than the initial amount before withdrawing the balance. Breeders’ Cup bankroll account wagering cards will
be forfeited if not used on November 4 or 5.
**NHC entry Trip to Las Vegas is valid during the NHC tournament only. A player’s inability to attend the NHC
will result in forfeiture of the airfare, accommodations, and NHC tournament entry (no cash value). The National
Handicapping Championship qualifier must be in attendance at the NHC on each day of the event. If winner cannot
attend, the next highest placing qualifier will earn a place. Depending on a particular situation, Canterbury Park in
cooperation with the NTRA may assign an alternate qualifier. Players agree to abide by these determinations.
Winner of the NHC entry must be at least 21 years of age by January 1, 2012.
CONTEST TRACKS
9/17 – Arlington Park
9/24 – Turfway Park
10/1 – Belmont Park
10/8 – Keeneland
10/15- Belmont Park
10/22 – Keeneland
10/29- Santa Anita
Canterbury Park’s 2011 Handicapper of the Year
Summary: Throughout the 2011 calendar year, Canterbury Park will hold handicapping contests
which will award Canterbury Park Handicapper of the Year points to the winners. The points
will accumulate throughout the year. The person who has accumulated the most points by the
end of the year will be declared the 2011 Canterbury Park Handicapper of the Year and will
receive a trophy and prize of $2,000. The person that accumulates the second highest point total
will receive a runner-up prize of $500.
Duration: Handicapping contests with points that will accumulate toward the Handicapper of
the Year award will be held throughout the 2011 calendar year. Contest rules and structure will
vary. Some contests will be free to enter while others will require entry fees and ‘live’ bankrolls.
Players need not play in all contests to be eligible for the Handicapper of the Year prize.
Awarding Points: Points awarded will vary depending on the contest and will be determined
prior to the contest. Additional contests may be added throughout the year.
Accumulated Points: The player that has accumulated the most points by the end of the year
will be declared 2011 Canterbury Park Handicapper of the Year and will be awarded the prize
money. Point standings will be posted on a regular basis.
Ties: In the event that two or more players are tied with the highest point total at year’s end, a
Handicapper of the Year playoff will be held in January 2012 with the winner receiving the
$2,000 prize and the runners up dividing the $500. If there is one winner of the first prize and a
tie for second, those tied will divide the $500.
Eligibility: Individual contest rules will determine eligibility. Canterbury Park employees are not
eligible for the Handicapper of the Year award.
Judging and Disputes: The management of Canterbury Park reserves the right to interpret all
questions and conditions in regard to this event, without claim for damages or recourse of any
kind. All questions and definitions not covered explicitly in these rules will be decided by the
management of Canterbury Park, with those decisions to be final.
Affidavits: Affidavits confirming compliance with contest rules will be required of all winners.
Publicity: By entering, winner agrees to the use of his or her name and/or likeness for publicity and promotional
purposes without additional compensation. Taxes: Prize winner is responsible for taxes resulting from prize
winnings. Canterbury Park will provide a 1099 at the end of the year. Note: a social security number is required
with signature on affidavit.
Canterbury Park’s
In the Money Handicapping Contest- December 2011
The Contest:
The In The Money Handicapping Contest is a handicapping contest held at Canterbury Park,
Shakopee, MN on Saturdays, December 3 – 31, 2011. The object of the contest is to correctly
select a horse that finishes in the official top three (in the money) in each race at that day’s
contest track. Entry to each contest is $10. The winner will receive a cash prize of $250
guaranteed*. (See rules below regarding ties) Play begins each contest day with the first race at
the selected track. Selections and entry fee must be submitted prior to post time of the first
contest race. If there is no winner(s) the prize pool carries over to the following week’s contest.
See rules below for rules regarding Dec. 31 contest.
To Enter:
Each player must submit a completed entry form (available at the 3rd level information center)
and the $10 entry fee to the 3rd level information center prior to post time for the first contest
race. Canterbury staff must verify the selections before the entry is official. The entry fee is nonrefundable and becomes part of the prize pool.
To Win:
To win the contest, all of the entrant’s selections must finish in the money (official top three).
Prize Pool and Ties:
If one player correctly selects a horse that finishes in the money in all contest races for that day’s
contest, that player will receive a minimum of $250*. If combined entry fees exceed $250 that
amount will be the prize pool. If more than one player correctly selects a horse that finishes in
the money in all races, the prize money will be divided equally. If no entrant correctly selects a
horse that finishes in the money in all contest races for that day’s contest, no prize money will be
awarded and all entry fees will carry over to the next contest day with a guarantee of at least
$250* for that contest.
Must pay on final contest date:
If on the final contest date, Saturday, December 31, 2011 there is no winner according to the
rules above, the prize money will be paid to the final player(s) eliminated from the contest. If
there is a tie, the prize money will be divided.
Entry deadlines and rules:
No entries will be accepted after post time of the first contest race. One entry per person.
Entrants need not have participated in a previous In The Money contest to be eligible to enter the
current contest. Players must enter is person.
Scratches:
If a scratch occurs involving a player’s selection, the betting favorite will be substituted.
Coupled Entries:
A player selecting a coupled entry receives all parts of that entry as the selection. If two or more
parts of a coupled entry finish in the official top three, all parts will be considered in the money
for contest purposes.
Results:
Contest results will be posted and announced the day following the contest.
Handicapper of the Year Points:
Each contest winner will receive one Handicapper of the Year point. For complete Handicapper
of the Year rules please visit the Information Center.
Requirements of Players: Entrants must be 18 or older.
Affidavits will be required of all winners. Liability for any taxes incurred through prize winnings are the sole
responsibility of the player.
No prize money paid without social security number. Canterbury Park employees are not eligible
for promotional fund money.
Cancellation of contest:
Canterbury Park management reserves the right to cancel the contest for any reason at any time.
If the contest track cancels all of its races for the day, the contest will also be cancelled and entry
fees refunded. If a portion of the scheduled races is cancelled, the winner will be determined
based on the races that were declared official. If the contest track does not run its entire card, the
prize money will consist of that day’s entry fees ONLY. Canterbury Park assumes no liability for
any unforeseen occurrence during the contest. Canterbury Park reserves the right to interpret all
questions and conditions regarding the contest, without claim for damages or recourse of any
kind. All questions regarding the contest, which are not specifically listed under these rules will
be decided by the Canterbury Marketing Department. Those decisions will be final. *If the
contest track does not run its entire card, the prize money will consist of that day’s entry fees
ONLY.
Saturday, December 3 – Hollywood Park
Saturday, December 10 – Fair Grounds
Saturday, December 17 – Tampa Bay Downs
Saturday, December 24 – Gulfstream Park
Saturday, December 31 – Santa Anita
Official Rules
Cap2Win Monthly Handicapping Contest Rules
These rules are in effect as of May 15, 2011. Cap2Win reserves the right at any time,
without notice, to add, remove and/or change or otherwise modify any feature of the
website and/or these Rules. Please check back often for the latest rules.
Contest Entry / Eligibility
There is no cost to enter the contest. You must register with Cap2Win to play. You will be
asked for limited basic personal information (email address, physical address) to register.
This information will be kept secure and is only collected for the purpose of uniquely
identifying players and preventing duplicate entries. Multiple entries from one household are
authorized but multiple entries from one email address are not allowed. All personal data
collected is subject to Cap2Win privacy policy.
In order to be eligible to play, players must be a registered user with Cap2Win and at least
21 years of age, and a legal resident of the United States of America. Provided, however, no
player may participate while residing in a jurisdiction in which the contest is forbidden.
Cap2Win will determine player eligibility and reserves the right to remove players it deems
in its sole discretion that are not eligible. Cap2Win may disqualify and remove a player at
any time.
In addition to the above, to be eligible for the monthly prize, a player must enter twelve
(12) entries in a given month.
Players do not need to be US citizens to play; however, no prizes will be awarded to players
outside the United States and such player's results will not be considered in determining the
winner of the contest.
All federal, state and local laws and regulations apply and may place additional restrictions
on contest rules and/or eligibility.
NOTE; Notwithstanding the foregoing, employees of Cap2Win, as well as members of their
immediate families or households, are not eligible to win any of the prizes described in
these Rules. All prizes described by these Rules are void where prohibited by law.
If a winning player is determined to be ineligible, prizes will be awarded to the next person
in order of the contest standings
Playing the contest
All entries must be made through the website at www.cap2win.com.
Eligible tracks will be determined by Cap2Win in its sole discretion. These eligible tracks will
be listed via drop down menu and may be changed at any time by Cap2Win. Players must
choose from available tracks in the dropdown menu on the contest website. Players may
make picks from any available track in the menu.
Horses will also be chosen from drop down menu. Players may not enter more than one
horse per race. Races are typically first available in the Cap2Win drop down menu between
48 and 24 hours prior to post time.
Deadline for entries for any given race is 15 minutes prior to post time. This will be
controlled by the contest website automatically.
A calendar month is the duration of each monthly contest. In any given month, the contest
begins with the first race at all eligible tracks on the first day in the calendar month and
ends with the last race at eligible tracks on the last day on the calendar month. In the event
of technical difficulties or race cancellations on the last day (or days) of a calendar month,
the winner will be determined by the current standings when racing ended for the month.
In the event of technical issues with the site, players must check back frequently and enter
picks when the site is available again. If a player has a problem accessing the site, email
entries or phone entries cannot be accepted.
In the event of a scratch, the horse may still show as available in the drop down menu
players can still choose this horse. If the horse does not start, the entry will not be
considered for contest standings.
Twelve entries per month are required to be eligible for prizes. A player may make up to 40
entries per calendar month. All entries will count towards the player's monthly ROI and
standings, as well as All-Time ROI and standings.
If an entry is made in error, it cannot be reversed or invalidated. So please make sure
before you submit an entry. Results are updated each night. If a payout is reported
incorrectly, please report it to the contest administrator at emailto: [email protected].
Reports of errors must be made within 48 hours of the time the race was run.
All single race payoffs will be capped at $50. This will reduce the tendency of players to go
for long shots. A cap on payoffs is common in handicapping tournaments as it is believed to
improve the overall play and competitiveness of the competition.
No more than four contest entries can be made by a player on any given day.
All entries, along with all copyright, trademark and other proprietary rights associated there
with, become property of Cap2Win and may be used for marketing purposes.
Winning the contest
Contest winner will be determined by highest ROI at the end of the last day of racing in a
calendar month. ROI is determined by taking all contest entries of the player for that
month, adding up the win payoffs from those entries, and dividing by the number of picks X
2$. This figure represents the Return on Investment (ROI).
In the event that two (or more) players are tied at the end of the month, the tie breaker will
go to the player who made their last included entry soonest in the month. In other words, if
one player's twelfth included entry was made by the 25th of the month and the other
player's twelfth included entry was made on the 27th, the first player would be named the
winner.
A player may win the contest more than once.
Prizes
Cap2Win will provide a cash prize for each monthly contest and will notify the winners by email and website posting within 18 hours. E-mail notifications will be sent to the e-mail
account listed on that person's registration. It is a player's responsibility to ensure that the
e-mail address listed on his/her profile is accurate. Our partner site, HometownBets.com is
offering to double that prize if the contest winner would like to receive the prize money in
their HometownBets wagering account. Registration with HometownBets.com is a
prerequisite for receiving prize money from Hometown Bets. Click here to register.
Prizes will be paid to the contest winner by PayPal or by check as determined by Cap2Win.
No substitution or transfer of prizes will be permitted unless explicitly authorized in writing
by Cap2Win. ALL TAXES ASSOCIATED WITH THE RECEIPT OR USE OF ANY PRIZES AND ANY
SHIPPING OR HANDLING CHARGES ARE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE WINNER AND
THE WINNER IS REQUIRED TO REPORT HIS/HER WINNINGS TO A GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY
AND/OR PAY ANY TAXES OWED AS A RESULT OF CLAIMING HIS/HER PRIZE.
DISCLAIMER/NO WARRANTIES
The Cap2Win monthly handicapping contest is a contest of skill, subject to all federal, state,
provincial and local laws and void where prohibited by law.
BY USING THIS WEBSITE, YOU EXPRESSLY UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT
(A) YOU ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY AND RISK FOR USE OF THE SERVICE. THE
SERVICE IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" AND "AS AVAILABLE" BASIS. CAP2WIN,
HOMETOWNBETS.COM AND E-PONIES.COM DO NOT WARRANT THAT THE SERVICE WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE OR THAT ANY INFORMATION, SOFTWARE OR OTHER
MATERIAL ACCESSIBLE VIA THE SERVICE IS FREE OF VIRUSES, WORMS, TROJAN HORSES,
OR OTHER HARMFUL COMPONENTS.
(B) CAP2WIN, HOMETOWNBETS.COM AND E-PONIES.COM PROVIDE THE SERVICE ON A
COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE BASIS AND DOES NTO GUARANTEE THAT YOU WILL BE ABLE
TO ACCESS OR USE THE SERVICE AT TIMES OR LOCATIONS OF YOUR CHOOSING, OR THAT
CAP2WIN, HOMETOWNBETS.COM OR E-PONIES.COM WILL HAVE ADEQUATE CAPACITY FOR
THE SERVICE AS A WHOLE OR IN ANY SPECIFIC GEOGRAPHIC AREA.
(C) CAP2WIN, HOMETOWNBETS.COM AND E-PONIES.COM MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS OR ENDORSEMENTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
WARRANTIES OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE REGARDING THE SERVICE
PROVIDED BY CAP2WIN, HOMETOWNBETS.COM OR E-PONIES.COM NO ADVICE OR
INFORMATION GIVEN BY CAP2WIN, HOMETOWNBETS.COM OR E-PONIES.COM, THEIR
EMPLOYEES, AFFILIATES OR CONTRACTORS SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY.
(D) DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY. CAP2WIN, HOMETOWNBETS.COM OR E-PONIES.COM SHALL
NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY COSTS OR DAMAGES ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM
USE OF THE SERVICE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL CAP2WIN,
HOMETOWNBETS.COM OR E-PONIES.COM, THEIR EMPLOYEES, AFFILIATES OR
CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE,
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, THAT RESULT IN ANY WAY, FROM ANY USE OF YOUR
ACCOUNT, OR THE SERVICE, THE MAKING OF WAGERS THROUGH THE SERVICE, OR YOUR
INABILITY TO USE THE SERVICE, OR FROM YOUR RELIANCE ON, OR USE OF, INFORAMTION
PROVIDED ON OR THROUGH THE SERVICE OR THAT RESULTS FROM MISTAKES,
OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS, DELETION OF FILES, ERRORS, DEFECTS, DELAYS IN
OPERATION OR TRANSMISSION, OR ANY FAILURE OF PERFORMANCE. CAP2WIN,
HOMETOWNBETS.COM OR E-PONIES.COM'S ENTIRE LIABILITY AND YOUR EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY WITH RESPECT TO THE USE OF ANY SOFTWARE PROVIDED OR USED AT CAP2WIN,
HOMETOWNBETS.COM OR E-PONIES.COM SHALL BE THE REPLACEMENT OF ANY CAP2WIN,
HOMETOWNBETS.COM OR E-PONIES.COM SOFTWARE FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE.
By entering the contest, entrant agrees to be bound by these official rules and consents to
the use of his/her name, city and state or province of residence and/or photograph for
promotional purposes without additional compensation, unless prohibited by law, if entrant
is a winner. Cap2Win reserves the right to verify eligibility qualifications of entrants. If
Cap2Win determines, in its sole discretion, that there is any suspected or actual electronic
tampering with the contest or if technical difficulties compromise the integrity of the
contest, Cap2Win reserves the right to void the entries at issue and/or terminate the
contest. If the contest is terminated due to tampering or technical difficulties or for any
other reason prior to its planned expiration date, registered users will be notified by email.
Any attempt to deliberately damage the content or operation of this contest is unlawful and
subject to legal action by Cap2Win or its agents.
Cap2Win will not be responsible for any: (a) late, lost, garbled, misdirected, incomplete, or
damaged entries; (b) any contest disruptions, injuries, losses or damages caused by events
of Cap2Win; or (c) any printing or typographical errors in any materials associated with the
contest.
NOTICE OF INDEMNIFICATION
You agree to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Cap2Win, HometownBest.com or EPonies.com, their affiliates, employees, contractors, telecommunication providers, content
providers, and assignees and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents from
and against any and all liabilities, claims, actions, demands, damages, costs, losses and
expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees) arising out of your use of Cap2Win,
HometownBest.com or E-Ponies.com's products, services and website.
REMEDIES
If you are dissatisfied with the website or any of its terms, conditions, rules, policies,
guidelines or practices, or otherwise have a dispute with Cap2Win, HometownBest.com or
E-Ponies.com, your sole and exclusive remedy is to terminate your account and discontinue
using the website.
LINKS TO THIRD PARTY SITES
Links may let you leave Cap2Win's website. The linked sites are not under the control of
Cap2Win and Cap2Win is not responsible for the contents of any linked website or any link
contained in a linked website, or any changes or updates to such websites. Cap2Win is not
responsible for web casting or any other form of transmission received from ay linked
website. Cap2Win is providing these links to you only as a convenience, and the inclusion of
any link does not imply endorsement by Cap2Win of the linked website.
INTERNET/TECHNOLOGY PROBLEMS
If for any reason any portion of the website or program is not capable of running as
planned, including infection by computer virus, bugs, tampering, unauthorized intervention,
fraud, technical failures, or any other causes, which corrupt or affect the administration,
security, fairness, integrity, or proper conduct of this contest, Cap2Win reserves the right,
in its sole discretion, to disqualify any individual who violates these Contest Rules or the
associated rules sets referenced. Herein, if anyone, tampers with the entry process, or
engages in any conduct detrimental to CAP2WIN, the Contest or any other player (in each
case as determined at CAP2WIN's sole discretion), to lock out any individual whose
eligibility is in question, and to cancel, terminate, modify or suspend this Contest at any
time. The Released Parties assume no responsibility for, and will not be liable for, any error,
omission, interruption, deletion, defect, delay in operation or transmission, communications
line failure, theft or destruction or unauthorized access to, or alteration of entries. None of
the Released Parties are in any way responsible or liable for any problems or technical
malfunction of any telephone network or lines, computer on-line systems, servers, or
providers, computer equipment, software, failure of any e-mail or entry to be received by
CAP2WIN on account of technical problems or traffic congestion on the Internet or at any
associated Website, or any combination thereof, including any injury or damage to
participant's or any other person's computer related to or resulting from participation or
downloading of any materials in this Contest.
CAUTION: ANY ATTEMPT BY ANY PERSON TO DELIBERATELY DAMAGE ANY WEBSITE OR
UNDERMINE THE LEGITIMATE OPERATION OF THE CONTEST IS A VIOLATION OF CRIMINAL
AND CIVIL LAWS AND SHOULD SUCH AN ATTEMPT BE MADE, CAP2WIN RESERVES THE
RIGHT TO SEEK FROM ANY SUCH PERSON DAMAGES AND ANY OTHER REMEDIES
AVAILABLE TO CAP2WIN TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW.
MISCELLANEOUS
The acceptance of cash in HometownBets wagering account may subject you to income or
other taxes. It is your sole responsibility for determining the extent of any tax liablity for
any federal, state or local taxes as may be applicable, and any disclosure related thereto.
These Rules shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.
The Rules constitute the entire understanding between you and Cap2Win with respect to the
content, and supersede any and all prior communications, whether written or oral, and all
previous versions of terms and conditions applicable to the Program. This agreement may
not be amended orally, or by any action of Cap2Win other than issuance of updated written
Rules posted on this website.
All interpretations of these Rules, as well as questions or disputes regarding continued
eligibility for the contest or the availability of or entitlement to any prize, shall be resolved
by Cap2Win in its sole discretion.
YOU ARE ADVISED THAT IN THE EVENT OF A CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION OR OTHERWISE
BY STATE OR FEDERAL AUTHROITIES OR REGULATORY INQUIRY, YOU WAIVE ANY AND ALL
RIGHTS TO YOUR INFORMATION AND DATA IN CAP2WIN'S, HOMETOWNBETS.COM'S OR EPONIES.COM'S POSSESSION, AND YOU SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZE CAP2WIN,
HOMETOWNBETS.COM AND/OR E-PONIES.COM TO DISCLOSE SAID DATA AND
INFORMATION TO LAW ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITIES AND YOU RELEASE CAP2WIN,
HOMETOWNBETS.COM AND E-PONIES.COM OF ALL LIABILITY IN THIS REGARD TO THE
FULL EXTENT POSSIBLE BY LAW.
AS A CONDITION OF PARTICIPATING IN THE CONTEST, YOU AGREE THAT ANY AND ALL
CLAIMS, CAUSES OF ACTION OR DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR CONNECTED WITH THE
PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT THE SAME IS NOT WITHIN CAP2WIN'S SOLE DISCRETION AS
PROVIDED FOR UNDER THESE RULES, SHALL BE RESOLVED EXCLUSIVELY BY PRIVATE
BINDING ARBITRATION TO BE CONDUCTED BEFORE A SINGLE ARBITRATOR PURSUANT TO
THE COMMERCIAL RULES THEN IN EFFECT OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION
IN PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA.
CONTEST SPONSORS
The sponsor of the contest is E-ponies.com and HometownBets.com. The address for the
purposes of this Contest is:
E-ponies.com
Attn: CAP2WIN
PO Box 132
Sewickley, PA 15143
Breeders Cup Betting Challenge Rules
2011 BREEDERS’ CUP BETTING CHALLENGE
Churchill Downs - November 4th & 5th
OFFICIAL RULES FOR THE 2011 CHURCHILL DOWNS
“BREEDERS’ CUP BETTING CHALLENGE”
1. PLAYER’S BANKROLL:
This is a “real money” Handicapping Challenge. Players will be required to deposit $10,000, of which $7,500 will be
the players bankroll for wagering. At the conclusion of the tournament, any dollar amount remaining in the bankroll –
whether it grows to $30,000 or falls to $100 – remains the property of the player. This is a contest of skill to determine
the ‘Breeders’ Cup Betting Challenge Champion’.
2. TO ENTER:
A non-refundable deposit of $500 is required to confirm your spot in the Challenge. Entries will be accepted starting
on April 15. The $500 will be credited towards your deposit. Only one entry per person will be allowed. Only players
earning an entry via an online tournament will receive their deposit back. Please mail check (payable to Churchill
Downs) along with entry form to:
Churchill Downs
BC Betting Challenge
Attn: Phillip L. Milliner, CPA
Finance Department
700 Central Avenue
Louisville, KY 40208
3. FORMAT:
Tournament races will include only races from Churchill Downs on Friday, November 4 and Saturday, November 5,
2011, including all fourteen Breeders’ Cup Championships races. Wager types permitted are Win, Place, Show,
Exacta and Trifecta only. A minimum of $600 must be bet per race on at least 5 races on Friday, November 4,
totaling a minimum of $3,000 wagered. Should a player fail to bet the required minimum number of races (5) at the
minimum wager amount ($600) required on Friday’s card, 1,000 Challenge points (at one point per dollar) will be
deducted from the player’s total Challenge score per missed race. The final Challenge race on Friday will be the
Ladies Classic, race 10. Players may wager only an amount equal to or below their Challenge point total.
A minimum of $900 must be bet per race on at least 5 races on Saturday, November 5, totaling a minimum of
$4,500 wagered. The final race of the Challenge is the Breeders’ Cup Classic, race 11. Should a player fail to bet the
required minimum number of races or minimum per race bet total on Saturday’s card, the player will be disqualified
and any remaining balance will be returned to the player. No other races may be wagered upon. There are no
maximums – players may bet as much as they want, including winnings from their original bankroll, whenever they
wish. There are no caps on payouts. The player with the highest Challenge score after the last race on Saturday is
the Grand Prize winner.
4. PRIZES:
Of the $10,000 buy-in, the player’s betting bankroll will be $7,500. Players retain all funds remaining in their bankroll
at the end of the contest. If 125 or more players enter the BCBC, the minimum prize pool will be $350,000. Prize
money will be paid to the top ten finishers.
First Place = $175,000
Second Place = $70,000
Third Place = $35,000
Fourth Place = $20,000
Fifth Place = $15,000
Sixth Place = $7,000
Seventh Place = $7,000
Eighth Place = $7,000
Ninth Place = $7,000
Tenth Place = $7,000
The attached prize money distribution list provides details based upon the number of players.
The top six official finishers will each receive entry into the 2012 DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship in
Las Vegas, courtesy of Breeders' Cup Limited. A $500 travel stipend will be awarded to each person to cover hotel
and other expenses for the DRF/NTRA event. If for any reason one of the top six official finishers cannot attend or
has already qualified for the NHC, the next highest placing contestant will receive the entry and travel stipend. Only 6
NHC spots and 6 travel stipends will be awarded. Depending on a particular situation, Churchill Downs and Breeders’
Cup may assign an alternate qualifier. This is an official NHC Tour event and players earn Tour points in accordance
with Tour rules and policies. Players must be Tour members to earn Tour points. It is the NHC Tour Member’s
responsibility to notify tournament officials that he or she is a member of the Tour before the start of the Breeders’
Cup Betting Challenge.
5. PLAYER CARDS:
Each participant will be issued a player card to be used for all tournament wagers. This account-wagering card
contains the “real money” bankroll of $7,500. Upon receipt, participants should test the card in self-service machines
to become familiar with placing wagers and insure it is working properly. If a player loses his/her card or the card is
not working, the player should immediately report to Tournament officials to resolve the problem. Players must make
only tournament wagers on their contest card.
6. PLACING WAGERS:
All wagers must be placed through self-service machines. Wagers will not be accepted through mutuel tellers.
Players must place all wagers personally. No person shall directly or indirectly act as an intermediary, transmitter or
agent in placing wagers for the player, unless authorized by tournament officials. All official track rulings will apply to
wagers placed in the Tournament except as otherwise stipulated. The tournament will be based on the official
placement and mutuel prices at Churchill Downs. If a player wagers on a track other than Churchill Downs for
purposes of the contest, the player will be disqualified.
7. IRS WITHHOLDING:
If winnings less the wager exceed $5,000 and if the winnings are at least 300 times the amount of the wager, IRS
withholding will automatically be deducted from the player’s card. Whereas, for contest scoring purposes, the gross
amount of the winning wager will be recorded in the player’s score. Please note for purposes of wagering in the
contest, only the net amount (the amount received after the IRS withholding) will be available to the player.
8. SCRATCHES:
If a horse is scratched after a wager is placed, it is the player’s responsibility to change his/her selection prior to the
race subject to all other contest wagering rules. In the event a player is not able to change his/her selection due to a
late scratch (within 10 minutes to post) which prohibits the player from wagering on the minimum amount of races on
Friday or Saturday, the player will have the amount not wagered, up to the required per race, deducted from the
player’s final Challenge score. However, this amount will not be deducted from the player’s personal bankroll. No
penalties will be assessed on player wagers involving any horses ruled as non-starters by stewards.
9. TIES:
In a result of a tie between any of the top ten finishing positions, the prize money will be divided equally among the
players involved. If there is a tie for sixth place and final NHC Championship berth, the player with the most money
earned in the Classic (last Challenge race) on Saturday will be declared the winner. If there is still a tie, the most
money earned in the second to last race on Saturday, etc., until a winner is declared.
10. CONTEST STANDINGS:
Officials will endeavor to post the standings after each race of the tournament on Friday and Saturday. Issues related
to IRS withholding, late scratches or other matters could delay the posting of the scores. All standings are unofficial
until the final results are audited and posted. Players are encouraged to maintain an accurate record of their wagers
and scoring.
11. AGE INELIGIBILITY / DISCLOSURE:
Players must be at least 18 years of age to participate in the Breeders’ Cup Betting Challenge. Players must be at
least 21 years of age to participate in the 2012 National Handicapping Championship (NHC) in Las Vegas. If a player
will not be 21 by the start of the 2012 NHC, the next highest BCBC finisher will take his/her place. The following are
ineligible to participate in this contest: Churchill Downs employees or any of its subsidiaries; members of the
Kentucky Racing Commission; licensed trainers; employees of United Tote, Breeders’ Cup Limited and the National
Thoroughbred Racing Association. If anyone has any ownership interest in any horses running in any of the
applicable tournament races then all involvements must be fully disclosed in advance to tournament officials.
12. TAXES:
Liability for any and all federal, state, and local taxes is solely the responsibility of prize winners.
13. AFFIDAVITS:
Affidavits confirming compliance of all the rules of this contest will be required of all players. All prizewinners
acknowledge that if they enter this contest under a fraudulent name and/or Social Security number, they will be
immediately disqualified from this and all future contests held by Churchill Downs. Positive identification is required of
all prizewinners. Positive identification is a valid government issued ID with a picture and the same address and birth
date used on the entry forms, and/or such other form of identification as deemed adequate by contest officials. Social
Security information is also the responsibility of the player. Contestants shall play only one entry. Collusion or
consolidation of entries is prohibited, as is any attempt to manipulate the results of the tournament.
14. JUDGING AND DISPUTES:
The management of Churchill Downs and Breeders’ Cup Limited reserve the right to interpret all questions and
conditions in regard to this event, without claim for damages or recourse of any kind. The management of Churchill
Downs and Breeders’ Cup will decide all questions and definitions covered and not covered explicitly in these rules
and their decisions shall be final.
The Tournament: DRF Bets
DRF Bets Tournament League is a competition in which any competitor whose total mutuel payoffs exceeds all
other competitors’ total mutuel payoffs in the monthly qualifying competitions to be held October 2011 (as further
identified below), will earn a trip to Las Vegas and a seat in the Daily Racing Form/NTRA National Handicapping
Championship to be held on a consecutive Friday and Saturday in January 2012 (the specific dates of which will be
selected by NTRA in its sole discretion); These rules shall be updated with the precise Daily Racing Form/NTRA
National Handicapping Championship dates once they are available to publish.
Players must register for the competition online at www.drf.com/bets, or through use of the Contest Wager Pad by logging in to
their account at www.xpressbet.com. There are no entry or registration fees to compete in the DRF Bets Tournament League.
Players need to register only once, and will then be eligible to compete in all subsequent months’ competitions.
To compete during a monthly competition, Players must use the Contest Wager Pad to make a single, online, “live” $2 Win wager
on one (1) horse in any competition race during that month. Players may also, but are not required to, make online, “live” $2 Win
wagers on the remaining competition races during that month. Competition races are defined as DRF’s “Race of the Day” every
Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday and Sunday during each of the contest months. Player accounts will be credited with
winnings for all competition wagers and debited for all losing wagers.
Identification of the Race of the Day, and information about the race will be available online at www.drf.com/bets for the entire
month of the current contest, not later than the day prior to the first competition.
Only online wagers on the Race of the Day submitted on the Contest Wager Pad are eligible for competition. Wagers placed using
the traditional Non-Contest Wager Pad or Wagers placed by telephone do not qualify.
Players may compete each month in the DRF Bets Tournament League but may win only one seat to the DRF/NTRA National
Handicapping Championship and only one trip to Las Vegas. This prize is non-transferable and not redeemable for cash. If the first
place finisher has already won a seat to the 2012 DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship, either through the DRF Bets
Tournament League or another NHC qualifying tournament, the Grand Prize will be awarded to the Player whose total mutual
payoffs during that monthly competition exceeded the total mutual payoffs during that month for all competitors other than the first
place finisher.
If a monthly Grand Prize Winner becomes unable to fill the seat at the 2012 DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship at any
time prior to January 25, 2012, all portions of the prize must be rescinded and the entire Grand Prize package will be awarded to
the Player whose total mutual payoffs during that monthly competition exceeded the total mutual payoffs during that month for all
competitors other than the first place finisher.
The 2012 DRF/National Handicapping Championship is a separate event run by the NTRA and entry into the DRF Bets Tournament
League does not constitute entry into the 2012 DRF/National Handicapping Championship. DRF Bets is not, and shall not be
deemed, responsible for any aspect of the 2012 DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship, including any offering of or
obligation to award or pay prizes in connection therewith. Under NHC rules applicable to the 2012 DRF/National Handicapping
Championship, a player must be a member of the NHC Tour to compete in that competition. Thus, if you plan to compete in the
National Handicapping Championship, you must become an NHC Tour member prior to registering for the DRF Bets Tournament
League, and you must enter your Tour number at registration. Players can sign-up for the NHC Tour at NTRA.com. There is a onetime annual $45 fee to join the NHC Tour.
To win the Grand Prize in a monthly competition, a Player must exceed all other competitors’ total mutuel payoffs during that
monthly competition (cited below) in order to earn a seat in the Daily Racing Form/NTRA National Handicapping Championship and
other cash/prizes as described below.
In addition, Runner Up Prizes, as described more fully below, will be awarded to the nine Players whose total mutual payoffs during
that monthly competition exceeds the total mutual payoffs during that month for all competitors other than the Grand Prize Winner.
Limit: One (1) Prize per player.
For Tournament scoring purposes, mutuel payoffs on winning selections will be capped at 20-1.
To Enter:
Participants must register for the Tournament League by following instructions on www.drf.com/bets and provide their account
number, name, email address (twice) and telephone number. Participants must have a DRF Bets or XpressBet account in good
standing. One (1) account per person. One (1) registration per person.
To Play:
Registered entrants must place a single $2 “live” Win wager online, on one (1) horse in any of the Race of the Day races identified
on the DRF website in each month they compete. Players may also, but are not required to, make online, “live” $2 Win wagers on
the remaining competition races during that month. Competition races are defined as DRF’s “Race of the Day” every Wednesday,
Thursday, Friday, Saturday and Sunday during each competition month. Registered entrants must use the Special Contest Wager
Pad via their online wagering accounts to place contest wagers in order for the wagers to be eligible. Wagers submitted via the
usual, Non-Contest wager pad will not count in the competition.
Wagers on scratched horses earn zero in the competition. If a player notices that his horse is scratched in a particular race he may
submit a $2 Win wager on another horse in that race before wagering closes for that particular race. The player must use the
Special Contest Wager Pad to submit all tournament plays including replacement plays for scratched horses. Once a late scratch is
processed by tote, the Special Contest Wager Pad will be available for submission of replacement wagers on scratched horses.
Entries must be made in accordance with these Official Rules; any other attempted form of entry will NOT be accepted. Any use of
robotic, automatic, macro, programmed or like call-in or registration entry or wager methods will void all such entries by such
methods, and result in disqualification of any entrant using such methods.
Qualifying Round Dates:
Starts on the first eligible day of October and includes each Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday and Sunday.
October 1-31 – 22 days (10/1, 10/2, 10/5, 10/6, 10/7, 10/8, 10/9, 10/12, 10/13, 10/14, 10/15, 10/16, 10/19, 10/20, 10/21, 10/22,
10/23, 10/26, 10/27, 10/28, 10/29, 10/30)
Current scoring will be posted daily and monthly winners notified by 5 PM Eastern Time each Monday following the month’s final
race. Prizes will be awarded after winner qualification is verified.
Prizes may not be substituted, transferred or assigned by participants. Persons winning the Grand Prize for any monthly competition
are not eligible to win any other prizes in subsequent monthly competitions. Persons winning any Runner Up Prize for any monthly
competition are not eligible to win any other Runner Up Prizes in subsequent monthly competitions, but may remain eligible to
compete for the Grand Prize in subsequent monthly competitions.
Notification of Winners:
Winners will be notified via one of the following: email, US postal mail or telephone.
Prizes/Odds of Winning:
One (1) Grand Prize and Nine (9) Runner Up Prizes will be awarded for each monthly competition. Odds of winning are determined
by number of eligible entries received for the Tournament.
Grand Prize Package:
Each Grand Prize consists of: One (1) seat in the 2012 Daily Racing Form/NTRA National Handicapping Championship to be held in
Las Vegas, on a consecutive Friday and Saturday in January 2012 (the specific dates of which will be selected by NTRA in its sole
discretion), and a trip for one (1) person to Las Vegas, Nevada consisting of the following:
(i) an allowance of up to the total amount of five hundred dollars ($500) to be used for or towards coach-class airfare to and from
Las Vegas, McCarran International Airport;
(ii) an allowance of up to the total amount of one hundred dollars ($100) to be used for or towards any ground transportation in
connection with the trip; and
(iii) Three (3) nights/ four (4) days standard room hotel accommodations for one (1) person at the host hotel for the NTRA National
Handicapping Championship (which hotel shall be selected by NTRA in its sole discretion).
NHC Tour members may earn tour points and must enter their Tour ID numbers at registration.
Total value of Grand Prize is $5,000.
Prizes are not transferable or redeemable for cash.
Odds of winning are determined by number of qualified participants.
Runner Up Prizes:
“Second Prize”: The Second Prize consists of a free subscription to the Daily Racing Form Deluxe Annual Past Performance Plan, the
retail value of which is $1,250. One (1) Second Prize will be awarded for each monthly competition to the Player whose total mutual
payoffs during that monthly competition exceeded the total mutual payoffs during that month for all competitors other than the
Grand Prize Winner.
“Third Prize”: The Third Prize consists of a free subscription to the Daily Racing Form Unlimited Deluxe Quarterly Past Performance
Plan, the retail value of which is $350. One (1) Third Prize will be awarded for each monthly competition to the Player whose total
mutual payoffs during that monthly competition exceeded the total mutual payoffs during that month for all competitors other than
the Grand Prize or Second Prize Winners.
“Fourth Prize”: The Fourth Prize consists of a free subscription to the Daily Racing Form Deluxe Past Performance 20 Card Pack, the
retail value of which is $82.20. Three (3) Fourth Prizes will be awarded for each monthly competition, one to each of the three
Players whose total mutual payoffs during that monthly competition exceeded the total mutual payoffs during that month for all
competitors other than the Grand Prize, Second Prize, or Third Prize Winners.
“Fifth Prize”: The Fifth Prize consists of a free subscription to the Daily Racing Form Deluxe Past Performance 10 Card Pack, the
retail value of which is $42.95. Four (4) Fifth Prizes will be awarded for each monthly competition, one to each of the four Players
whose total mutual payoffs during that monthly competition exceeded the total mutual payoffs during that month for all competitors
other than the Grand Prize, Second Prize, Third Prize, or Fourth Prize Winners.
Tie-Breaking Procedure:
First Tie-breaker: The player with the highest single winning mutuel payoff of all tied players will be ranked above the others. Ties
for this position and for all subsequent positions will be broken in the same manner.
Final Tie-Breaker: If two (2) or more players remain tied after the tie-breaker procedure has been implemented, the final tiebreaker will go to the player who chronologically signed up first for the monthly tournament in question.
All decisions of DRF Bets are final.
Legal and Eligibility:
DRF Bets Tournament League ("Tournament") is offered only in the United States (where legal) and is open only to legal U.S.
residents (of such jurisdictions where the Tournament is lawfully offered) 21 years or older as of October 1, 2011 who reside in a
state where pari-mutuel advance deposit wagering services currently are offered by DRF Bets and XpressBet (for the list of states
where DRF Bets currently offers pari-mutuel advance deposit wagering services, see http://www.drf.com/drf-bets-faq#faq5; and for
the list of states where XpressBet currently offers pari-mutuel advance deposit wagering services, see
http://www.xpressbet.com/Restrictions). Employees, officers and directors (and their immediate families [parents, children, spouses
and siblings] regardless of where they live and members of their same households [whether related or not]) of Daily Racing Form
LLC, XpressBet, LLC., or their parent, subsidiaries, affiliates and agencies; and entities engaged in the development, distribution,
implementation or administration of the Tournament are not eligible to enter. VOID WHERE PROHIBITED BY LAW.
YOU MUST HAVE AN OPEN, VALID DRF BETS, DELMARBETS, OAKTREEBETS OR XPRESSBET ACCOUNT IN ORDER TO REGISTER
FOR THE TOURNAMENT. PERSONS WITH ACCOUNTS THAT ARE CLOSED (UPON THEIR OWN REQUEST) OR WITH ACCOUNTS
THAT HAVE BEEN LOCKED (BECAUSE ACCOUNT IS NOT IN GOOD STANDING) ARE NOT ELIGIBLE TO REGISTER FOR THE
TOURNAMENT, UNLESS THEY RE-OPEN ACCOUNT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF USE.
YOU MUST HAVE SUFFICIENT FUNDS IN YOUR WAGERING ACCOUNT TO MAKE THE WAGERS REQUIRED BY THE TOURNAMENT.
FOR INFORMATION ON HOW TO FUND YOUR ACCOUNT, PLEASE FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS POSTED AT THE ABOVE WEBSITES.
OPERATORS ARE NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DIFFICULTIES THAT MAY ARISE IN FUNDING YOUR ACCOUNT OR HAVING THESE
FUNDS AVAILABLE FOR WAGERING DURING THE TOURNAMENT.
According to new 2011 NTRA rules, in order to win a seat in the 2012 DRF/National Handicapping Championship a player must be a
member of the NHC Tour http://www.ntra.com/content/nhctour/view/MTc1. If you plan to compete for an NHC Championship seat
in a DRF Bets tournament, you must first become an NHC Tour member and enter your tour number at registration.
These are the official rules. This Tournament is subject to all applicable Federal and State laws and is subject to change without
notice in order to comply with them.
To Establish a DRF Bets Account:
DRF Bets applications are accepted online at www.drf.com/bets; by calling toll-free 1-877-408-1999. When signing up at
www.drf.com, you are required to first complete an application for drf.com before completing an application for DRF Bets. Follow all
instructions, first providing your name, complete residential address (including zip code), telephone number, date of birth, social
security number, drivers license number and state, email address and mailing address (if different from residential address). You
will also be asked if you wish to receive email updates about Daily Racing Form and DRF Bets; you may complete and submit the
application (and register for the Tournament) without consenting to receive such email updates. If submitting application online,
indicate your preference by either retaining or removing the checkmark from the designated box. Then, select a username and
password, security question and answer, and PIN and account password for your DRF Bets account. Upon completion of these
steps, and valid identity check, you will be assigned a unique DRF Bets account number. As part of the application procedure, you
may then also activate your DRF Bets account for wagering by depositing funds into the account. The Privacy Policy and Terms and
Conditions of Use may be found at www.drf.com/bets by clicking on the appropriate links on the home page and certain other
pages of the website.
Once the application procedure has been completed and your DRF Bets account has been established, you may register for the
Tournament by following instructions located on the home page of the DRF Bets website located at www.drf.com/bets.
To sign up for an XpressBet account please visit www.xpressbet.com or call 866.88Xpress (866.889.7737).
Taxes:
Liability for any and all federal, state and local taxes rests solely with the prize winners.
General Conditions:
In order to be eligible to receive prizes, the prize winner is obligated, and by entering agrees, to execute an Affidavit of Eligibility,
General Release of Liability, Indemnity and Publicity Consent (where legal), which is to be returned to Daily Racing Form within the
indicated time period. Non-compliance with this requirement or return of prize notification as undeliverable will result in
disqualification and prize forfeiture, with an alternate winner being selected from all remaining eligible entries received for that
monthly competition.
By accepting a prize, the winner agrees to the use of his or her name, voice, photo, biographical information and/or likeness for
promotional/advertising/trade purposes by Daily Racing Form, LLC. and will be required to participate in such publicity
communications as Daily Racing Form, LLC. requests without further compensation, except where prohibited by law.
The winner shall be solely responsible for all taxes and fees or costs associated with the prize, including but not limited to any
federal or state or other income tax, ground transportation (except as expressly stated above), airfare (except as expressly stated
above), meals (except as expressly stated above), tax, gratuities, personal expenses and any other expenses not expressly specified
herein. The winner shall solely be responsible for arranging transportation and obtaining any passports or other travel documents
that may be required.
No substitutions of prizes will be allowed, except DRF Bets reserves the right to substitute prize(s) of comparable or greater value in
the event a prize or any portion thereof becomes unavailable for any reason.
Indemnification:
By registering for the Tournament, each entrant (i) agrees to abide by and be bound by these Official Rules and all decisions of DRF
Bets and the judges, which are final and binding in all respects; and (ii) releases and holds harmless DRF Bets, Daily Racing Form,
LLC, XpressBet, LLC., and their parent companies, affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents
from any and all liability for any injuries, loss or damage of any kind to persons, including death, or property damage, resulting in
whole or in part, directly or indirectly, from acceptance, possession, use or misuse of any prize, or participation in this Tournament.
Limitations of Liability:
Daily Racing Form, LLC and XpressBet, LLC. assume no liability for typographical or other errors in the offer or administration of the
Tournament including, without limitation, errors in the printing of the offer and official rules, selection, notification and
announcement of the winners, or distribution of the prizes. If for any reason Tournament prize seats are not available Daily Racing
Form reserves the right to substitute a cash prize of $5,000 for each DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship Seat. In such
cases there will be no cash awards for airfare or ground transportation, and hotel accommodations will not be provided.
DRF Bets, Daily Racing Form, LLC, XpressBet, LLC., and their parent companies, affiliates and each of their respective directors,
officers, employees and agents shall assume no liability of any kind whatsoever in any cases in which their inability to act results
from an event or situation beyond their control, including, but not limited to Acts of God, civil or military authority, acts of public
enemy, war, riot, civil disturbance, fire, explosion, earthquake, flood, strike, third party non-performance lockout, labor disturbance,
or any other cause beyond the control of a party. In such event, Daily Racing Form, LLC. reserves the right to modify, suspend, or
terminate the Tournament and award the prizes, as set forth in Modification/Suspension/Termination below. No responsibility is
assumed by DRF Bets, Daily Racing Form, LLC or XpressBet, LLC. for late, lost, misdirected, damaged, incomplete, illegible
registration submissions/phone calls/wagers, postage due mail, disconnected, inaudible, interrupted phone calls, any computer,
telephone, cable, satellite, network, electronic or Internet hardware or software malfunctions, failures, connections, availability or
garbled or jumbled transmissions, service provider/Internet/website/use net accessibility or availability, traffic congestion or
unauthorized human intervention. Daily Racing Form, LLC. reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to disqualify any individual it
finds, in its sole discretion, to be tampering with the entry process or the operation of the Tournament or website; to be in violation
of the Terms and Conditions of Use of the website, or to be acting in violation of these Official Rules. DRF Bets, Daily Racing Form
LLC and XpressBet, LLC. are not responsible for any incorrect or inaccurate information, whether caused by website users or by any
of the equipment or programming associated with or utilized in the Tournament and assumes no responsibility for any error,
omission, interruption, deletion, defect, delay in operation or transmission, communications line failure, theft or destruction or
unauthorized access to the website.
Modification/Suspension/Termination:
If, for any reason, the online and/or telephone component of the Tournament is not capable of running as planned by reason of,
but not limited to, infection by computer virus, worms, bugs, tampering, unauthorized intervention, fraud, technical failures, or any
other causes which Daily Racing Form, in its sole opinion, deems could corrupt or affect the administration, security, fairness,
integrity or proper conduct of the online and/or telephone components of the Tournament, Daily Racing Form reserves the right at
its sole discretion to cancel, modify or suspend the online and/or telephone components of the Tournament and select the winners
for all affected monthly competitions from all eligible entries received by means other than via corrupted component(s) of the
Tournament, all eligible wagers entries received via corrupted components of the Tournament prior to and/or after (as appropriate)
the action taken by Daily Racing Form and/or call-in entries received for such affected drawing(s) prior to and/or after (as
appropriate) the action taken by Daily Racing Form or by some other means determined by Daily Racing Form in its sole discretion
to be fair, appropriate and consistent with these Official Rules. In such event, notice will be posted at www.drf.com/bets.
Winners List:
For names of winners, send a self-addressed stamped envelope for receipt by December 31, 2012 to: DRF Bets Tournament League
August Winners List, 708 Third Avenue, 12th floor, New York, NY 10017.
SPONSORED BY: Daily Racing Form LLC, 708 Third Avenue, 12th floor, New York, NY 10017.
2011 Del Mar Handicapping Challenge
Saturday, July 30 & Sunday, July 31
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. Bankroll: This is a “real money” Handicapping Challenge. Players will be required to put up a $5,000
bankroll for Challenge wagers plus $1,000 for the prize pool for a total of $6,000. At the conclusion of the
Challenge, any dollar amount remaining in the bankroll – whether it grows to $20,000 or falls to $100 – remains
the property of the player. This is a contest of skill to determine the Del Mar Handicapping Challenge winner.
2. To Enter: There is no entry fee to participate in any phase of this Challenge. However, a non-refundable check
for $1,000 is required to confirm a spot in the Challenge. The $1,000 player deposit is used for the prize pool. The
$5,000 player bankroll is due by July 20. If the remaining balance is not paid, the $1,000 deposit will be forfeited.
The Challenge is limited to only 50 players. The first 50 deposit checks received by DMTC will determine who
plays in the Challenge. Only one entry per person is allowed. No partner entries permitted.
3. Format: Challenge races will include the entire card from Del Mar on Saturday, July 30 and Sunday, July 31
only. Wager types permitted are Win, Place, Show, Exacta, Trifecta and Superfecta only. All other wager types
are not permitted and subject player to disqualification. A MINIMUM OF $500 MUST BE BET PER RACE ON
AT LEAST 5 RACES ON BOTH SATURDAY AND SUNDAY. Should a player fail to bet the required
minimum number of races (5) at the minimum wager amount ($500) required on Saturday’s card, 1,000
Challenge points (at one point per dollar) will be deducted from the player’s total Challenge score per missed
race. Should a player fail to bet the required minimum number of races (5) at the minimum wager amount ($500)
on Sunday’s card, the player will be disqualified and any remaining balance will be returned. A PLAYER THAT
BETS MORE THAN FIVE RACES EACH DAY MAY BET LESS THAN $500 ON OTHER CHALLENGE
RACES AS LONG AS THE PLAYER BETS THE REQUIRED $500 ON FIVE RACES EACH DAY. There are
no maximums – players may bet as much as they want, including winnings from their original bankroll, whenever
they wish. The player with the highest Challenge score after the last race on Sunday is the First Place winner.
4. Prizes: First Place- $40,000; Second Place- $20,000. The top FIVE finishers will represent Del Mar in the
Daily Racing Form/NTRA National Handicapping Championship (NHC) in Las Vegas in January 2012. To be
eligible to win a berth in the NHC, players must be registered as a paid NHC tour member prior to the beginning
of the challenge. Qualifiers must be in attendance at the NHC on each day of the event. If one of the top five
finishers cannot attend or has already qualified for the NHC, the next highest placing finisher will receive the
entry. Depending on a particular situation, DMTC in cooperation with the NTRA may assign an alternate
qualifier. Players agree to abide by these determinations. A $700 stipend will be awarded to each qualifier for
hotel and travel expenses for NHC.
5. Player Cards: Each participant will be issued a player card used for all wagers. This card contains the “real
money” bankroll of $5,000. Upon receipt of the player card, participant should test card to insure it is working
properly. If a player loses his/her card or the card is not working, the player should immediately report to contest
officials in the 6th floor Native Diver skyroom to receive a new card. Please keep your wagering card away from
cell phones, which can demagnetize the card.
6. Placing Wagers: All wagers must be placed through self-service machines. Wagers will not be accepted
through mutuel tellers. Players must place all wagers personally. No person shall directly or indirectly act as an
intermediary, transmitter or agent in placing wagers for the player, unless authorized by DMTC Tournament
Officials. All official track rulings will apply to wagers placed in this Challenge except as otherwise stipulated.
The Challenge will be based on official placement and mutuel payoffs at Del Mar. If a player wagers on a track
other than Del Mar for purposes of the contest, the player will be disqualified.
7. IRS Withholding: If winnings less the wager exceed $5,000 and if the winnings are at least 300 times the
amount of the wager, IRS withholding will automatically be deducted from the player’s bankroll. For Challenge
scoring purposes, the gross amount of the winning wager will be recorded in the player’s score. Please note for
purposes of wagering in the contest that only the net amount (the amount received after the IRS withholding) will
be available to the player for future wagers.
8. Scratches: If a horse is scratched after a wager is placed, it is the player’s responsibility to change his/her
selection prior to the race subject to all other contest wagering rules. In the event a player is not able to change
his/her selection due to a late scratch (within 10 minutes to post) which prohibits the player from wagering on the
minimum amount of races on Saturday or Sunday, the player will have the amount not wagered, up to the $500
required per race, deducted from the player’s final Challenge score. However, this amount will not be deducted
from the player’s personal bankroll. No penalties will be assessed on player wagers involving any horses ruled as
non-starters by stewards.
9. Ties: In a result of a tie for first or second, prize money will be divided equally among the players involved. If
there is a tie for fifth place and final NHC Championship berth, the player with the most money earned in the last
Challenge race on Sunday will be declared the winner. If there is still a tie, the most money earned in the second
to last race on Saturday, etc., until a winner is declared. Only a total of five entries to the National Handicapping
Championship will be given away.
10. Contest Standings: Officials will endeavor to post the standings after each race of the tournament on
Saturday and Sunday. Issues related to IRS withholding, late scratches or other matters could delay the
posting of the scores. All standings are unofficial until the final results are audited and posted. Players are
encouraged to maintain an accurate record of their wagers and scoring.
11. Eligibility: Players must be at least 18 years of age to participate in the Del Mar Handicapping Championship
and at least 21 to qualify for the National Handicapping Championship in Las Vegas. If a player is not 21 by the
start of the NHC, the next highest finisher will take his/her place. In the event a finalist is unable to participate in
the National Championship event, the next highest placed finalist will proceed. The following are ineligible to
participate: Licensed Trainers, employees of the Del Mar Thoroughbred Club, NTRA, Premier Foods, Inc., or
any of their subsidiaries, or employees of their advertising agencies or public relations consultants; or members of
the immediate families of the foregoing. Horse owners must declare ownership of all horses entered in any Del
Mar Handicapping Challenge race to contest officials at check-in before the first race on Saturday, July 30.
12. Taxes: Liability for any and all federal, state, or local taxes is solely the responsibility of prizewinners.
13. Affidavits: Affidavits confirming compliance of all rules of this Challenge will be required of all players.
Players acknowledge that if they enter this Challenge under a fraudulent name and/or Social Security number,
they will be immediately disqualified from this and all future Challenges held by the Del Mar Thoroughbred Club
14. Judging and Disputes: The Del Mar Thoroughbred Club through its management, reserves the exclusive
right to interpret all questions and conditions in regard to this Challenge without claim for damage or recourse of
any kind. All questions not covered in these rules will be decided by the management of the Del Mar
Thoroughbred Club with those decisions to be final. The Del Mar Thoroughbred Club reserves the right to change
or cancel the Challenge at any time. If a cancellation occurs, bankroll and deposit will be refunded. Contestants
shall play only one entry. Collusion or consolidation of entries is prohibited, as is any attempt to manipulate the
results of the tournament.
$50 Handicapping Contest
Every Sunday
Preliminary Rounds-July 24, 31 August 7, 14, 21, 28
Final Round- September 4
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. Player Bankroll: This is a “real money” Handicapping Contest. Players put up a $20 entry fee plus a
$50 live money bankroll for Contest card wagers. At the conclusion of the Contest each Sunday, any
dollar amount remaining in the $50 bankroll, whether it grows to $200 or falls to $10, remains the
property of the player.
2. To Enter: Enter between Noon and 3:30 p.m. at the Contest Booth in the Plaza de Mexico next to the
Customer Information Booth. Submit a $20 entry fee and show photo ID to receive your Contest wagering card. It
is the responsibility of each player to load his or her card with the $50 live money bankroll used for Contest
wagers. Contestants must load exactly $50 before placing any wagers. A maximum of two entries per person are
allowed. Entry fees are non-refundable.
3. Format: Contestants must wager exactly $5 Win/$5 Place ($10 total) on one (1) horse in any five (5) Del Mar
live races for a total of $50 wagered. Because this is a real money Contest, there are no caps on payoffs.
Contestants keep all winnings but may only withdraw after the last race is official each Sunday. If a player is
unable to withdraw their Contest card winning balance after the final race, they may do so any race day until the
end of the season. Contestants with balances remaining on cards after the season will be mailed a check for the
amount of the final balance. The player with the largest bankroll after the last Del Mar race each Sunday is the
winner.
4. Prizes: $1,000 daily prize for the highest final bankroll and $500 to the 2nd highest bankroll. Each of
the top 5 finishers each Sunday qualify for the Final Round and receive a $50 starting bankroll. There is a
guaranteed weekly prize pool of $1,750 irrespective of the number of contest participants. A player may
qualify for multiple spots in the Final Round. A total of 30 spots will be available for the Final Round.
The top finisher in the September 4 final round will receive the Grand Prize of $5,000.
5. Contest Cards: Each participant will be issued a Contest card used for all wagers. Players are responsible for
loading $50 onto their Contest card. Instructions are provided at the Contest booth. Each participant should test
card to insure it is working properly. If a player loses his/her card or the card is not working, the player should
immediately report to the Contest Booth in Plaza de Mexico to receive a new card.
6. Placing Wagers: All wagers must be placed through self-service machines. Wagers will not be accepted
through mutuel tellers. Players must place all wagers personally. No person shall directly or indirectly act as an
intermediary, transmitter or agent in placing wagers for the player, unless authorized by DMTC Tournament
Officials. All official track rulings will apply to wagers placed in this Contest except as otherwise stipulated.
Contest will be based on official placement and mutuels at Del Mar. If a player wagers on a track other than Del
Mar or places wagers other than $5 Win/$5 Place ($10 total) on a single betting interest in five Del Mar races on
their Contest card, the player’s entry will be disqualified.
7. Withdraw Card Balance: You may withdraw winnings approximately two minutes after the last race
is official.
1) Select the ACCOUNT tab at the top left corner of the screen
2) Select WITHDRAW
3) You will then be directed to input the amount you wish to withdraw; Enter the remaining balance on
the card (you see remaining balance in the bottom right corner)
4) Press OK. You will now receive a voucher with your remaining balance from the contest card.
If a player is unable to withdraw their Contest card winning balance after the final race, they may do so any race
day for the remainder of the season. Contestants with balances remaining on cards when the season ends will be
mailed a check for the amount of the final balance.
8. Scratches: If a horse is scratched after a wager is placed, it is the player’s responsibility to change his/her
selection prior to the race subject to all other Contest wagering rules. In the event a player is not able to change
his/her selection due to a late scratch (within 10 minutes to post) which prohibits the player from wagering on five
races that day, $10 will be deducted from the player’s final Contest score. However, this amount will not be
deducted from the player’s personal bankroll. No penalties will be assessed on player wagers involving any horses
ruled as non-starters by stewards.
9. Ties: In a result of a tie between any of the top three finishing positions, the prize money will be divided
equally among the players involved. If there is a tie for 5th place in any preliminary round, the player with the
most money earned in the last Del Mar race will be declared the winner. If there is still a tie, the most money
earned in the second to last race, etc., until a winner is declared. Only one entry to the National Handicapping
Championship will be awarded.
10. Contest Standings: Updated contest standings will be available on TV channel 43.
11. Eligibility: The following are ineligible to participate: Licensed Trainers, employees of the Del Mar
Thoroughbred Club, Premier Foods, Inc., or any of their subsidiaries, or employees of their advertising agencies
or public relations consultants; or members of the immediate families of the foregoing. Horse owners must
declare ownership of all horses entered in any Contest race to contest officials at check-in before the first race
each Sunday. Players must be at least 18 years of age to participate in the Contest.
12. Taxes: Liability for any and all federal, state, or local taxes is solely the responsibility of prizewinners.
13. Affidavits: Affidavits confirming compliance of all rules of this Contest will be required of all players.
Winning persons acknowledge that if they enter this Contest under a fraudulent name, they will be immediately
disqualified from this and all future Challenges held by the Del Mar Thoroughbred Club. Collusion or
consolidation of entries is prohibited, as is any attempt to manipulate the results of the Contest.
14. Judging and Disputes: The Del Mar Thoroughbred Club through its management, reserves the right to
interpret all questions and conditions in regard to this Contest without claim for damage or recourse of any kind.
All questions not covered in these rules will be decided by the management of the Del Mar Thoroughbred Club
with those decisions to be final. The Del Mar Thoroughbred Club reserves the right to change or cancel the
Contest at any time. If a cancellation occurs, the entry fee and bankroll will be refunded.
Del Mar Internet Contest
Contest participants can place mock wagers on one race per day, up to a maximum of 37
races during the course of Del Mar's 2011 summer race meeting, July 20 through
September 7. Players are allowed to play for prizes with only contest user name. Additional
user names may be used to play "for fun" only (not eligible for prizes). Anyone found to be
using multiple email addresses to play for prizes will be disqualified. NO ONE WILL BE
ALLOWED TO CHANGE STATUS FROM FOR-FUN TO SERIOUS OR VICE VERSA AFTER
HAVING PLACED A CONTEST WAGER.
Players must place all wagers personally. No person shall directly or indirectly act as an
intermediary, transmitter or agent in placing wagers for the Player, unless authorized and
for good reason shown.
Only Win, Place and Show wagers are available. Users may place as many wagers in as
many different combinations in as many different values as possible up to a total of $100
per race. THERE IS A PAYOFF ODDS CAP OF 35-TO-1 ON ALL WAGERS.
Participants may change or cancel their plays at any time up to the closing time of the race
- generally 1 minute before the scheduled post time (click 'Wager Refunds' on the left
menu).
Note that no currency will ever change hands. This is "for fun" only and any wagers
accepted in the contest are for contest participation only. They do not constitute a valid
claim to any actual wagering pools whatsoever.
Del Mar Thoroughbred Club and Select Web Venturesbear no responsibilities for any errors,
whether human or machine. In the event errors are detected, the providers agree to do
whatever possible to correct mistakes.
Anyone can enter the contest and play "for fun." To be eligible to win prizes, you must meet
the above eligibility requirements, plus the ones stated below. Players competing for prizes
must supply their full name, ZIP or Postal Code and last four digits of their Social Security
numbers. Photo identification will be required of major prize winners.
In order to be eligible to win any of the seven weekly prizes, you must enter a minimum of
three races out of the five available (six on closing week) in any given week. In order to be
eligible to win the Grand Prize, you must enter a minimum of 15 races out of a maximum of
37 races available for entry.
For a race to count for the minimum number requirement, you must "wager" at least $20.
(Your "wins" or "losses" will still be tabulated if you "wager" less than $20, however the race
will not count towards your minimum number of races to qualify for prizes.)
PRIZES
GRAND PRIZE: The overall top finisher for the 2011 season contest will receive a trip to Las
Vegas and an entry into the NTRA/DRF National Handicapping Championship (NHC) in Las
Vegas in January 2012. A $700 stipend will be awarded to cover hotel and travel expenses
for the NTRA/DRF NHC.
Del Mar Thoroughbred Club will send one qualifier to the NHC. The qualifier must be in
attendance at the National Championship on each day of the event. If the top finisher
cannot attend or is not eligible for the grand prize, the next highest placing qualifier will
earn a place. Depending on a particular situation, the local venue in cooperation with the
NTRA may assign an alternate qualifier. Players agree to abide by these determinations.
ALTERNATE GRAND PRIZE: Eligibility of finalists for the National Handicapping
Championship shall be established by NTRA and DRF and shall apply to the National
Championship event. Contest participants must be at least 21 years of age. If the top
finisher is not eligible to participate in this contest, he/she shall receive a trip to two to Del
Mar on closing Labor Day weekend 2012. The prize includes two nights' hotel
accommodations, round-trip air transportation from any airport American Airlines flies out of
in the contiguous 48 states.
There will also be weekly prizes for the top ten handicappers and end-of-season prizes for
the top 100. These prizes are selected at the discretion of contest management and may or
may not be announced in advance.
This contest prize structure is only available to residents of the United States, Canada, and
Mexico. Residents of other countries may participate "for fun," but are not eligible to win
any prizes. Eligible contestants must also be at least 18 years of age (21 years of age to be
eligible for a spot in the NTRA/DRF Contest). Void where prohibited by law. No purchase is
necessary.
There will be no substitution of prizes and no cash paid in lieu of stated prizes.
A total of 37 races will be available for the contest in total beginning Wednesday, July 20
and ending Wednesday, September 7. One race per day will be available. In general, the
race will be a feature race--or another race on the card that deemed to offer a more
interesting handicapping challenge. If there are two stakes run in a single day, the contest
race will generally be the later of the two. Management reserves the right to select any race
as a contest race.
Contest races will be available for participant entry as soon as possible. There are no
guarantees of a minimum time a race will be available. Generally speaking, however, races
will be available within a few hours of entries being drawn and posted to the Internet.
However, due to the vagaries of electronic delivery, some races may be available sooner
than others, and some may not be available at all. Because contest races may be open
before the program is finalized, contest numbers will often not match program numbers.
If, for some reason, a race is not made available, the contest administrators reserve the
right to reduce the minimum entry eligibility requirements. Decisions of Del Mar
Thoroughbred Club and SelectNet Internet Services in this and all other matters relating to
the conduct of the contest are final.
Click to view Rules and Regulations
Monthly Handicapping Tournament -
Contest will consist of six tracks, maximum two entries per person. Purse distribution *$3,000 for first,
$1,500 for second, $900 for third and $600 for fourth. (*based on 150 entries).
2011 Monthly Tournament Dates: January 8th, February 12th, March 12th, April
16th,
May 14th, June 25th, July 16th, August 13th, September 10th, October 8th,
November 26th
and December 10th.
ALSO!
Winner of each monthly contest wins entry in the $1,000,000, 2012
Horseplayer World Series at the Orleans Hotel in Vegas. Plus room and
$400.00 towards airfare.
Entry form below.
For additional information please contact Chris Sobocinski at 302-994-2521 ext 7383 or e-mail Chris
Sobocinski.
RULES
Maximum Two Entries per person. Must be 21 years of age or older and have a valid ID to register and
participate in tournament. $100 cash non-refundable entry fee is required at time of registration prior to
6:00pm Friday, October 14th, 2011. LIMITED REGISTRATIONS WILL BE ACCEPTED ON THE
TOURNAMENT DAY Player’s Club members may use available comp for $100 entry fee. Entry fee cannot be
split between comp and cash.
Mail-in registrations will be accepted but must be received prior to 6:00pm Friday, October 14th, 2011. Mailin registrations must include a money order or cashier’s check for $100 (made payable to Delaware Park) to
cover non-refundable registration fee. No personal checks, debit or credit cards accepted. Mail-in
registrations are to be sent to:
Delaware Park Racetrack and Slots
2701 Kirkwood Highway, Newark, DE 19711
Attn: Admin. Accounting Department, Handicapping Tournament
Registration form must be accompanied with a money order or cashier’s check.
$200 cash betting stake required for tournament participation. Entrant keeps all pari-mutuel winnings.
Personal checks, credit or debit cards are not accepted for betting stake. Comps cannot be used for $200
betting stake.
A $200 betting voucher/card will be issued to all Entrants as their tournament bankroll. Entrants cannot add
additional cash to bankroll.
Entrants will be enrolled in Player Rewards Club if not already a member. Delaware Park will not accept
mail-in registrations received after Friday, October 14th, 2011. The Entrant must place all wagers. No
person shall directly or indirectly act as a transmitter, intermediary, or agent in placing wagers for the
Entrant. Delaware Park is not responsible for lost, stolen or mutilated account vouchers/cards. Check in for
all tournament Entrants starts at 9:30 A.M. on Saturday, October 15th, 2011 in the first floor clubhouse.
Entrant must bet a minimum of 10 races. No maximum. Only bets at the following tracks are valid for the
Tournament: Delaware, Belmont, Keeneland, Laurel, Parx and Monmouth. $20 minimum bet per race. No
maximum. No matter how many races you wager on in the Tournament, the minimum bet per race remains
$20. Only Win, Place and Show wagers are considered valid for the Tournament. All wagers must be placed
on BetJet machines or designated Tiny Tims using a PIN number. There are only a limited number of Tiny
Tims available and requests will be honored on a first come, first served basis. Delaware Park is not
responsible if Entrant is shut out of any race. All bets must be placed early enough in order to eliminate the
possibility of being shut out. to view Entry Form
Delaware Park and its vendors will not be held responsible for any incomplete transactions — NO EXCEPTIONS.
Track rulings are official in the event of scratches and disqualifications. No cancellations on any wagers for any
reason. All wagers are final.
The top five (5) entrants with the greatest pari-mutuel winnings at the end of the tournament will win entry
into the Coast Casino Horseplayers World Series Handicapping in Las Vegas in February 2012.
Prizes cannot be redeemed for cash. In the event of a tie for fifth place the Entrant with the greatest return on
win investment wins the tiebreaker. All other ties will be split equally. All play is audited to verify the winner.
Only upon official verification will prizes be awarded. Delaware Park reserves the right at any time, to amend,
to add, to delete or to change any portion of the rules and regulations. Winners are responsible for all
applicable taxes.
Licensed horse owners, trainers and jockey agents may participate in the tournament, but are required to
identify themselves to tournament officials prior to the first race of the tournament and identify any potential
interest they have in any race(s) eligible for wagering in this tournament. The pre-described participants are
ineligible to wager, for tournament purposes, on any race in which they have a horse(s) competing, and/or any
other interest. Failure to notify a tournament official prior to the first race of any interest in any race(s) eligible
for wagering in this tournament, or wagering on any race where the pre-described Entrant has an interest, will
automatically disqualify Entrant from the tournament.
Employees of Delaware Park Racetrack and Slots, Coast Casino's and Boyd Gaming their immediate families, or
any affiliated companies are not eligible to participate in the tournament.
1751 Gentilly Blvd., New Orleans, LA 70119 www.fairgroundsracecourse.com
TWIN SPIRES CLUB VIP HANDICAPPING CONTEST – SATURDAY, MARCH 5
For Platinum and Gold Twin Spires Club VIP members, Saturday, March 5, The Gold Room.
Registration is 1-2 p.m. in The Gold Room. Contest covers Fair Grounds Races 5-10 on
Saturday’s 12-race program. Race 5 is set for 2:41 p.m. CST. Contestants submit mythical $10
Win and $10 Place wagers with their official entry blanks prior to each race. Win and Place
selections may be on the same horse or on different horses.
Deliver entry blanks to the registration table before post time for each race. No entries will be
accepted once the gates open.
Every wager must be used. Failure to submit a wager by post time will result in forfeiture of
those wagers.
Updated leaders will be posted at the Registration Table as soon as possible following each race.
The contestant with the highest bankroll after Race 10 wins first prize.
In the event of a tie after Race 10, only the tied leaders will participate in a winner-take-all
tiebreaker with $10 Win and $10 Place wagers on Race 11.
In the event of a tie after Race 11, the $500 in total prize money will be split evenly among the
remaining tied leaders.
In the event that the Fair Grounds card is cancelled before the start of the contest, the contest will
be rescheduled for the following Saturday, March 12.
In the event that the Fair Grounds card is cancelled after the start of the contest but before the
final contest race, the leaders at the point of the cancellation will be declared the winners. There
will be no substitute or make-up races.
The contest winner receives the $400 first prize and will be recognized with a race named in his
or her honor at a later date mutually agreeable to the winner and the track. All rulings regarding
contest matters will be decided by Fair Grounds Race Course & Slots officials.
-FG-
HASTINGS RACECOURSE QUALIFYING TOURNAMENT
SUNDAY SEPTEMBER 18TH, 2011
CONTEST TRACKS:
Woodbine, Monmouth, Belmont, Golden Gate, Arlington,
Hastings, and Fairplex
MANDATORY RACES:
Monmouth
Woodbine
Belmont
Golden Gate
Woodbine
Hastings
Hastings
Hastings
Race
Race
Race
Race
Race
Race
Race
Race
4
5
7
5
11
5
6
8
Approx. Post
11:20
11:59
1:13
2:45
3:15
3:50
4:20
5:20
am
am
pm
pm
pm
pm
pm
pm
Optional Races start at 10:00 AM
Last optional race must be completed by 5:15 pm
(Golden Gate Race 10)
Last Mandatory race Hastings Race 8 @ 5:20 pm
2011 Firecracker Handicapping Contest
1.
THE CONTEST: HOLLYWOOD PARK
The Firecracker Handicapping Contest is a two day contest to be held Sunday, July 3 and
munday, July 4, 2011. This is a “real money” Handicapping Contest. Each player will begin with
a $2,000 player bankroll. This $2,000 is a cash buy-in made directly by the player using his own
money. Each player will receive a special Firecracker handicapping contest card that will be
funded by his initial $2,000 investment. Using this card, for round one, each player must wager a
minimum of $100 on every race on Hollywood Parks Sunday racing card, July 3, 2011. Only
wagers on Hollywood Park races will count for the contest. These wagers must be placed using
the Firecracker card in any self service machine.
PLAYERS MUST PARTICIPATE IN ROUND ONE ON SUNDAY, July 3, 2011 TO BE
ELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE IN ROUND TWO ON MUNDAY, July 4, 2010.
For round 2 of the contest, each player must again wager a minimum of $100 on every race on
Hollywood Park’s races Munday, July 4, 2011. Only wagers on Hollywood Park races will count
for the contest and these wagers must be placed using the Gold Cup card in any self service
machine. Any deviation to this wagering schematic will result in disqualification.
There are no maximum amounts of bets or number of Hollywood Park races in this contest, only
minimums. Players may bet as much as they want, including winnings from their original
bankroll, whenever they wish. However, if the player’s total bankroll falls below the minimum
bet per race, the player is out of the Firecracker Handicapping Challenge. (For example: If a
player wants to bet his entire $2,000 in the first race at Hollywood Park Sunday, he is allowed to
do so. However, if his return for that race is under $100 he will not be able to meet the criteria
for subsequent wagers and will be out of the tournament.)
WAGER TYPES
The following are the wagering types allowed in the contest:
Win, Place, Show, Exacta, Quinella and Trifecta.
Contest headquarters will be the Sunset Room located on the 4th floor in the Turf Club. This
room will be a special Tournament area for both contest days and only participants will be
allowed into this area.
At the conclusion of the Contest, any dollar amount remaining in the bankroll – whether it grows
to $100,000 or falls to $10 – remains the property of the player.
2.
TO ENTER:
There is no entry fee to participate in this contest. Obtain an official Firecracker Challenge
Handicapping Contest entry form and READ THE DIRECTIONS CAREFULLY. Entry forms
will be available at any Customer Service booth throughout the track or at specially designated
Contest Central locations. You may also obtain one by emailing George Ortuzar
([email protected]) Print your name, address, zip code, phone number, and email
address in the spaces provided. A Social Security number is also required for eligibility in the
contest. YOU MUST COMPLETE THIS ENTRY FORM IN ORDER TO PARTICIPATE IN
THE CONTEST. After completing the entry form, take it to the Hollywood Park Marketing
Department to fund your official Firecracker Challenge Handicapping Contest Card. You can
fund your card using cash or cashier’s check. No credit cards will be accepted. You can also
mail the entry to:
Hollywood Park Marketing Department
1050 S. Prairie Ave.
Inglewood, California 90301
Attn: George Ortuzar
The deadline to enter the 2011 Firecracker Challenge Handicapping Contest is July 3rd. We do
highly recommend that you DO NOT WAIT UNTIL THE LAST MINUTE!
Entry forms are now available by calling George 310-419-1441. Actual Contest Cards will be
distributed on Sunday July 3rd, 2011 at the Turf Club Entrance.
3.
CONTEST ENTRIES:
An OFFICIAL CONTEST CARD will be utilized to place all wagers for this contest. The card
can be inserted into self service machines located in the Sunset Room or anywhere within
Hollywood Park to make wagers. It is solely the responsibility of participants to ensure that
wagers meet the required criteria. Any deviation will result in a disqualification. In addition,
Hollywood Park will not be held responsible for lost, stolen or misplaced cards. In the event a
card is lost, misplaced or stolen, please report it to the Contest Central representative in the
Sunset Room and we will do whatever is possible to retrieve bankrolls and attempt to allow
continued participation in the contest if a required race has not yet been run. Remember these
cards are just like vouchers, funded with real money. Treat them as such.
4.
MAKING A SELECTION:
Make selections from the Official Hollywood Park Daily Program for the qualifying rounds on
Sunday, July 3 and Monday, July 4, 2011. Any combination of wagers available in each race
may be made, except for superfectas, pentafectas and multi-race bets. Any contest selection that
violates any of the aforementioned will be disallowed. As mentioned previously, a minimum
wager of $100 in every race on each contest day must be made, or you will be disqualified from
the contest.
5.
DEADLINE TO ENTER SELECTION:
All selections must be made prior to post time of the contest race. Selections must be placed just
like a wager using self service machines. Selections will NOT be accepted through mutuel
clerks.
6.
GRADING OF CONTEST ENTRIES:
Entries will be graded on a money earned basis. Whoever has the most money wins the contest.
REMEMBER: PROGRAM NUMBERS DERIVED FROM ANY SOURCE OTHER THAN
THE HOLLYWOOD PARK DAILY PROGRAM ARE UNOFFICIAL AND MAY NOT BE
CORRECT.
7.
IRS WITHHOLDING:
We must obtain the social security number of all participants entering the contest. On winning
wagers that result in a payoff of 300/1 or more AND pay over $5,000, IRS withholding will
automatically be deducted from the player’s card. This money cannot be re-wagered in the
contest. However, for contest scoring purposes, the gross amount of the winning wager will be
recorded in the player’s score.
8.
TAXES:
Liability for any and all federal, state, or local taxes is solely the responsibility of prize winners.
9.
CONTEST STANDINGS:
Current standings will be posted in the Sunset Room at least after every other race.
10.
SCRATCHES:
If a horse is scratched after a wager is placed, it is the player’s responsibility to change his/her
selection prior to the race subject to all other contest wagering rules. In the event a player is not
able to change his/her selection due to a late scratch, the player will have that money deducted
from the player’s final score. However, the money will not be deducted from the player’s
personal bankroll.
11.
PRIZES:
The player with the top bankroll after day two will receive $5,000.
In addition “THREE” contestants will represent Hollywood Park in the Daily Racing
Form/NTRA National Handicapping Championship in Las Vegas, in 2012. The top three players
at the end of the two day contest will be awarded these spots.
The prize includes travel and hotel accommodations in Las Vegas for each winner. If one of the
three qualifiers cannot attend or has already qualified for the National Championship, the next
highest placing qualifier will receive the entry.
12.
REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTESTANTS:
Entrants must be 21 years of age or older. Liability for any and all federal, state and local taxes
rests solely with the prize winners. Affidavits will be required of all prize winners confirming
compliance with the rules of this contest. Multiple entries by a single person will be accepted.
13.
TIES:
CASH PRIZES
In the unlikely event of a tie for the top position after any of the two day events, the players will
equally split the cash prizes.
NHC SPOTS
In the event that there is a tie between one or more players for the final spot or spots in Daily
Racing Form/NTRA National Handicapping Championship in Las Vegas the players that have
wagered the most money during the two day contest will be awarded that final spot or spots. For
instance, if there is a 3 person tie for 2nd place, the two players that wagered the most money
during the two day event will be awarded the 2nd and 3rd qualifying spot in the Daily Racing
Form/NTRA National Handicapping Championship in Las Vegas.
14.
AFFIDAVITS:
Affidavits confirming compliance of all rules of this contest will be required of all Finalists and
Prize Winners. Winning persons acknowledge that if they enter this contest under a fraudulent
name and/or Social Security number, they will be immediately disqualified from this and all
future contests at Hollywood Park. Positive Identification is required of all prize winners.
(Positive identification is a valid California Driver's License with a picture and the same address
and birth date used on contest cards, and/or such other form of identification as deemed adequate
by contest officials.)
15.
DISQUALIFICATIONS:
In the event that a finalist is disqualified for any reason, any prize money won by that finalist
will be forfeited.
16.
INELIGIBILITY:
The following are ineligible to participate in this contest: employees of Hollywood Park Racing
Association or any of their subsidiaries; employees of their advertising agencies or public
relations consultants, or members of their immediate families, including spouses, children,
siblings and parents of any of the foregoing. Trainers and horse owners ARE allowed to
participate, but must abide by any CHRB rules governing wagering on horses that they either
own or train.
17.
JUDGING AND DISPUTES:
The management of Hollywood Park Racing Association reserves the right to interpret all
questions and conditions in regard to this event, without claim for damages or recourse of any
kind. All questions and definitions not covered explicitly in these rules will be decided by the
management of Hollywood Park Racing Association, with those decisions to be final. Winners
will be posted around the track and notified by mail and/or over the phone if prize is not claimed
within one week of the finals.
I certify that I have read the 2011 Firecracker Handicapping Challenge rules and that I will abide
by them.
Print Name
Sign Name

Date
HOTEL ACCOMMODATIONS:
Hollywood Park has made special arrangements with the Renaissance Hotel. We have received a
wonderful discount on their Concierge Accommodations. The Renaissance is one of the premiere
hotels in our area and the Concierge Accommodations include complimentary access to the
Renaissance Club Lounge. This lounge offers complimentary daily breakfast, evening Hors
d’oeuvres and all-day snacks. The rooms themselves on this level are truly extraordinary. They
pay special attention to details and will truly make you feel like the VIP’s that you are. We
encourage our players to take advantage of this remarkable deal. You can make your room
reservations directly with the Renaissance using code HWOE or contact Monica Sandoval at
Hollywood Park at 310-419-1549 . The Renaissance phone number is 310-337-2060. They also
have a regular room rate (code HWOD).
OFFICIAL RULES
SHOW ME THE MONEY CONTEST
ELIGIBILITY
There is no cost to enter the contest. This contest is open only to legal residents of the fifty (50)
United States, the District of Columbia, and Canada who are 18 years of age or older as of their
date of registration. Residents of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands are not eligible. All
applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations apply. Void where prohibited.
Employees and directors of Oak Tree Racing Association, Hollywood Park Racing Association
and its affiliates, subsidiaries, and advertising or promotion agencies and their respective
officers, directors and members and their respective immediate family members or those living
in the same household of such individuals are not eligible to enter or win.
ENTRY
To register for an account, go to oaktreeracing.com and complete the electronic registration
form. Registration ends Thursday, September 30, at 6:50 p.m. (PT). All selections must be
received by Oak Tree Racing Association ten (10) minutes prior to the first post time of the first
race of the contest. No faxed, mailed, electronically mailed or phoned-in entries are allowed; this
is an Internet-based contest only.
LIMIT
One entry per person. In addition, multiple contestants may not enter using the same email
address. Duplicate entries are cause for disqualification of all involved entrants, and decisions
regarding disqualification are made at the sole discretion of Oak Tree Racing Association.
Entries generated by script, macro, or other automated means are void. It is the sole
responsibility of the entrant to notify Oak Tree Racing Association at Hollywood Park by e-mail
of any changes in contact information, to [email protected] at any time
during the game.
The Released Parties, as defined below, assume no responsibility for lost, late, misdirected,
illegible or garbled entries, or for lost, interrupted or unavailable hardware or software or
telephone transmission or technical failures, garbled or jumbled transmission or other error of
any kind, whether human, mechanical, electronic, or otherwise.
Once submitted, entries and correspondence become the sole property of Oak Tree Racing
Association and will not be returned.
CONTEST PLAY AND DAILY SELECTION
This is a contest of skill. Contest play applies to each contest day beginning September 30, 2010.
To remain eligible in the game beginning with the opening day of the contest, the contestant
must, for each Contest Race Day, correctly select, at least ten (10) minutes prior to that day's first
post time, one (1) runner per each day's race card that earns a top-3 placing. All contestants
selecting a top three finisher are eligible to select a horse for the next race day to continue in the
contest. A contestant is eliminated from contest play upon failing to select a horse finishing first,
second or third on any Contest Race Day.
In the event of a dead heat for third position, every horse involved in the dead heat will be
considered a top-3 finisher. If a contestant's selection is scratched from a race, the contestant will
receive the post time favorite in that race. If the post time favorite is a coupled entry, the
contestant's selection is deemed to include both of the coupled horses for that race and the
contestant is awarded the highest finishing position of the entry.
In the event that part or all of a race day is cancelled for any reason, the entire field of
contestants advances to the next race day.
WINNER SELECTION
Winner will be determined within one week after the closing day of the game. Winning entry
must confirm identity, residence and eligibility to receive prize. The winning contestant will be
either the person who selects a top-3 finisher from the beginning of the game through the
duration of the game or the final contestant remaining when all other participants have been
eliminated from the game. If no entrant successfully completes the game's duration, if multiple
entrants are eliminated on the same race day, or multiple entrants complete the game's duration
successfully, the game will be considered a tie between those multiple entrants. In the event of a
tie there will be a tie breaker to determine the winner.
The criteria for the tie breaker is as follows:
First: The contestant who has selected the most winning horses during the meet. If a tie still
exists, then
Second: The contestant who has selected the most second-place finishers during the meeting. If a
tie still exists, then
Third: The final tie breaker will be the highest show price payoff recorded during the contest.
Odds of winning depend on the number of eligible entries.
GRAND PRIZE
$2,500
Winner is responsible for payment of any and all applicable taxes. No substitution or transfer of
prize permitted by winner.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
By entering, participants agree to release, indemnify and hold harmless Oak Tree Racing
Association, Hollywood Park Racing Association, and its affiliates, subsidiaries, and advertising
or promotion agencies and their respective officers, directors, members and shareholders and
agents (collectively, "Released Parties") from any and all liability for any injuries, loss or
damage of any kind arising from or in connection with the contest or any prize won.
The Official Rules will be posted on the Oak Tree at Hollywood Park website,
www.oaktreeracing.com throughout the contest. By entering this contest, you agree to be bound
by these official rules and the decisions of Oak Tree Racing Association, which shall be final and
binding in all respects.
JUDGING AND DISPUTES
The management of Oak Tree Racing Association reserves the right to interpret all questions and
conditions in regard to this event, without claim for damages or recourse of any kind. All
questions and definitions not covered explicitly in these rules will be decided by the management
of Oak Tree Racing Association, with those decisions to be final.
Oak Tree Racing Association reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to disqualify immediately
any individual who: tampers or attempts to tamper with the entry process or the operation of the
contest or website; violates the "Official Rules"; or acts in any unsportsmanlike, rude, or
disruptive manner, or with intent to annoy, abuse, threaten or harass any other person. Oak Tree
Racing Association reserves the right to terminate or modify this contest at any time; in such
event, notice will be posted at www.oaktreeracing.com.
NOTIFICATION
Potential winner will be notified by e-mail, regular mail or telephone within seven (7) days after
the date the potential winner is determined. Potential winner must respond, and may be required
to sign and return certain tax forms, an affidavit of eligibility and acceptance of these "Official
Rules" and a publicity/liability release, within fifteen (15) days following notification. The
winners shall be responsible for payment of any and all applicable taxes.
By accepting any prize, winners grant permission to Oak Tree Racing Association and
Hollywood Park Racing Association to use their names and/or likenesses for publicity and
promotional purposes without further compensation, unless prohibited by law, and agree to
execute written consent if requested.
In the event of a dispute about the identity of any entrant, entries made online will be deemed
made by the authorized account holder of the e-mail address submitted at time of entry.
"Authorized account holder" is defined as the natural person who is assigned to an e-mail address
by an Internet access provider, online service provider or other organization that is responsible
for assigning e-mail addresses for the domain associated with the submitted e-mail address. A
potential winner may be required to provide Racing Association with proof of identity, and proof
that the potential winner is the authorized account holder of the e-mail address associated with
the winning entry.
The name of the winning contestant will be posted on www.oaktreeracing.com following contest
completion.
HorseTourneys.com
An Affiliate of Ellis Park Race Course
Rules
ELIGIBILITY:
Players must be 21 years of age or older in order to play.
As this is an Internet-based contest website, entries will only be accepted through the
online entry and selection form. No faxed, mailed, electronically mailed or telephone entries
are allowed.
Players must observe the national law of his/her country regarding possible lottery and
gambling prohibitions. If uncertain of such progibitions, players must seek clarification
before entry.
CANCEL/REFUND and TRANSFER POLICY:
IMPORTANT: Once a deposit is made, players may not withdraw funds from account
balances unless expressly approved in writing by HorseTourneys.com management.
CANCELLATIONS: Players may cancel a purchased entry for a particular contest up to
TWO HOURS before the closing time of the contest. Cancelling an entry is subject to a 10
percent cancel fee (i.e., 90 percent of the entry fee purchased will be returned to your
account balance). Please note that this is necessary to prevent manipulation of contest
pools and protect the integrity of the contests, but has been provided for player
convenience. Cancellation activity will be closely monitored, and abuse of the
cancellation privilege will result in the revoking of player accounts.
Aside from this cancel policy, there are no refunds permitted for any reason. Transfers
of entries from one player to another player are also not permitted.
CONTEST PLAY/SELECTIONS:
HORSE RACING CONTESTS: Mythical $2 Win/Place wagers ($2 to Win and $2 to Place)
will be made on the horse a player selects in each race. Only one horse may be selected per
race. If a player's horse wins, the player collects on both the Win and Place wagers. If the
horse finishes in a Place position, the player collects only on the Place wager. All wagers and
payouts from races are mythical and will be used as a score only.
Horse mutuel prices used for the purposes of scoring contests will be those from the United
States tote system.
PAYOUT CAPS (HORSE RACING ONLY)
HORSE RACING CONTESTS: There is a cap on both the Win and Place wagers. The
maximum payout on a Win bet is $42 (20-1 odds) and the maximum payout on a Place bet
is $22 (10-1 odds).
LATE SCRATCHES
In the event of a late scratch (i.e. at the gate), players will be assigned their Alternate pick,
if one has been selected. If an Alternate pick also scratches or has not been chosen, the
Primary horse will be replaced with the post-time favourite for that race. Selections WILL
NOT RE-OPEN after closing due to a late scratch.
RACE/EVENT CANCELLATIONS
75 percent of the race events that comprise a contest must be completed to constitute an
official contest. If at least 75 percent of the individual race events in a particular contest
have been completed, the contest will constitute a complete and official contest and will be
scored according to the remaining events. If less than 75 percent of the contest events have
been completed, and three (3) or less of the individual races have been completed, the
entire contest will be canceled and rescheduled for a later date. If less than 75 percent of
the contest events have been completed, and four (4) or more individual contest events
have been completed, the completed events will be retained for scoring purposes, with the
balance of contest races added at a later date.
TIEBREAKERS
Should there be a tie in earnings that will affect major placements (such as for qualifying
spots or NHC Tour points), ties will be broken in accordance with the following procedures:
(a) the entry(s) with the most number of winners selected will win the tie; if a tie still
remains, then (b) the entry(s) selecting the horse with the highest mutuel WIN payout will
win the tie; if a tie still remains, then (c) the entry(s) with the most number of PLACE
horses selected will win the tie; if a tie still remains, then (d) the entry(s) with the highest
mutuel PLACE payout will win the tie; if a tie still remains, then (e) the entry(s) with the
most number of SHOW (third place finishers that did not Win or Place) horses selected will
win the tie; if a tie still remains, then (f) the winning entry(s) will be determined by a
random draw among eligible entries.
SELECTION DEADLINES
Race selections will be closed as near to the actual "off" time of a race (i.e., gates open) as
possible. HOWEVER, IT IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED that players submit all selections
prior to the first race and then go back and edit as needed, at least 2-3 minutes prior to the
anticipated gates open time of the race. The Participant is 100 percent responsible for
ensuring that a contest wager has been accepted, regardless of the circumstances. Players
should pay close attention to the races schedules for all contests, as post times can change
throughout the day due to delays or other circumstances.
AUDIT PERIOD
There is a 48-hour audit period after the completion of each contest, for the purposes of
allowing for changes in the unlikely event of scoring errors or other circumstances. While
the leaderboard will display the final payout results immediately, these results will not be
official until the audit period is over. Players that have earned qualifying spots or other
prizes will be notified once the contest has been declared official.
EXCLUSIONS AND OWNERSHIP RULE
Employees of Ellis Park Race Course, Bet Twice Consulting LLC and the National
Thoroughbred Racing Association (NTRA) are not eligible to compete in contests at
HorseTourneys.com. There are no restrictions regarding participation or horse selection as it
relates to horse owners or for those individuals related to persons with ownership, training,
or other interests in horses competing in contest races. Registered trainers and their
employees are not eligible for participation in any contests at HorseTourneys.com and will
be immediately disqualified from all contests.
CONDITIONS
1. Players will select one betting interest from each of the designated contest races by
selecting a bullet next to the entry/runner's name. Selections must be made prior
to the contest deadlines as outlined above.
2. The official final order of finish and mutuel prices according to United States tote will
determine the payoffs.
3. 3. The Leaderboard will be updated on the website as soon as possible at the end of
each designated contest event. It is the responsibility of the player to bring any
alleged error, issue, or complaint to the attention of HorseTourneys.com within 48
hours (for horse racing contests) and 24 hours (for sports contests) of the end of
the contest by completing a Customer Support request and describing the alleged
error, issue or complaint in detail. If HorseTourneys.com is not contacted within 48
hours of the end of the contest, HorseTourneys.com is not responsible for making
adjustments to the official order of finish or granting prizes or entry fee credit.
4. ALL MONETARY VALUES STATED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS (USD) unless
otherwise noted.
5. All rules are subject to change.
DISCLAIMER AND RELEASE
Entrant agrees that none of HorseTourneys.com or Ellis Park Race Course, Inc., and their
respective owners, directors, officers, representatives, agents, employees or affiliates
(collectively, the “Released Parties”) shall be liable for injury, loss, expense or damage of
any kind resulting from Entrant’s participation in this contest or from the acceptance or use
of the prize money awarded.
None of the Released Parties will be responsible for any: (a) late, lost, garbled, misdirected,
incomplete, or damaged entries; (b) any contest disruptions, injuries, losses or damages
caused by events beyond the control of Sponsor; or (c) any printing or typographical errors
in any materials associated with the contest. In no event will the Released Parties be
responsible or liable for any damages or losses of any kind, including direct, indirect,
incidental, consequential or punitive damages arising out of Entrant’s access to and use of
Sponsor’s websites or the downloading from and/or printing material downloaded from
those sites.
Links to this contest by other internet sites are provided as a service to horseracing and
sports fans, and Sponsor is not responsible for the content that appears on the any of such
sites. Sponsor will not be bound by and will not be liable for claims and/or guarantees made
by other internet sites.
None of the Released Parties is in any way responsible or liable for any problems or
technical malfunction of any telephone network or lines, computer on-line systems, servers,
or providers, computer equipment, software, failure of any e-mail or entry to be received by
Sponsor on account of technical problems or traffic congestion on the Internet or at any
associated website, or any combination thereof, including any injury or damage to Entrant’s
or any other person's computer or peripheral equipment related to or resulting from
participation or downloading of any materials from this website or in connection with this
contest.
CONTEST ADMINISTRATOR
The administrator of HorseTourneys.com is Ellis Park Race Course, Inc.
Ellis Park Race Course, Inc.
3300 US Highway 41 North - Henderson, KY 42420 - 1 (800) 333-8110.
Indiana Downs Handicapping Contest Rules
1.
Entry is FREE. No purchase necessary. Photo ID required.
2.
The contest will consist of 25-35 simulcast races pre-selected by Indiana Downs
staff. Each contestant must select one horse (by program number), and one horse
only, in each of TEN of these contest races.
3.
Entrants must wager exactly 10 different races to qualify for final standings and
payouts. In the event a contestant wagers 11 races or more, the contestant will be
notified and standings will be adjusted accordingly to reflect the correct balance.
4.
Selections must be made using the preloaded cards and designated contest tote
terminals provided. Contestants that lose, misplace or receive a malfunctioning card
should contact an Indiana Downs Handicapping Host immediately.
5.
The contestant’s score will be the combined bankroll that would result from a single
mythical $2 Win-Place wager on the selected horse in each contest race, based on
the official race results and win and place prices. Ties at the conclusion of the
contest will result in a split of the affected prize money.
6.
Indiana Downs Player’s Club members who participate or join will receive 1,000
bonus Player’s Club points. Members must present their card at the time they submit
their entry to be eligible for the bonus points. Please allow seven to ten days for
bonus points to be credited to your account.
7.
If a contestant’s selection is scratched or declared a non-starter for pari-mutuel
purposes, the contestant’s bankroll will be refunded in accordance with the parimutuel rules of the corresponding track. At the contestant’s discretion, contest
wagers may also be cancelled or changed prior to post time of that contest race.
8.
Last Race Qualification Exception Rule: If a contestant properly wagers nine
races and only one race remains in the handicapping contest program and the
contestant’s selection in the final race is scratched or is declared a non-starter, the
contestant must make another selection if time allows. If the race has already
commenced then refund rules will apply and entrant will qualify with only nine
wagers. This rule will also be applied to an inability to bet the final contest race due
to a lost or malfunctioning card.
9.
ONE entry per person. All contestants must be physically present at Indiana Downs
during the contest. Entry by phone or by proxy is prohibited. Duplicate entries are
cause for disqualification of all involved entries.
10.
Employees of Indiana Downs, vendors, all IHRC licensed individuals, and any
members of their immediate families are not eligible to participate. Questions of
eligibility will be determined solely by Indiana Downs management.
11.
Prizes must be collected in person. Winners have thirty (30) days to claim their prizes.
Vouchers will not be mailed. Winners must show identification and meet eligibility
requirements in order to collect winnings.
12.
All contestants grant permission to Indiana Downs to use their names and/or likenesses for
publicity and promotional purposes without further compensation.
13.
By entering the contest, all contestants agree to be bound by these rules and the
decisions of Indiana Downs management, which shall be final and binding in all
respects. Management reserves the right to disqualify any entry, or to suspend or
postpone the contest, for any reason.
Road to the Breeders' Cup Challenge
2011 Keeneland Simulcasting Road to the Breeders’ Cup Challenge Rules
Contestants must be at least 21 years old by December 31, 2011.
Keeneland employees, mutuel clerks and employees of United Tote and Turf Catering are ineligible to
participate in this contest.
Contestants may register and receive their swipeable game card at the table on the second floor near
Elevator C beginning at 11:00 a.m. on Saturday, June 18, 2011.
If you have played in previous Road to the Crown or Road to the Breeders’ Cup contests, you may use
the same card. Registration will continue on Saturdays through Saturday, August 5, 2011. There may
be only one entry per person.
The contest will consist of 84 races plus 15 Breeders’ Cup races (See attached).
Any change of date for a contest-eligible stakes race will eliminate that race from the contest and
there will be no substitutions. Any cancellation of win, place and/or show wagering also eliminates
that race from the contest. There will be no replacement races.
Players will be able to make imaginary $2 across-the-board wagers on a single horse for all contest
races (see attached) from July 16, 2011 through August 6, 2011. From August 13, 2011 through
September 3, 2011, players will be able to make imaginary $5 across-the-board wagers on a single
horse. From September 4, 2011 through September 24, 2011, players will be able to make $10 acrossthe-board wagers on a single horse. From October 1, 2011 through October 16, 2011, players will be
able to make $15 across the board wagers. On Breeders’ Cup days, Friday, November 4 and Saturday,
November 5, players may make $20 across-the-board bets on a single horse in each Breeders’ Cup race.
Players must make their wagers at the “Contest Only” windows.
If a late scratch occurs in any contest race, the actual post time favorite (at the host track) will be
substituted, provided the contestant has placed an imaginary wager on the race.
There is a 20-1 “cap” on the win wager ($42 maximum payoff), a 10-1 “cap” on the place wager ($22
payoff) and a 5-1 “cap” ($12 payoff) on the show wager.
Official standings are based on imaginary “winnings” only. Contestants will not be credited for
races not bet and there will be no credit for cancelled pools.
Weekly standings will be posted at www.keeneland.com and on selected TV monitors throughout, with
the current top ten list available for viewing at the information window on the second floor.
At the conclusion of the Keeneland Simulcasting Road to the Breeders’ Cup Challenge on Saturday,
November 5, 2011, the top two contestants with the most challenge dollars in their imaginary bankrolls
will be declared first and second place winners and will win the prize of a trip, including airfare, hotel
and $400 for expenses, to the Coast Casinos Horseplayer World Series in Las Vegas, scheduled for
February 23-25, 2011; with $500 to third; $250 to fourth and $150 to fifth. Players who finish sixth
through tenth will receive a $100 Keeneland Shop gift card.
If either of the first two finishers cannot accept the trip to Las Vegas for any reason, the third place
finisher shall be the replacement. A first or second place finisher will not be entitled to any further
compensation if unable to compete in the Coast Casinos Horseplayer World Series in Las Vegas and any
expense money must be returned to Keeneland immediately.
In the event of a tie, based on total winnings, the player who selected the longest priced winner on
Breeders’ Cup day will win the placing, followed by the next highest price winner that day and so on. If
still tied, the player who selected the highest priced winner during the entire Keeneland Breeders’ Cup
Challenge will win that placing.
By registering to play, contestants agree that all disputes shall be settled by the contest
administrator.
Tournament Rules
A) Entry Fee: $100

Includes $80 loaded on wagering card - to be used for tournament wagering (*contestant keeps all winnings
from tournament wagers)

Lunch in the Paddock Theatre during tournament

Program on live thoroughbred card at Northlands Park
B) All tournament wagers at Northlands Park must be completed using the wagering card.
C) Rules - Each contestant must wager:

$5 to Win on a horse in Race 1 on the live thoroughbred card at Northlands Park on September 24

$5 to Win on a horse in Race 2 on the live thoroughbred card at Northlands Park on September 24

$5 to Win and $5 to Place on a horse in Races 3-9 on the live thoroughbred card at Northlands Park on
September 24
1.
The winner is the handicapper with the most money on his/her wagering card at the end of the designated
2.
Should there be a tie in wagering totals, the contestant with the highest number of selected winners over the
tournament races.
course of the tournament races shall be declared champion. If a tie persists, the prize pool shall e split
evenly between the deadlocked contestants.
3.
All prize money will be distributed by cheque within 20 business days of the tournament.
4.
Participants will retain the money on their bet card at the end of the tournament.
5.
All players are responsible for ensuring each wager is placed correctly.
6.
All players are responsible for ensuring a contest wager has been accepted by the computer system.
7.
Using the opening $80 bankroll on the tournament wagering card, each contestant must wager on the races
selected and in the denominations ordered by the tournament director.
8.
All races involved in the tournament are from Northlands Park.
9.
Contestants cannot bet their winnings for the day and may not deposit additional funds onto the tournament
wagering card. During the tournament, contestants may only use their wagering cards for tournament
purposes as per the instructions of the tournament director.
10. Each participant starts with $80 on his/her wagering card.
11. An audit will be done on each contestant’s wagering card at the end of the tournament to ensure all rules
were followed.
12. There is no odds cap on wagers.
13. All races are conducted under the rules and regulations of Horse Racing Alberta.
14. If a contestant’s horse is scratched before a race, the contestant MUST INFORM the tournament director of
the wager involving the scratched horse. Time permitting, the contestant will have the opportunity to wager
on a different horse.
15. All winners will be unofficial pending verification that all wagers were made in accordance with tournament
rules.
16. Unofficial standings will be posted during the contest.
17. Each participant agrees to abide by all published tournament rules. In the event of a dispute, the tournament
judges (Northlands Park executives) will render a decision at their sole discretion. All players abide by and
agree that the decision of the tournament judges is final. The tournament judges have the right to disqualify
any participant who has violated any of the rules.
18. Northlands Park (operators of the tournament) reserves the right to add, delete, amend or change any
portion of the tournament rules.
19. Northlands Park also reserves the right to cancel the tournament for any reason.
20. Each participant must be at least 18 years of age.
21. The following are not allowed to participate in the tournament: Horse Racing Alberta race officials &
Northlands Park staff.
22. HRA licensed horsemen (owners, trainers and grooms) are eligible to compete under the following
conditions: a) horsemen must identify themselves prior to the start of the contest as being an HRA licensed
horseman, b) horsemen must identify any and all interest (monetarily or through employment) in horse(s)
scheduled to compete in races included in the contest, c) horsemen must make WIN wagers on a horse(s)
they have an interest in.
23. Each participant must provide photo ID when checking in on tournament day to receive wagering card.
24. Failure to comply with all rules will lead to disqualification.
Official Rules
Posted: Wednesday, February 17 , 2010
Revised: May 12, 2011
2011 NHC TOUR OFFICIAL RULES
These are the Official Tour Rules ("Official Rules") for the 2011 Daily Racing Form/NTRA National Handicapping
Championship Tour ("NHC Tour"). By signing up and paying the registration fee, participants ("Player") hereby
agree to and acknowledge compliance with all Official Rules.
ELIGIBILITY
Tour Membership (“Membership”) is mandatory when competing in paid entry tournaments in order to be
eligible to win a berth in the Daily Racing Form/NTRA National Handicapping Championship (“NHC”) in
January 2012 in Las Vegas.
Tour Membership is not a requirement when competing for an NHC seat in a free tournament (with the
obvious exception of free NHC Tour online qualifiers).
The Tour Membership fee is $45 per individual annually and is limited to one (1) membership per player. Tour
Members will receive the following:
1.
Eligibility to compete for a seat at the January 2012 NHC in Las Vegas, where the purse is estimated to
be $2-million with $1-million to the winner;
2.
Free online tourneys offering 15 seats to the 2012 NHC (the first tournament on January 2, 2011, will
offer five (5) berths in the 2012 NHC);
3.
$125,000 in prize money to Tour points leaders based on the top five aggregate scores compiled during
the 2011 calendar year;
4.
Twice monthly e-newsletter featuring photos and recaps of previously held tourneys, schedules and links
to upcoming tournaments, tourney tips from previous NHC Champions and qualifiers, etc.;
5.
Special offers from Daily Racing Form, including the following:
a.
- 10% discount on the purchase of any DRF.com past performances plan -- good for new and
existing DRF.com members
b.
- 20% discount on a single DRF Press order at check-out
6.
Tour Membership Card containing NHC Tour account information;
7.
Season-ending, online tourney for top 100 Tour points leaders, offering 15 seats to the 2012 or 2013
NHC;
8.
Top 10 Tour points leaders not already qualified to the NHC will earn berths in the 2012 NHC;
9.
Mentoring program, whereby veteran NHC Tour players and past Champions will provide tips and
insights on tournament play to other Tour members;
10.
Eligibility to receive benefits and discounts from NTRA Advantage partners;
11.
Membership in NTRA Horseplayers' Coalition, addressing player-centric issues in Washington, DC.;
12.
Exclusive offers and discounts on Thoroughbred racing memorabilia and collectibles; and
13.
Exclusive offers, including access to tickets to key events, at NTRA member facilities.
Individuals must register at https://www.ntra.com/register/nhctour to become official NHC Tour Members.
Each individual member must have his/her own e-mail address. No sharing of e-mail addresses is permitted.
Members shall be at least twenty-one (21) years of age prior to the start of the 2012 NHC in order to be eligible in
the 2012 NHC, which is scheduled to take place in January 2012 in Las Vegas, NV.
Once signed up, each NHC Tour Member will receive a Personal Identification Number (PIN). It is the NHC Tour
Member's responsibility to notify tournament officials that he or she is a Member of the Tour when
entering/participating in a NTRA-sanctioned handicapping event offering Tour points.
Officers, board members and employees of NTRA and Daily Racing Form, and their immediate family members,
are ineligible to participate in the NHC Tour.
NTRA reserves the right to deny any person membership in the NHC Tour for any reason whatsoever in its sole
and absolute discretion.
NHC TOUR ONLINE TOURNAMENTS AT NTRA.COM
All NHC Tour Members will be eligible to play in NHC Tour online tournaments at NTRA.com. There will be no
entry fee for these tournaments and a total of 15 spots to the 2012 NHC will be offered as prizes. The first
online tournament, offering five (5) seats to the 2012 NHC, will be held January 2, 2011. These online
tournaments are for Tour members only and are not open to the general public.
TOUR EVENTS
All Tour events will be held during calendar year 2011.
The 2011 NHC Tour will consist of live and online tournaments approved by the NTRA and offering a qualifying
spot(s) to the 2012 NHC.
Each individual tournament is governed by its own rules and state laws. NTRA will record points earned based on
participation in such qualifying tournaments (see Tour Points System).
TOUR PRIZES AND BENEFITS
Prize money for the most NHC Tour points accumulated pursuant to the NHC Tour rules will be based on the
following scale: 1st place - $75,000; 2nd place - $25,000; 3rd place - $15,000; 4th place - $7,500; and 5th place $2,500.
The 2011 NHC Tour winner will be eligible for a $2 million bonus if he/she wins the 2012 NHC.
Tour Members qualifying to the 2012 NHC based on Tour points will receive complimentary economy roundtrip
airfare to Las Vegas (continental U.S. only) and host hotel room expenses for three nights, excluding incidentals.
No substitution(s) are permitted. The prize pool is defined as cash prizes, roundtrip airfare to the NHC and hotel
accommodations at the NHC. A portion of the entry fees will be utilized to defray the cost of airfare and hotel
accommodations and prizes for Tour players qualifying to the NHC.
It is anticipated that the final NHC Tour results will be announced within seven (7) days of the completion of the
2011 Tour and that the top five (5) prizes paid (by cash, check or casino chips in cooperation with the host NHC
property, at the sole discretion of the NTRA) at the January 2012 NHC.
NHC Tour Members receive automatic enrollment in the Horseplayers' Coalition, which offers interested players
an opportunity to support NTRA's ongoing efforts to advance federal tax and other legislative issues which have a
direct impact on pari-mutuel customers and racetracks. A link on NTRA.com will include an explanation of such
issues, suggested legislative and regulatory solutions, and details regarding how interested players can support
NTRA's efforts on Capitol Hill and elsewhere.
NHC Tour Members receive automatic membership in NTRA Advantage, and become eligible for discounts from
John Deere, Sherwin-Williams, and Office Depot, among others. For more information about NTRA Advantage,
visit NTRAadvantage.com or call (866) 678-4289. NTRA Advantage partners are subject to change.
NHC TOUR SCORING
NHC Tour standings will be determined by the total of the TOP FIVE SCORES compiled by NHC Tour Members
over the course of the 2011 Tour season at each qualifying tournament designated as part of the 2011 NHC Tour.
Only the top five scores earned by NHC Tour members will be included in the season long point standings. For
example, if a Tour member receives ten (10) qualifying scores, only his/her best five (5) scores will count toward
the final point standings.
Tour points are earned by finishing in the top 10% of any qualifying tournament to a maximum of 30 positions. For
example, a tournament with 50 entries will award points to the top 5 scores; a tournament with 250 entries will
award points to the top 25 scores; a tournament with 500 entries will award points to the top 30 scores.
Individuals with more than one entry qualified for points in a qualifying tournament will earn points ONLY for their
highest finish.
Approximately 10% of entries, capped at a total of 30 entries regardless of the number of total entries, in each
tournament will earn points. For example, a tournament with 250 entries will award points to the top twenty-five
(25) scores.
Points are awarded only at tournaments which offer a qualifying spot to the NHC, however, in the case of
tournaments offering multiple rounds of play leading to a final in which there are no buy-ins, the total number of
points awarded at the final will be based on the total number of tournament entries in all rounds.
NHC Tour Scoring System
(Based on 300 Entries / Based on 200 Entries / Based on 100 Entries)
Fixed Scale 1st - 6th
300 Entries
200 Entries
100 Entries
Finish
Points
Points
Points
1st
3,000
3,000
3,000
2nd
2,100
2,100
2,100
3rd
1,575
1,575
1,575
4th
1,400
1,400
1,400
5th
1,225
1,225
1,225
6th
1000
1000
1000
NHC Tour Scoring System
(Based on 300 Entries / Based on 200 Entries / Based on 100 Entries)
Fixed Scale 1st - 6th
300 Entries
200 Entries
100 Entries
Finish
Points
Points
Points
7th
970
890
793
8th
941
855
702
9th
913
822
669
10th
885
788
635
11th
859
758
12th
824
720
13th
791
684
14th
760
650
15th
729
619
16th
700
587
17th
665
552
18th
632
519
19th
600
490
20th
570
460
21st
542
22nd
509
23rd
479
24th
450
25th
423
26th
398
27th
370
28th
344
29th
320
30th
300
With regards to multiple entries at NTRA-sanctioned tournaments, only the highest score from a single
tournament will be counted toward NHC Tour standings. If a player has more than one in the money entry, only
the highest point total will be used for tour scoring purposes and all of the players below will be moved up one
position for scoring purposes.
The NHC Tour Member with the highest total points from his/her five (5) best tournaments as of December 31,
2011 will win the Grand Prize and be declared "2011 NHC Tour Champion."
When a tournament has 95 entries, the NHC Tour will award points to the top 10 percent which in this case will
round up to 10 places receiving points. If a tournament has 93 entries, the NHC Tour will award points to the top
10 percent which in this case will round down to 9 places receiving points.
Local Tournament directors will be required to turn in official scores following each tournament.
TIEBREAKER
If, on December 31, 2011, two (2) or more NHC Tour Members are tied for first place or there is a tie among NHC
Tour Members eligible for the ten (10) automatic berths to 2012 NHC, the following tiebreaker will go into effect:
The NHC Tour Member with the highest number of top ten (10) finishes from his or her top five scores (not most
points) will be declared the winner. For all other ties, prize money will be divided equally.
LEADER BOARD AND RESULTS
Standings, including the names of the NHC Tour Members and their total accumulated points, will be posted each
week on NTRA.com/NHCtour and can be obtained by sending a self-addressed, stamped envelope to:
ATTN: NTRA TOUR
NTRA
2525 Harrodsburg Road
Suite 400
Lexington, Kentucky 40504.
Tour Members must notify NTRA officials of any error in standings within ten (10) days of completed and
subjected tournament.
Failure to comply with any of the Official Rules shall result in disqualification from the NHC Tour at the sole and
absolute discretion of the NTRA. All standings and results are unofficial, pending audit and verification. All winners
shall be required to sign an affidavit confirming compliance with the Official Rules.
In the event any potential prize winner is disqualified or determined not to be eligible, the NTRA, in its sole and
absolute discretion, may award the prize in question, to the NHC Tour Member with the next highest point total,
and each successively placed NHC Tour Member will be advanced in the standings accordingly.
TOUR CODE OF ETHICS
The Tour and NHC will be governed by the Tour Code of Ethics (the "Code"), adopted by the NHC Players'
Committee.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
The NTRA shall not be responsible for any lost, interrupted, incomplete, inaccurate or incorrect capture of betting
information or for computer, telephone, cable, network, electronic or Internet hardware or software malfunctions,
failures, connections, availability or jumbled transmissions, service provider accessibility or availability, or
NHC Tour Members are responsible for the payment of all local, state and/or federal taxes on monetary and other
prizes won. NHC Tour members who are not United States citizens or Permanent Resident Aliens may be subject
to federal withholding tax.
All trademarks used in connection with the NHC Tour and the promotion thereof are the property or their
respective trademark owners.
By registering for the NHC Tour, and participating in Tour events, each Member expressly agrees to the use of his
or her name, photograph, voice and likeness for the purpose of advertising and promotion in connection with the
NHC Tour, the NHC and the NTRA, Daily Racing Form, Red Rock Casino, Resort and Spa, and their respective
partners and affiliates, without further compensation, except where prohibited.
By registering for the NHC Tour, and participating in NHC Tour events, each member agrees to release NTRA,
Daily Racing Form, Red Rock Casino, Resort and Spa, and their respective partners and affiliates, as well as the
directors, employees and agents of each, from any and all liability, loss or damage, including but not limited to any
liability, loss or damage incurred as a result of the use, misuse or acceptance of the monetary or other prize.
The validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be controlled and construed under the laws of
the state of Kentucky. No provision of this Agreement shall be construed against or interpreted to the
disadvantage of any party by any court or other governmental or judicial authority or mediator or arbitrator by
reason of any party having or being deemed to have structured or dictated such provision.
All decisions as to the Official Rules and interpretations thereof are exclusively within the sole and absolute
discretion of the NTRA and may be changed from time-to-time without notice.
The NTRA reserves the right to cancel or modify the NHC Tour and/or the Official Rules without notice.
In the event of inconsistency between these Official Rules and any other document provided in connection with
the NHC Tour, the terms of these Official Rules shall be controlling.
PRIVACY POLICY
Information submitted on the Registration Form and any information provided in connection with the Tour will be
retained by the NTRA and may be used for marketing, research or other commercial and noncommercial
purposes. In addition, the NTRA and its partners and affiliates may send NHC Tour members promotions or
announcements unless the Member specifically requests that the NTRA not do so in the manner provided in the
Registration Form. Information regarding Members also may be provided to any entity involved in organizing the
NHC Tour, Daily Racing Form and their partners and affiliates.
ARBITRATION
NTRA and NHC Tour Member (the "Parties") agree that any disputes arising out of or in connection with this NHC
Tour that the Parties cannot resolve between themselves shall be addressed in the following manner:
Any dispute or question arising as to the interpretation of any clause of, or the rights and liabilities of the Parties
under, in any manner relating to, this Agreement, if not resolved by mediation, shall be referred to binding
arbitration before a single arbitrator in Lexington, Kentucky, or at another location as mutually agreed by the
Parties, under the rules and procedures of the AAA relating to the selection of arbitrators for the determination of
issues. This agreement to arbitrate is supported by adequate consideration, receipt of which is acknowledged. The
decision of the arbitrator will be binding, final and conclusive on the parties, and judgment on the arbitrator's
decision may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This agreement to arbitrate is binding upon the
respective successors, heirs, legal representatives, assigns and transferees of the parties. The arbitrator, sua
sponte or upon the written request of a Party, may issue written directions as to the scope and timetable for
discovery. In the event that the arbitrator should determine that the matter(s) in dispute may be resolved by a
review of a written record, and that a hearing is not necessary, each Party waives the right to a hearing. The
arbitrator shall be charged to render a written opinion reciting the facts as determined and the applicable law as
applied. The arbitrator may award injunctive and other equitable relief, as well as an award of monetary damages.
No claim of fraud, duress or other basis for revocation of contract made with respect to the NHC Tour shall limit or
preclude the enforcement of this agreement to arbitrate except as such fraud, duress or other basis for revocation
shall arise with particularity to this agreement to arbitrate.
*NHC Tour rules are subject to change. Not valid where prohibited.
NHC Tour Code of Ethics
Posted: Wednesday, February 17 , 2010
CODE OF ETHICS FOR THE NATIONAL HANDICAPPING CHAMPIONSHIP ("NHC") AND NHC TOUR
This Code applies to the NHC and NHC Tour, and all live and online qualifying contests for the NHC.
The Code is not intended to supersede the specific Rules of any handicapping contest, which govern in the event
in of any conflict, including but not limited to specific Rules which grant the Contest Director authority to make final
and binding decisions on all matters relating to a particular handicapping contest. Nor does this Code supersede
applicable law.
Each Player is personally responsible for understanding and complying with both this Code and the specific Rules
of any handicapping contest he or she enters. Each Player is also personally responsible for acting in a respectful
and appropriate manner toward Contest Directors and staff, and will comply with all reasonable requests and
decisions.
Each Player agrees to exhibit sportsmanship and to treat all fellow competitors with respect, and will refrain from
engaging in mean-spirited, vulgar or abusive language or conduct.
Each Player agrees not to engage in conduct which attempts to or does circumvent either this Code or the Rules
of any handicapping contest, and specifically agrees not to directly or indirectly engage in "collusion" as defined in
this Code.
"Collusion" includes all situations where a player, through proxies, "beards" or otherwise, controls and makes the
final decision on contest plays for a greater number of entries than permitted under the Rules of a handicapping
contest. Each player agrees that the Contest Director's decision on whether "collusion" occurred is final and
binding, and understands that the NTRA retains the right to determine who can compete in the NHC and whether
a player will earn Tour points.
The definition of "collusion" is not meant to include, and does not in any way prohibit or call into question, the
practice of husbands, wives, other family members, newcomers or friends attending and participating in contests
together, including but not limited to the joint handicapping or discussion of contest races. The Code recognizes
and encourages such conduct as a unique and beneficial aspect of handicapping contests and our sport, and is
only concerned with instances where a player is making the final decision or otherwise controlling plays on more
than the permissible number of entries.
Each Player agrees to use his or her best efforts to report violations of this Code and violations of the specific
Rules of a handicapping contest to the Contest Director at, or as close as possible to, the time when the player
believes the violation occurred. Players can also report such violations, and direct any questions they have about
the Code, by sending an email to: Michele Ravencraft at [email protected].
Each Player agrees to act in a professional manner overall, doing his or her best to promote a positive image of
the NHC and handicapping contests.
2011 Publichandicapper Challege
1st place wins:
$500! plus
A one-year subscription to the Daily Racing Form Online PPs (in Deluxe Formulator *or*
PDF versions)!
(Yep, that means FREE Past Performances for one year!)
A PublicHandicapper.com T-shirt!
A trophy proclaiming you “America’s Finest Handicapper”
The top NHC Tour
*** member:
Wins entry to the 2012 DRF/NTRA National
Handicapping Championship (NHC XII), including airfare to
and hotel expenses in Las Vegas
***NOTE: In order to win a trip to Las Vegas,
you must be a member of the NHC Tour, and input your Tour member number
into your Public Handicapper account by May 6, 2011.
2nd thru 5th places:
6th thru 20th:
Win a free three-month subscription to Daily Racing
Form Online PPs (in Formulator 4 *or* PDF versions)
(Plus, the player with the best record each month
during the PublicHandicapper.com Challenge will win a
30-day subscription to Daily Racing Form Online PPs
(in Formulator 4 *or* PDF versions)!)
Plus pick all four winners any given week and win a 10-card monthly subscription to
Daily Racing Form—a $27.95 value (in Formulator 4 *or* PDF versions)! For complete details, read the Official Rules
The Official PublicHandicapper.com Challenge Rules
1. ELIGIBILITY
NO PURCHASE NECESSARY. The PublicHandicapper.com Challenge ("Contest") is a game of skill sponsored by
PublicHandicapper.com and open to legal residents of the United States and Canada, 21 years of age or older.
Employees, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives, and immediate family members of
PublicHandicapper.com, and its parent companies, affiliates, subsidiaries, and advertising and promotion
agencies, including but not limited to the Daily Racing Form and the National Thoroughbred Racing Association
("NTRA"), are not eligible to participate. CONTEST IS LIMITED TO PEOPLE WHO HAVE ACTIVE E-MAIL
ADDRESSES DURING THEIR PARTICIPATION IN THE CONTEST. VOID WHERE PROHIBITED OR RESTRICTED BY
LAW. NO PLAYER MAY HAVE MORE THAN ONE PLAYER ID AND PASSWORD.
Eligibility of finalists for the National Handicapping Championship shall be established by NTRA and
DRF and shall apply to the National Championship event. Eligibility of finalists for the Horseplayer World
Series will be established by Coast Casinos. Eligibility to win entries to the TwinSpires.com Biggest Vegas
Qualifier Ever is determined by the state in which the player resides. If advance deposit wagering is not allowed
in that state then the player will have to forfeit entry to the contest.
2. HOW TO ENTER
Entry into the Contest is FREE. All entries for the Contest must be received by 1 p.m. EDT, Saturday, August 6,
2011. All entries become the exclusive property of PublicHandicapper.com.
You can enter PublicHandicapper.com contests via computer by filling out the online registration form. Once you
have submitted the completed registration form, PublicHandicapper.com will confirm your entry via electronic
communication. Each individual player may only enter the Contest once. In other words, NO PLAYER MAY HAVE
MORE THAN ONE PLAYER ID AND PASSWORD.
Contest entries will be disqualified at the sole discretion of PublicHandicapper.com if you attempt (i) to enter the
Contest through any means other than those outlined in these Rules; or, (ii) to disrupt the Contest or
circumvent the terms and conditions of these Official Rules. And, if either of the above occurs,
PublicHandicapper.com reserves the right to remedy any such action, disruption, or circumvention in a manner,
determined solely by PublicHandicapper.com, that is fair and equitable to Contest participants.
PublicHandicapper.com reserves the right to remove any player whose account has been inactive for six or more
weeks.
By playing the Contest, you will receive a minimum of two Contest announcements each week via e-mail. All
contestants agree to receive Contest announcements as a condition of entering.
If your e-mail address changes mid-game, do NOT register again under the new address. Use the Change Email
link that is available at the top of every page.
3. DURATION
The Contest will begin with a race(s) run on Friday, May 6, 2011. Entries for the first race will be posted on
PublicHandicapper.com no later than Thursday May 5, 2011. The Contest will include a minimum of 100 races,
the last of which -- the Breeders' Cup Classic -- will be run on Saturday, November 5, 2011. In order to qualify
for prizes, Contestants must play a minimum of 60 races, including all eight Breeders' Cup Races listed on the
card for the official Breeders' Cup World Championships being held on November 5, 2011. [Please note, we do
not play the 6 Breeders' Cup races on Friday, November 4.] New registrations made after Saturday August 6,
2011 will not be eligible for grand prizes (as there will be less than 60 races left to handicap), but will be eligible
for monthly and weekly prizes. All of the rules contained in these "Official Rules" apply to the 2011 edition of the
PublicHandicapper.com Challenge only, and not any past or future contests featured on PublicHandicapper.com.
4. HOW TO PLAY
Each week, usually, but not always, on Friday morning, "This Week's Races" ("Races") will be announced via
email to all active players, and on the PublicHandicapper.com Web site. The Races will be thoroughbred horse
races scheduled to take place on the following day at a racetrack of the editors' choosing. The Race information
will include the names of the horses scheduled to run, the jockeys, and estimated track odds.
PublicHandicapper.com accepts no responsibility for the accuracy of the pre-race information. In most cases,
two of the Races will be the featured Races of the Week on the Daily Racing Form website, www.drf.com.
Each player in the Contest will review and handicap the Races and decide whether or not to play in that week's
Contest. (In order to qualify for prizes, players must participate in a minimum of 60 races, including all nine
races listed on the card for the official Breeders' Cup World Championships being held on November 5, 2011.)
[Please note, we do not play the 6 Breeders' Cup races on Friday, November 4.] If opting to play the Races, a
player will then choose the horse he or she believes will finish first, second, and third in each race, and, using
the "Player Picks" form, post those picks live on the Public Handicapper Web site. (Players may play all, some,
or none of the races.)
For each Race handicapped, the player will place a hypothetical $2 win bet using PH Money (the bet is made
automatically when the picks are posted). If a player's first place selection wins the Race, he or she will have his
or her player account credited with PH Money equivalent to the track price on a $2 win bet for that horse, minus
the $2PH initial hypothetical wager. If the player does not pick the winner, his or her account will show a loss or
debit of $2PH ($2.00). The credits and debits will accrue from week to week. The player with the most PH
money in his/her player account at the end of the Contest ("Winner") will win. Only first place ("Win") selections
count in the Contest.
In the event that a player's first place horse scratches out of the Race, it will be replaced by the second place
horse. If the first and second place horses scratch, they will be replaced by the third place horse. If all horses
scratch, the player will have no selection that week.
intermediary, transmitter or agent in placing wagers for the Player, unless authorized by the local
venue and for good reason shown.
PublicHandicapper.com reserves the right to remove any player whose account has been inactive for six or more
weeks.
5. ODDS CAP
No winning horse will pay out at odds of more than 30-1. High priced longshots can skew results, putting
consistent handicappers at a disadvantage. Any horse paying more than $62 to win at the track, will pay exactly
$62 in the Public Handicapper.com Challenge.
6. PRIZES AND WINNER
The player finishing in first place wins:



A Trophy

A Public Handicapper.com T-shirt
A check for $500
A one-year standard subscription to the Daily Racing Form Online PPs (in Formulator 4 *or* PDF
versions)
Players finishing in second through fifth places will also win a free three-month subscription to Daily Racing
Form Online PPs (in Formulator 4 *or* PDF versions), and a Public Handicapper.com T-shirt.
The 6th through 20th place finishers will win a Public Handicapper T-shirt.
The player with an NHC Tour numbers finishing in the top place (having the player accounts with the
most PH money) wins entry into the 2012 DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship (NHC IX)
in Las Vegas, including hotel costs plus a $500 check for travel. PLEASE NOTE: In order to qualify for the
trip to Las Vegas, NHC Tour members must be signed up and registered for the NHC Tour AND Public
Handicapper by May 6, 2011. No entries will be accepted after May 6!!!!
In the event of a tie (two or more players, that are both eligible to win, have the same amount of PH money in
their PH accounts), the players will split the prize appropriate to the place in which they finish. If there is a tie
among the top two players or qualifiers, the number of winning selections will be used as a tie-breaker. (The
player that selected the most winners will win the tie-breaker.)
The qualifying entrant for the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship must be in
attendance at the National Championship on each day of the event. If that qualifier cannot attend,
the next highest placing qualifier will earn a place. Depending on a particular situation,
PublicHandicapper.com in cooperation with the NTRA may assign an alternate qualifier. Players
agree to abide by these determinations.
Eligibility of finalists for the National Handicapping Championship shall be established by NTRA and
DRF and shall apply to the National Championship event.
If the top finisher has already qualified for the National Handicapping Championship, the 2nd place
finisher will qualify, and so on.
NHC Tour Points will be awarded in accordance with NHC Tour Official Rules (top 10 percent contest). NHC Tour
points will only be awarded for exact placings. For example, if the top NHC Tour member is 5th, he or she will
win a trip to Vegas, and will have 1225 points added to their total.
The winner of the NHC spot is responsible for any expenses related to the prize, including any applicable tax,
insurance, etc. Total prize package is valued at approximately $5,000 US Dollars. PublicHandicapper.com
reserves the right to substitute different prizes of equivalent value.
The Winner will be notified in an email on or before November 15, 2011. The Winner will be announced on the
PublicHandicapper.com Web site and in an email to all registered players on or before November 17, 2011.
Interested parties may also find out who won by sending a stamped self-addressed envelope after November
18, 2011 to: Winners List, PublicHandicapper.com Challenge, 594 Broadway, Suite 1202, New York, NY 10012.
PublicHandicapper.com is a game of skill. Odds of winning are determined by the number of valid entries
received and by the skill of the individual contestants. In order to qualify for prizes, players must participate in a
minimum of 60 races, including all eight races listed on the card for the official Breeders' Cup World
Championships being held on November 5, 2011, and may be required to sign and return an Affidavit of
Eligibility and Release within 7 days of notice of winning. By entering, each entrant agrees to be bound by the
Official Rules and grants PublicHandicapper.com, the Daily Racing Form, and the NTRA the right to use his/her
name, voice, picture and likeness, without compensation, for the purpose of publicizing his/her winning and
acceptance of prize. Entrants release PublicHandicapper.com, the Daily Racing Form, the NTRA, its employees,
directors, officers and agents, subsidiary and affiliated companies from any and all claims or liability resulting
from the Contest and his/her acceptance of the prize. Noncompliance may result in an alternate winner being
chosen.
7. MONTHLY CONTEST
During the Contest, PublicHandicapper.com will award prizes to the players with the best record at the end of
each calendar month. Monthly prizes will be award for May, June, July, August, September, and October 2011.
Eligibility rules for the monthly contest are the same as for the Contest, with the additional requirement that
players must play every race in the calendar month to be eligible for the monthly prize.
There will be one winner in each monthly contest. The winner will be determined by the same methods as these
rules outline for the Contest.
The winner of each monthly contest will be awarded a 30 day subscription to the Daily Racing Form Online PPs
(in Formulator 4 *or* PDF versions). The winner will be notified by email, and the winner's name will be
announced on PublicHandicapper.com, in the first week of the month following the month in which the monthly
contest took place.
8. WEEKLY CONTEST
Any player who correctly selects the winner in all featured races in a given week will win a 10-card monthly
subscription to Daily Racing Form Online PPs (in Formulator 4 *or* PDF versions)(the "Weekly Prize").
There will be a minimum of four races featured each week. In the event that more than four races are featured,
players will have to select winners in all races to be eligible for the Weekly Prize. (For example, if six races are
featured, players must select winners in all six races to be eligible.)
9. CONDITIONS
By entering, participants agree to be bound by these complete Official Rules and the decisions of
PublicHandicapper.com, which shall be final. All federal, state, and local laws apply.
PublicHandicapper.com, Contest sponsors and the employees, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, and
representatives of PublicHandicapper.com and its parent companies, affiliates, subsidiaries, and advertising,
promotion and legal advisors, including but not limited to the Daily Racing Form and NTRA, are not responsible
for and shall not be liable for: (i) late, lost, delayed, damaged, misdirected, incomplete, illegible, or unintelligible
entries; (ii) telephone, electronic, hardware, or software program, network, Internet, or computer malfunctions,
failures, or difficulties; (iii) errors in transmission; (iv) any condition caused by events beyond the control of
PublicHandicapper.com that may cause the Contest to be disrupted or corrupted; (v) any injuries, losses, or
damages of any kind caused by a prize or resulting from acceptance, possession, or use of a prize, or from
participation in the Contest; or (vi) any printing or typographical errors in any materials associated with the
Contest, including but not limited to incorrectly listed post times.
PublicHandicapper.com may prohibit any player from participating in the Contest, if at the sole discretion of
PublicHandicapper.com, a player repeatedly shows a disregard for the these Rules, or acts (1) in an
unsportsmanlike manner; (2) with an intent to annoy, abuse, threaten, or harass any other player or
PublicHandicapper.com representative; or (3) in any other disruptive manner. PublicHandicapper.com may
terminate the Contest early at its own discretion; provided that all prizes will still be awarded.
Winners will be chosen by current player standings in the Contest at the time of termination. Computer entries
will be deemed to have been submitted by the authorized account holder of the e-mail address submitted at the
time of entry. "Authorized account holder" is defined as the natural person who is assigned to an e-mail address
by an Internet access provider, online service provider, or other organization (e.g., business, educational
institution, etc.) that is responsible for assigning e-mail addresses for the domain associated with the submitted
e-mail address. NO PLAYER MAY HAVE MORE THAN ONE PLAYER ID AND PASSWORD.
10. CONTACT US
You can contact PublicHandicapper.com at [email protected], or by writing to
PublicHandicapper.com, 594 Broadway, Suite 1202, New York, NY 10012
RUNNING ACES HARNESS PARK – LITTLE BROWN JUG HANDICAPPING
CONTEST
CONTEST GUIDELINES: This contest will be a TWO DAY Event. Day ONE of this event will determine 10 finalists to compete in Day TWO of this contest. If multiple entries finish 10th, they will ALL proceed to the Day TWO of this event. Day TWO of this contest the 10 Finalists will compete for the Grand Prize. This contest will be free to patrons prior to the first race at Running Aces on July 15, 2011. Participants may submit ONE entry free of cost. Participants may submit additional entries. Participants will pay $5.00 per entry for each additional entry. This process will be managed, and maintained by the Mutuels Manager or designee. Contest Dates: July 15, 2011 and July 16, 2011. 
All entries must be received prior to the 1st race at Running Aces Harness Park each day. No late entries will be accepted.  Participants may submit ONE entry free of cost. Participants may submit additional entries. Participants will pay $5.00 per entry for each additional entry. This process will be managed, and maintained by the Mutuels Manager or designee.  Bettors must be at least 18 years of age or older to participate in this contest. All violations of this rule will result in forfeiture of the participant’s entry fee and disqualification of their entry.  Ties will result in a tiebreaker contest on the next race day at Running Aces until a clear winner is established.  Running Aces Management and Staff reserve the right to alter or cancel this contest at anytime. Any issues regarding the integrity of the tournament are to be directed toward Running Aces Staff only. All final decisions will be made by the Mutuels Manager, or designee.  Cancellation of a full or partial card will delay the contest to the next racing date at Running Aces.  If the horse you selected is OFFICIALLY “Scratched” you will receive the betting favorite in that race. No changes to entries will be allowed. Results will be posted in Simulcast, and at the Front Desk as time permits throughout our race day. These results are not official, and not declared official until the final race has been declared official, and RAHP Management has had the opportunity to review the entries and determine they are legitimate. 10 Finalists will be selected based on order of finish to compete for the Grand Prize the following day, July 16, 2011, at Running Aces. PAYOUT STRUCTURE: Grand Prize – Full Expense Paid trip to the 2011 The Little Brown Jug. 10 Finalists will receive a Running Aces Hat and T‐shirt. POINT STRUCTURE: For each race on the track selected participants will choose one (1) of the entries. A mythical $20 WPS will be placed on that horse and points will be earned based on payouts. One (1) point will be earned for every dollar won in that race. (EX: Race 1, Participant “A” selects horse #1, horse #1 wins the race and pays $10.00 Win, $5.00 Place, and $3.00 Show. Participant “A” would receive 180 points; the mythical wager would have paid him $180.00 based on official payouts for that race. Participant “B” Selected selects horse #2 in the first race and he finishes 3rd, his official payout is $18.60 to show, Participant “B” would receive 186 points based on the $186.00 he would have won.) There will be a maximum point limit set for each race at 1500 points. Questions about the scoring system can be answered by ALL Mutuels personnel and our PHD. RUNNING ACES HARNESS PARK – SATURDAY SHOWDOWN
CONTEST GUIDELINES: Each contestant will pay a $5 entry fee of which 100% will go into the prize pool. Contest Dates: Saturdays in January Each tournament will have $200.00 guaranteed by Running Aces Harness Park. 
All entries must be received prior to the 1st race of the card selected each day. No late entries will be accepted.  Bettors must be at least 18 years of age or older to participate in this contest. All violations of this rule will result in forfeiture of the participant’s entry fee and disqualification of their card.  Multiple entries are not accepted. Any participant with Multiple entries will be disqualified and forfeit all entry fee’s paid towards the prize pool.  Ties will result in the splitting of the prize money accordingly for the position the contestants tied for.  Running Aces Management and Staff reserve the right to alter or cancel this contest at anytime. Any issues regarding the integrity of the tournament are to be directed toward Running Aces Staff only. All final decisions will be made by the Mutuels Manager, or designee.  Cancellation of a full card will result in 100% refunds to all participants.  Cancellation of a partial card will not result in refunds if the track has completed at least 50% of the races scheduled for that day.  If the horse you selected is OFFICIALLY “Scratched” you will receive the betting favorite in that race. No changes to entries will be allowed. RESULTS WILL BE POSTED EVERY HOUR ON THE HOUR NEAR THE SIMULCASTING AREA. THESE RESULTS ARE NOT OFFICAL AND WILL NOT BE DECLARED OFFICAL UNTIL THE FINAL RACE HAS BEEN DECLARED OFFICIAL AND RAHP MANAGEMENT HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW THE ENTRIES AND DETERMINE THEY ARE ALL LEGITIMATE. PAYOUT STRUCTURE: If Prize Pool is greater than $200.00 If Prize Pool is less than $200.00 1st – 60% 1st – $125.00 2nd – 30% 2nd – $50.00 3rd – 10% 3rd – $25.00 POINT STRUCTURE: For each race on the track selected contestants will choose one (1) of the entries. A mythical $20 WPS will be placed on that horse and points will be earned based on payouts. One (1) point will be earned for every dollar won in that race. (EX: Race 1, Contestant “A” selects horse #1, horse #1 wins the race and pays $10.00 Win, $5.00 Place, and $3.00 Show. Contestant “A” would receive 180 points; the mythical wager would have paid him $180.00 based on official payouts for that race. Contestant “B” Selected selects horse #2 in the first race and he finishes 3rd, his official payout is $18.60 to show, Contestant “B” would receive 186 points based on the $186.00 he would have won.) There will be a maximum point limit set for each race at 1500 points. Questions about the scoring system can be answered by ALL Mutuels personnel and our PHD. RUNNING ACES HARNESS PARK – SUNDAY SURVIVOR SERIES
Overview:
Running Aces will host the “Sunday Survivor Series” every Sunday at a preselected track. If
the preselected track cancels, all funds will carry over to the succeeding contest. Each
participant will pay $5.00 to enter in the contest. All winners must claim their prize at the
Simulcast Teller Windows. $500.00 will be guaranteed by RAHP to seed this Contest’s
Prize Pool. If the prize is not won it will Carry to the succeeding Sunday Series contest. All
additional entries will be added to the prize pool, and carried until won. Carryover, if any,
will be posted to internal communications, in Simulcast, and at the Front Desk.
Methodology:







Entrants will select a horse for each race at a preselected track to place 1st, 2nd, or 3rd in
all races offered at the preselected track.
If the entrant’s selected horse does not finish 1st, 2nd, or 3rd they will be eliminated from
the contest.
The Mutuel Manager or designee will update and post “total entrants” and “entrants still
alive” in the simulcast area after each race.
Multiple Entries will be accepted.
Entrants must be at least 18 years of age or older to participate in this contest.
All entries will be verified by the Mutuels Manager, or designee.
All costs will be expensed to the promotional fund within the Mutuels Departmental
budget.
How to enter:

A profile sheet of the preselected track and entry form will be available both at the Front
Desk, and in Simulcast beginning at 5PM each Saturday, and will remain available until
the 1st post of the preselected track every Sunday.
Disclaimers:

Management reserves the right to change or modify promotion. Valid photo
identification with proof of age (18 years or older) is required for prize redemption.
Prize Structure:

Total Prize pool will be divided equally to all entrants who select a horse to finish 1st,
2nd, or 3rd in all races at a preselected track.
N
2011 Emirates Airlines Thoroughbred Handicapping Championship at SHRP
Qualifying Rounds Saturday August 27 and September 3, 10 and 17
Championship Round Saturday September 24
Breeders Cup Tickets and $50 to the Winner of each Qualifying Round
VIP Breeders Cup Tickets, $400 and a Trophy to the Winner of the
Championship Round
OFFICIAL CONTEST RULES AND CONDITIONS
The 2011 Emirates Airlines Thoroughbred Handicapping Contest at SHRP (the “Contest”) will
be held on Saturday August 27 and on Saturday September 3, 10 and 17. The first four rounds
are Qualifying Rounds. Three persons from each Qualifying Round will advance to the
Championship Round on September 24. The contest format for each Qualifying Round and for
the Championship Round will be a mythical $2 win and place wager on each of 10 designated
Contest Races from one or more race tracks. Any races on an applicable day which are part of
the Breeders Cup Challenge will be automatically included as Contest Races.
The person with the highest mythical winnings in each Qualifying Round will win $50 and be
designated as the SHRP Thoroughbred Handicapper of the Week. That person each week will
also win two grandstand reserved tickets to the Breeders Cup to be held at Churchill Downs on
November 4 and 5, 2011.
In addition, the three persons with the highest mythical winnings in each Qualifying Round who
have not previously qualified will qualify to advance to the Championship Round.
Accordingly, a contestant may win multiple Qualifying Rounds and the prizes for those weeks,
but there would not be any double qualifying for the Championship Round.
Finally, the three qualifiers each week will have their pictures on view in the display case at the
Players Lounge Desk and on a section of SHRP’s web site which will be devoted to the Contest
(“the “Contest Web Page”).
Twelve persons will advance to the Championship Round. The person with the highest mythical
winnings in the Championship Round will be declared the 2011 SHRP Thoroughbred
Handicapping Champion and will receive $400 in prize money, a Championship Trophy and four
VIP tickets to the Breeders Cup. (If that person previously won a qualifying round, the two
grandstands reserved Breeders Cup tickets will be awarded to the highest finisher in the
Championship Round who did previously win tickets.)
ADDITIONAL RULES AND CONDITIIONS
1. Any patron 21 years or older can register for the Contest. There is no entry fee and there
are no purchases required.
2. The Contest Races for each Qualifying Round and the applicable entry form will be
available at the Players Lounge Desk and posted on the Contest Web Page approximately
48 hours in advance. Entry forms must be deposited at the designated collection points at
the north first floor entrance, the paddock door entrance or at such other points as may be
designated.
3. Each contestant may enter only one time per Qualifying Round. Contestants with duplicate
entries or more than one entry on any given Qualifying Round will be disqualified for that
day. All fields on the entry form must be completed for an entry to be eligible.
Contestants not filling in the entry form completely for a given Qualifying Round may be
disqualified for that day.
4. Only those persons who have qualified for the Championship Round may participate in it.
Certain of the procedural rules and conditions covered in paragraphs 2 and 3 above may be
modified for the Championship Round. The persons who have qualified for the
Championship round will be notified of any such modifications in a timely manner.
5. If there is a tie for any of the first three positions in a Qualifying Round, then the winner
for that position will be the person with the with the highest paying mythical win and
place wager. If there is a still a tie for the position in question, then the person with
highest number of correct win selections for the applicable Round will prevail. If there
still a tie, then there will a drawing to resolve the tie. If there is a tie for first place in the
Championship Round, then there will be a sudden death playoff with additional Contest
Races being designated until there is a winner.
6. If a horse is scratched following the contestant’s submission of an entry form, then the
horse named by the contestant as his or her alternate selection will be used. If both
horses are scratched, then the post time favorite will be used.
7.
If any Contest Race is cancelled, then that race will be excluded from the Contest, and the
Contest will proceed as if that race had never been designated as a Contest Race.
8.
Employees (including persons employed by on site contractors) of Sam Houston Race
Park, MAXXAM Corporation, Penn National Gaming Inc., or any of their affiliates,
and the immediate family members of any such employees MAY NOT ENTER the
Contest. Immediate family includes, but is not limited to any relative residing at the same
residence of the employee.
9. ALL INTERPRETATIONS OF THESE RULES AND CONDITIONS AND ALL
QUESTIONS NOT COVERED IN THESE RULES WILL BE DECIDED BY THE
MANAGEMENT OF SAM HOUSTON RACE PARK WHOSE DECISION WILL BE
FINAL AND WITHOUT ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OR RECOURSE OF ANY
KIND. AMONG OTHER THINGS, SAM HOUSTON RACE PARK RESERVES THE
RIGHT TO DECLARE THE CONTEST NULL AND VOID AND TO WITHOLD ALL
PRIZES IF THERE ARE ANY IRREGULARITIES OR UNFORSEEN PROBLEMS.
By entering the Contest, each contestant consents without limitations and without receiving
additional compensation to the use of his or her photograph, broadcast testimonial, and/or
likeness for advertising purposes by Sam Houston Race Park and its brokers or advertising
agencies
OFFICIAL RULES FOR “THE 2010 SANTA ANITA BATTLE OF
THE HANDICAPPING STARS”
1.
Player’s Bankroll:
This is a “real money” Handicapping Tournament. Players will be required to put up a $10,000
bankroll from which $2,500 will enter into a prize pool and $7,500 will be in tournament wagers
will be made over two days. At the conclusion of the tournament, any dollar amount remaining
in the bankroll – whether it grows to $20,000 or falls to $100 – remains the property of the
player.
2.
To Enter:
There is no entry fee to participate in any phase of this Tournament. However, of the initial
$10,000 bankroll, $2,500 is applied towards the prize money pool and $7,500 is for wagering.
A non-refundable deposit for $1,000 is required to confirm your spot in the Tournament. The
$1,000 deposit will be credited as part of your bankroll. With only 30 entries available the
earlier your bankroll is received the better the chance you have to participate. The remainder
of the $9,000 bankroll is due by February 19, 2010. Again the first thirty (30) checks received
by L.A.T.C. will determine who plays in the Tournament. Only one entry per person. No
partner entries. Please mail check (payable to Los Angeles Turf Club) along with your name,
address, telephone number and email to: Santa Anita Battle of the Handicapping Stars, PO Box
60014, Arcadia, CA 91006-6014. If for any reason your balance is not received by February 19,
2010. Only a bank check or cash will be accepted after this deadline.
3.
Format:
Tournament races will include all live races from Santa Anita Park on Saturday, February 27 and
Sunday, February 28, 2010 only. All wager types are allowed with the exception of Superfecta,
Super High-5 and multi-race bets. A minimum of $500 must be wagered on at least six (6)
races Saturday, February 27, totaling a minimum of $3,000 wagered. Should a player fail to bet
the required minimum number of races on Saturday’s card, 1,000 scoring points (at one point
per dollar) will be deducted form your Saturday total. A minimum of $750 must be bet on at
least 6 races Sunday, February 28, totaling a minimum of $4,500 wagered. Should a player fail
to bet the required minimum number of races on Sunday’s card, you will be disqualified and any
remaining balance will be returned. There are no maximums – players may wager as much as
they want, including winnings from their original bankroll, whenever they wish. The player with
the largest bankroll after the last race on Sunday is the Grand Prize winner.
Rule clarification – There are ten (10) races on Saturday, February 27. You are required to play
in at least six (6) of those races. For every race you don’t wager at least $500 of those six (6),
1,000 contest points will be deducted.
*Reminder that on Sunday, February 28 if you fail to wager at least $750 on six (6) races you
will be disqualified and your remaining bankroll will be refunded.
4.
Prizes
The prize money available is guaranteed at $85,000. $2,500 from each of the 30 players and
$10,000 added to the prize pool by Santa Anita Park. $50,000 for finishing first, $25,000 for
finishing second, $7,500 for finishing third, and $2,500 for finishing fourth. If contestants are
tied, prize money will be shared equally. The top three finishers at the end of two days play
will each receive entry into the 2011 DRF/NTRA Handicapping Challenge in Las Vegas, courtesy
of Santa Anita Park. Hotel rooms and airfare to Las Vegas are included. If for any reason one
of the top three finishers cannot attend or has already qualified for the National Championship,
the next highest placing qualifier will receive the entry. Depending on a particular situation,
L.A.T.C. (in cooperation with the NTRA) may assign an alternate qualifier.
5.
Player Cards
Each participant will be issued a player card used for all wagers. This card contains the “real
money” bankroll of $7,500. If a player loses his/her card or the card is not working, the player
should immediately report to FrontRunner to receive a new card or contact contest officials.
6.
Placing Wagers:
All wagers must be placed through self-service machines. Wagers will not be accepted through
mutuel tellers. Players must place all wagers personally. No person shall directly or indirectly
act as an intermediary, transmitter, or agent in placing wagers for the player, unless authorized
by L.A.T.C. tournament officials. All official track rulings will apply to wagers placed in the
Tournament except as otherwise stipulated. The tournament will be based on official’s
placement and mutuels at Santa Anita. If a player wagers on a track other than Santa Anita
Park for purposes of the contest, the player will be disqualified.
7.
IRS Withholding:
On winning wagers that result in a payoff at odds of 300 to 1 or greater AND pay over $5000,
IRS withholding will automatically be deducted from the player’s card. Whereas, for contest
scoring purposes, the gross amount of the winning wager will be recorded in the player’s score.
Please note for purposes of wagering in the contest, only the net amount (the amount received
after the IRS withholding) will be available to the player.
8.
Scratches
selection prior to the race subject to all other contest wagering rules. If the scratch results in a
player not making the minimum race or wager requirements, the standard penalty applies.
9.
Ties:
In a result of a tie between any of the top four finishing positions, the player with the highest
total of win bets won will be declared the winner. If the players tied have the same number of
win bets won, the most money from win bets will be declared the winner. If there is still a tie,
the player with the most money earned in the last race on Sunday that they played the $750
minimum in will be declared the winner. If there is still a tie, the most money earned in the
second to last race on Sunday, will be declared the winner. Only a total of 3 entries to the
National Handicapping Championship will be given away.
10.
Contest Standings:
Current standings will be posted after every race.
11.
INELIGIBILITY / DISCLOSURE:
The following are ineligible to participate in this contest: employees of Magna Entertainment
Corp. or any of its subsidiaries, Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc., Oak Tree Racing Association, Santa
Anita Culinary Services, or any of their subsidiaries; members of the California Horse Racing
Board, or members of their immediate families, including spouses, children, siblings and parents
of any of the foregoing; trainers, employees of the National Thoroughbred Association. If
anyone has any ownership interest in any horses running in any of the applicable tournament
races then all involvements must be fully disclosed to all players in the tournament.
12.
TAXES:
Liability for any and all federal, state, and local taxes is solely the responsibility of prize winners.
13.
AFFIDAVITS:
Affidavits confirming compliance of all the rules of this contest will be required of all finalists.
The grand prizewinner acknowledges that if they enter this contest under a fraudulent name
and/or Social Security number, they will be immediately disqualified from this and all future
contests held by Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc., and Oak Tree Racing Association. Positive
identification is required of all prizewinners. Positive identification is a valid California Driver’s
License with a picture and the same address and birth date used on the entry forms, and/or
such other form of identification as deemed adequate by contest officials. Social Security
information is also the responsibility of the player. Social Security information must be provided
before the players are given their bankroll cards.
14.
The management of The Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc. and Oak Tree Racing Association reserves
the right to interpret all questions and conditions in regard to this event, without claim for
damages or recourse of any kind. The management of The Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc. with
those decisions to be final will decide all questions and
definitions not covered explicitly in these rules.
OFFICIAL RULES FOR “THE 2011 SANTA ANITA
NHC CHALLENGE”
SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 26 - SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 27
MUST BE AN NHC TOUR MEMBER TO PARTICIPATE IN THE TOURNAMENT
(SEE #12)
1. Player’s Bankroll:
This is a “real money” handicapping tournament. A $50 entry fee and a $500 live
money-wagering card. (Total cost to enter =$550 Cash Only). At the conclusion of the
contest, any dollar amount remaining on the wagering card remains the property of the
player.
2. To Enter:
To enter the contest visit the Main Thoroughbreds Center located in the Santa Anita
Grandstand. You need a $50 cash entry fee and a $500 Cash bankroll for each entry.
Total cost for each entry is $550. You may purchase a maximum of 2 entries for this
contest. Should a person enter a contest more than twice: he/she shall be disqualified
from the contest.
Players may enter the contest once the gates open on Saturday, February 26. The
deadline to enter the contest (including 2nd entries) will be post time for the 4th race on
Saturday February 26. Contestants will be asked to provide a photo id to determine age
and/or identity.
Entry fees are non-refundable
YOU MUST BRING $550 CASH TO ENTER THE CONTEST. NO CREDIT CARD OR
PERSONAL CHECKS WILL BE ACCEPTED.
3.
Format:
Tournament races will include all live races from Santa Anita Park on Saturday,
February 26 and Sunday, February 27, 2011 only. Permitted wagers will include Win,
Place, Show and Exacta Wagers Only. Players must wager at least $200 on Saturday
and minimum of $500 over both days of the contest. There are no maximums – players
may wager as much as they want, including winnings from their original bankroll,
whenever they wish. The players with the top three bankrolls after the last race on
Sunday will be declared the winners. It is the player’s responsibility to meet the
wagering requirements of at least $200 on Saturday and a minimum of $500 for the
contest. If a player fails to reach the wagering minimums or places a wager on their
card other than Win, Place, Show or Exacta on a live Santa Anita race, they will be
disqualified from the contest. The remaining bankroll on the player’s wagering card
remains the property of the player however their entry fee will not be refunded.
4.
Prizes
The top three finishers at the end of two days play will each receive entry into the 2012
DRF/NTRA Handicapping Championship in Las Vegas, courtesy of Santa Anita Park.
Hotel rooms and airfare to Las Vegas are included. If for any reason one of the top
three finishers cannot attend or has already qualified for the National Handicapping
Championship, the next highest placing qualifier will receive the entry. Depending on a
particular situation, L.A.T.C. (in cooperation with the NTRA) may assign an alternate
qualifier.
The top three finishers will also receive entry into the Santa Anita $40 Handicapping
Contest Finals held on April 16-17. This entry is not transferable and the player must be
at Santa Anita on April 16-17 to participate in the contest.
5.
Player Cards
Each participant will be issued a player card used for all wagers. This card contains the
“real money” bankroll of $500. If a player loses his/her card or the card is not working,
the player should immediately report to the Main THOROUGHBREDS Center to receive
a new card or contact contest officials. Santa Anita Park/Los Angeles Turf Club is not
responsible for any races missed due to a player losing his/her wagering card.
6.
Placing Wagers:
All wagers must be placed through self-service machines. Wagers will not be accepted
through mutuel tellers. Players must place all wagers personally. No person shall
directly or indirectly act as an intermediary, transmitter, or agent in placing wagers for
the player, unless authorized by L.A.T.C. tournament officials. All official track rulings
will apply to wagers placed in the Tournament except as otherwise stipulated. The
tournament will be based on official’s placement and mutuels at Santa Anita. If a player
wagers on a track other than Santa Anita Park for purposes of the contest, the player
will be disqualified.
7. Cashing Out the Balance of the Player Wagering Card:
Players will not be able to cash out their wagering card until after the final live Santa
Anita race on Sunday, February 27th becomes official. Should player cash out his/her
card before the last live Santa Anita Race is official, that player’s entry will be
disqualified from any prizes.
8.
IRS Withholding:
On winning wagers that result in a payoff at odds of 300 to 1 or greater AND pay over
$5000, IRS withholding will automatically be deducted from the player’s card. Whereas,
for contest scoring purposes, the gross amount of the winning wager will be recorded in
the player’s score. Please note for purposes of wagering in the contest, only the net
amount (the amount received after the IRS withholding) will be available to the player.
9.
Scratches
If a horse is scratched after a wager is placed, it is the player’s responsibility to change
his/her selection prior to the race subject to all other contest and pari-mutuel wagering
rules.
10.
Ties:
In a result of a tie between any of the top three finishing positions, the player with the
highest total wagers will be declared the winner for NHC qualifying purposes. For
example, if two players tie for 3rd place and player #1 has wagered a total $500 ending
with a bankroll of $1,000 and player #2 has wagered a total $1,500 finishing with a
bankroll of $1,000 (based on wagering his winnings as well as original bankroll), Player
#2 will receive the NHC qualifying spot. Only a total of 3 entries to the National
Handicapping Championship will be given away. If both players wagered the same
amount and finished with the same final bankroll, the player with the highest single race
profit will be given the NHC spot. In the event both players wagered the same amount,
finished with the same bankroll, and tied with the largest single race profit, the NHC spot
will be decided by coin flip.
For purposes of the three entries into the Santa Anita $40 Handicapping Contest Finals,
all players involved in a tie for the top three positions will receive entry to the Finals held
on April 16-17.
11.
Contest Standings:
Current standings will be posted after every race or as soon as the information is
available.
12.
NHC Tour Membership Required to Participate:
As required by the NTRA rules: All tournament participants must be members of the
NHC Tour before they can qualify to participate in the NHC in Las Vegas. Tourney
participants may register for the NHC Tour at www.NTRA.com/content/nhctour. The
cost is a one-time fee of $45. NHC Tour members must be at least 21 years of age to
participate in the NHC in Las Vegas
13.
INELIGIBILITY / DISCLOSURE:
The following are ineligible to participate in this contest: employees of MID or any of its
subsidiaries, Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc., Santa Anita Culinary Services, or any of their
subsidiaries; members of the California Horse Racing Board, or members of their
immediate families, including spouses, children, siblings and parents of any of the
foregoing; trainers, employees of the National Thoroughbred Racing Association.
If anyone has any ownership interest in any horses running in any of the applicable
tournament races then all involvements must be fully disclosed to all players in the
tournament.
14.
TAXES:
Liability for any and all federal, state, and local taxes is solely the responsibility of prize
winners.
15.
AFFIDAVITS:
Affidavits confirming compliance of all the rules of this contest will be required of all
finalists. The grand prizewinner acknowledges that if they enter this contest under a
fraudulent name and/or Social Security number, they will be immediately disqualified
from this and all future contests held by Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc., and Oak Tree
Racing Association. Positive identification is required of all prizewinners. Positive
identification is a valid California Driver’s License with a picture and the same address
and birth date used on the entry forms, and/or such other form of identification as
deemed adequate by contest officials. Social Security information is also the
responsibility of the player. Social Security information must be provided before the
players are given their bankroll cards.
16.
The management of The Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc. reserves the right to interpret all
questions and conditions in regard to this event, without claim for damages or recourse
of any kind. The management of The Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc. with those decisions
to be final will decide all questions and definitions not covered explicitly in these rules.
$40 SANTA ANITA HANDICAPPING CONTEST
Held every Friday, Saturday & Sunday of the 2010-2011 Santa Anita Meet
Except Dec.26th, 2010 and the Contest Finals April 15th, 16th and 17th 2011
1. Player’s Bankroll:
This is a “real money” handicapping tournament. A $10 entry fee and a $30 live moneywagering card. (Total cost to enter =$40). At the conclusion of the contest, any dollar amount
remaining on the wagering card remains the property of the player.
2. To Enter:
You need a $10 cash entry fee and a $30 betting voucher for each entry. Total cost for each entry
is $40. You may purchase a maximum of 2 entries per contest. Should a person enter a contest
more than twice: he/she shall be disqualified from prize money for that contest. Contestants
loading more than $30 onto their card may be disqualified.
Players may enter the contest once the gates open. No entries may be taken after 15 minutes to
post for the 4th race in an 8 race card, 5th race in a 9 race card, 6th race in a 10 race card and so
on. A contestant may be asked to provide a photo id to determine age and/or identity
3. Format:
You must make $3 Win / Place wagers on one (1) horse in five (5) live Santa Anita Races for a
total of $30 wagered. No more than $3 Win/Place shall be played on any one (1) horse.
The player with the highest bankroll at the end of the contest will be declared the winner, the 2nd
highest bankroll will receive the second place prize and the 3rd highest bankroll will receive the
third prize. The end of the contest will be the final live Santa Anita race of the day.
You must play only one (1) horse in five (5) different live Santa Anita Races.
Playing more or less* than five (5) horses will result in disqualification.
*(Subject to late scratch rules of this contest)
In the event of disqualification, entry fees are non-refundable.
4. Cashing Out the Balance of the Player Wagering Card.
Players will not be able to cash out their wagering card until after the final live Santa Anita race
becomes official. Should player cash out his/her card before the last live Santa Anita Race is
official, that player’s entry will be disqualified from any prize money.
5. Prizes
Players keep all winnings plus a $500 daily prize for the highest final bankroll, $200 will go to
the 2nd highest bankroll and $100 to the 3rd largest bankroll.
Each daily winner will also qualify for the finals on to be held on Friday, April 15th, Saturday
April 16th and Sunday April 17th 2011.
There will be three (3) separate finals. Winners of a Friday Contest will compete in the Friday
Finals held on April 15th, 2011. Winners of a Saturday Contest will compete in the Saturday
Finals held on April 16th, 2011. Winners of a Sunday Contest will compete in the Sunday Finals
held on Sunday April 17th 2011.
A player may qualify for all three finals. A player shall have no more than one entry in any one
of the three (3) finals.
All players that qualify for the any of the finals will play for the following prize (s)
 1st Place- Entry into the 2012 DRF/NTRA Handicapping Championships in Las Vegas,
Nevada
6. Player Wagering Cards
Each participant will be issued a player card used for all wagers. This card will be loaded with a
“real money” bankroll of $30. If a player loses his / her card or the card is not working, the
player should immediately report to the contest officials to receive a new card.
7. Placing Wagers:
All wagers must be placed through self-service machines. Wagers will not be accepted through
mutuel tellers. Players must place all wagers personally. No person shall directly or indirectly act
as an intermediary, transmitter or agent in placing wagers for the player, unless authorized by
L.A.T.C tournament officials.
All official track rulings will apply to wagers placed in the tournament except as otherwise
stipulated. The tournament will be based on official’s placement and mutuels at Santa Anita. If a
player wagers on a track other than Santa Anita Park for purposes of this contest, the player will
be disqualified.
Should a player bet anything other than $3 Win/Place ($6 total) on a single betting interest, that
player’s entry will be disqualified from any prize money.
Should a player load more than $30 onto their card, that player may be disqualified from any
prize money and no refund of entry fee(s) shall be given.
8. Scratches:
selection prior to the race subject to all other contest wagering rules. If the scratch results in a
player having only 4 wagers, six points (dollars) will be deducted from the player’s total. This
will be used for contest scoring only and will not affect the player’s live money card balance.
More than one late scratch (resulting in the player having three wagers in or less) will result in
disqualification from any prize money.
9. IRS Withholding:
On winning wagers that result in a payoff at odds of 300 to 1 or greater AND pay over $5000,
IRS withholding will automatically be deducted from the player’s card. Whereas, for contest
scoring purposes, the gross amount of the winning wager will be recorded in the player’s score.
Please note for purposes of wagering in the contest, only the net amount (the amount received
after the IRS withholding) will be available to the player.
9. Ties:
In a result of a tie between any of the top three finishing positions, the players will share the cash
prizes. In the event of a tie for first, all of the players that have tied for 1st will qualify for the
finals. A tie-breaker shall be instituted for the Contest Finals.
10. Contest Standings:
Contest standings will be posted timely, and at the discretion of the contest coordinator.
11. Ineligibility / Disclosure:
The following are ineligible to participate in this contest: employees of Magna Entertainment
Corp. or any of its subsidiaries, Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc., Oak Tree Racing Association,
Santa Anita Culinary Services, or any of their subsidiaries; members of the California Horse
Racing Board, or members of their immediate families. If anyone has any ownership interest in
any horses running in any of the applicable tournament races then all involvements must be fully
disclosed to all players in the tournament.
12. Taxes:
Liability for any and all federal, state, and local taxes is solely the responsibility of prize
winners.
13. Affidavits:
Affidavits confirming compliance of all the rules of this contest will be required of all finalists.
The grand prize winner acknowledges that if they enter this contest under a fraudulent name
and/or Social Security number, they will be immediately disqualified from this and all future
contests held by Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc., and Oak Tree Racing Association. Positive
identification is required of all prizewinners. Positive identification is a valid state driver’s
license/id with a picture and the same address and birth date used on the entry forms, and/or such
other form of identification as deemed adequate by contest officials. Social Security information
is also the responsibility of the player.
14. Judging and Disputes:
The management of The Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc. and Oak Tree Racing Association reserves
the right to interpret all questions and conditions in regard to this event, without claim for
damages or recourse of any kind. The management of The Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc. with
those decisions to be final will decide all questions and definitions not covered explicitly in these
rules.
2010-2011 $10,000 Strub Series Handicapping Challenge
THE CONTEST:
Pick the winner(s) of the 2010 Malibu Stakes, the 2009 San Fernando Stakes and the
2011 Strub Stakes and you will win your share of $10,000 cash.
TO ENTER:
Entries were mailed to the Santa Anita mailing list and will be distributed, one per
person, at the admission gates at Santa Anita Park only on Sunday, December 26,
2010 until 10 minutes prior to the Malibu Stakes. You may enter the contest a maximum of
two times. Only one winning card will be carried to Round II and Round III of the Strub
Series Handicapping Challenge.
On Sunday, December 26, 2010, entries must be submitted no later than five minutes
before the post time of the Malibu Stakes. Entries must be deposited in any of the
contest boxes located throughout Santa Anita Park only. Contestants are to complete
the contest entry with the official program entry numbers of the five (5) horses they
believe have the greatest chance to win the 2010 Malibu Stakes. If one of the horses
that corresponds to the numbers they selected wins the 2010 Malibu Stakes, they will
be invited back (by mail) for the Second round of Strub Series Handicapping Challenge,
the San Fernando Stakes, to be run on Saturday, January 15, 2011.
In round two of the Strub Series Handicapping Challenge, on Saturday January 15,
2011, entries must be submitted no later than five minutes before the post time of the
2011 San Fernando Stakes. Entries must be deposited in any of the Strub Series
Handicapping Challenge contest boxes located throughout Santa Anita Park only.
Contestants are to complete the contest entry with the official program entry numbers
of the three (3) horses they believe have the greatest chance to win the 2011 San
Fernando Stakes. If one of the horses that corresponds to the numbers they selected
wins the 2011 San Fernando Stakes, they will be invited back (by mail) for the Third and
Final round of Strub Series Handicapping Challenge, the Stub Stakes, to be run on
Saturday, February 5, 2011.
For the final round of the Strub Series Handicapping Challenge, on Saturday, February
5, 2011, entries must be submitted no later than five minutes before the post time of the
2011 Strub Stakes. Entries must be deposited in any of the Strub Series Handicapping
Challenge contest boxes located throughout Santa Anita Park only. Contestants are to
complete the contest entry with the official program entry number of one (1) horse
they believe will win the 2011 Strub Stakes. If the horse that corresponds to the number
they selected wins the 2011 Strub Stakes, they will win $10,000. If there is more than
one winner, the $10,000 will be equally divided among all the contest winners.
CONTEST ENTRIES AND DEADLINES:
All entries for each round of the 2010-2011 Strub Series Handicapping Challenge must
be deposited on the day of each Strub Series Handicapping Challenge race at Santa
Anita Park only, and must be submitted no later than five (5) minutes before post time of
designated races. We do not except entry’s by fax, mail, or email.
SCRATCHES:
If a horse that corresponds to a numbered entry on a contestant’s card is scratched at
any time before the running of the designated race, there will be no transfer of entries or
choices. All original selections made are final.
DEAD HEATS:
In the case of a dead heat all the official tote board winning numbers will be declared
contest-winning numbers.
PRIZES:
The cash prize(s) will be mailed to contest winners within 30 working days of the final
round of the 2010-2011 Strub Series Handicapping Challenge. If cash prize(s) amount
is $600 or over, official form completion will be necessary before check(s) are mailed
out.
NO PURCHASE NECESSARY:
There is no purchase necessary to participate in the 2010-2011 Strub Series
Handicapping Challenge. Santa Anita Park may use your personal data for future
marketing programs.
REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTESTANTS:
Entrants must be 18 years of age or older. By entering the Strub Series Handicapping
Challenge, all winners agree to sign an affidavit stating that all prize winners confirm
compliance with the rules of this contest and agree to be interviewed, photographed,
and/or videotaped for purposes of publicity and advertising promoted by the Los
Angeles Turf Club, Inc. In addition, the contestant agrees such photographs or tape
may be published or used without further compensation or further consent.
LEGIBILITY:
The Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc. assumes no responsibility for cards deemed illegible
by contest officials. PRINT YOUR NAME, ADDRESS, CITY, ZIP CODE, BIRTHDAY,
AND EMAIL ADDRESS CLEARLY.
AFFIDAVIT:
An affidavit confirming compliance of all rules of this contest and permission to use
likeness for photographs and publicity will be required of all prize winners. Winning
persons acknowledge that if they enter this contest under a fraudulent name and/or
Social Security number, they will be immediately disqualified from this and all future
contests held by the Los Angeles Turf Club Inc. Positive identification is required of all
prize winners. (Positive identification is a valid California Driver License with a picture
and the same address and birth date used on contest cards, and/or such other form of
identification as deemed adequate by contest officials.)
DISQUALIFICATION:
In the event that a finalist is disqualified for any reason, any prize money won by that
finalist will be forfeited.
LIABILITY OF FEDERAL AND STATE TAXES:
Liability for any and all federal and state taxes is solely the responsibility of prize
winners. No prize money will be paid without Social Security numbers. Affidavit that
prize winners have complied with the complete rules of this contest will be required.
INELIGIBILITY:
The following are ineligible to participate in this contest: employees of M I
Developments, or any of its subsidiaries, Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc., Santa Anita
Hospitality, or any of their subsidiaries; employees of their advertising agencies or
public relations consultants; members of the media, horsemen, backstretch personnel,
vendors or any individual credentialed by or through Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc., or
the California Horse Racing Board, or members of their immediate families, including
spouses, children, siblings and parents of any of the foregoing.
Management of the Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc. reserves the right to interpret all
questions and conditions in regard to this event, without claim for damages or
recourse of any kind. All questions and definitions not covered explicitly in these rules
will be decided by the management of the Los Angeles Turf Club Inc.
It Pays To Play Everyday
Santa Anita ShowVivor Online Contest
Entry and Registration
No purchase necessary; free entry. No cost for registration. Contest open to legal residents of the United States
(excluding Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands) and Canada who are 18 years of age or older as of their date of
registration.
Void where prohibited by law. Contest begins at 12:50 p.m. PST, Saturday, October 1, and ends with the last race
of the 2011 Santa Anita Autumn Meet, on November 6, 2011 or earlier when contest is decided.
To enter the contest, go to www.santaanita.com and complete the electronic registration form. Santa Anita must
receive all registrations by (15) minutes to the first post on October 1. Contestants must provide name, e-mail
address and ShowVivor password. No faxed, electronically mailed, U.S. postal service entries or phoned-in entries
allowed.
Limit: One entry per person (regardless of whether one person has more then one e-mail address). Duplicate
entries are cause for disqualification of all involved entries.
It is sole responsibility of the entrant to notify Santa Anita Park in writing if the entrant changes his/her e-mail
address: To do so, please write to: Santa Anita Park c/o Marketing P.O. Box 60014 Arcadia, CA 91066
Santa Anita and its sponsor(s) assume no responsibility for lost, late, misdirected, illegible or mutilated entries.
Santa Anita is not responsible for lost, interrupted or unavailable hardware or software or technical failures, or
jumped transmission or other errors of any kind, whether human, mechanical or electronic. Once submitted,
entries become the sole property of Santa Anita and will not be returned.
Eligibility
The following are ineligible to participate: officers and employees of Santa Anita or any members of their
immediate families; trainers, jockeys and their agents; backstretch workers of horses wherever stabled or running.
Winner Selection Visit ShowVivor, sign up, then select one horse on each of the remaining race days of the 2011
Santa Anita live meet (through Sunday, November 6) to finish no worse than third. If successful on Day No.1, the
contestant moves on to Day No.2 and so on. The player who has survived the longest at the end of the contest will
earn the top prize of $3,000.
Entrants who correctly select a horse to finish no worse than third are eligible to select a horse for the following
race day and continue in the contest. Entrants who fail to correctly select a horse that finishes no worse than third
or fail to make a selection before the deadline of any race day are eliminated from the contest.
In the event an entrant's selection is a late scratch or declared a non-starter for pari-mutuel wagering purposes,
the entrant will receive the actual betting favorite in that respective race.
In the event the entrant selects a horse that is part of a coupled entry or mutuel field, you will receive both horses
in the coupled entry in the ShowVivor contest. Therefore, one of the coupled horses must finish no worse then
third for the entrant to remain eligible in the contest.
Entrants cannot make more than one selection in any one race day. Selections are final. Selections must be placed
by the contestant only at ShowVivor. The entrant is solely responsible for ensuring that his or her selection is
correct. No changes will be made once wagering is closed.
In the event that the entrant did not make any selections or missed the deadline to make selections, the entrant is
then disqualified from the contest. Santa Anita park is not liable for any events which may cause the entrant to
miss contest deadlines.
In the event that multiple contestants are still alive on Saturday, October 29, then beginning with that date a tiebreaker will be put in place and will be in effect until the contest ends or the meet ends on Sunday, Novwmber 6.
The tie breaker will be the highest show price payoff prior to October 29. The second tie-breaker will be the
highest show price payoff after October 29. If a single Showvivor player wins the contest before November 6, then
the tie-breaker condition will not be in effect. This condition will only take place should there be more than 1
contestant still alive after the races on November 6 or if the final contestants are eliminated on the same day.
How to Play
The goal of ShowVivor contest is to select one horse from the remaining race days of the 2011 Santa Anita Autumn
live meet (through Sunday, November 6) to finish no worse than third. If successful on Day No. 1, you move on to
Day No. 2, and so no. The handicapper who lasts the longest gets the top prize of $3,000.
· The deadline to make each daily selection is (10) minutes to the first post of that given race day. Please contact
Santa Anita for more information at (626) 574-RACE or ShowVivor .
Note - This is an online contest. No selections will be made by phone or via e-mail.
To enter the contest you must register by October 1 at ShowVivor. Sign up deadline is 12:45 p.m. pacific standard
time. Contestants must provide name, e-mail address and a password. No faxed, electronically mailed or phoned
in entries are allowed. One entry per person (regardless of whether one person has more than one e-mail address).
Duplicate entries are cause for disqualification of all involved entries.
If you have any questions or comments, please e-mail them to ShowVivor Webmaster.
Santa Anita and its sponsor(s) assume no responsibility for lost, late, misdirected, illegible or mutilated entries.
Santa Anita and their sponsor(s) are not responsible for lost, interrupted or unavailable hardware or software or
technical failures, or jumped transmission or other errors of any kind, whether human, mechanical or electronic.
Once submitted, entries become the sole property of Santa Anita and will not be returned or changed.
HOW TO SIGN UP:
There is NO entry fee to participate in the ShowVivor Online Contest. To enter the contest you must register by
October 1 at ShowVivor. Sign up deadline is 12:45 p.m. pacific standard time. Each contestant will get an email
that verifies their entry into the Santa Anita ShowVivor Online Contest within one hour of completing the sign-up
process. Participants may review their bets and standings at ShowVivor.
Contestants must use their ShowVivor Profile information for sign-up and daily selections in the Santa Anita
ShowVivor . Contestants with ShowVivor Profiles with non-functioning email addresses will be eliminated and their
entry fee will be forfeited.
If you do not have a ShowVivor Profile (CLICK HERE).
The sign-up process for the Santa Anita ShowVivor Online Contest has five steps:
1. ShowVivor Profile.
Enter your ShowVivor User Name and ShowVivor Password in the Contest section of the ShowVivor Main Page
2. ShowVivor Profile Verification.
Verify the basic information in your ShowVivor Profile – Email Address, First Name, Last Name, Date of Birth and the Subscription or nonsubscription to publicity email lists – and input additional information: Mailing Address, City, State/Province, ZIP and Telephone Number.
3. Official Rules Acknowledgement.
Contestants must agree to abide by the Official Rules for the Santa Anita.
4. ShowVivor Display Name.
Select a Santa Anita ShowVivor Display Name. This is the name that will be listed in the leader board.
5. Free Entry Participation.
Prizes
The last contestant left standing wins the $3,000 Grand Prize. Second Place will receive $1,500 and third place will
receive $500. The Santa Anita ShowVivor contest will begin October 1. All registrations must be received by 12:45
p.m. PST, October 1. In the case of a dead heat, official race results will determine if an entrant's selection
finished first, second or third.
The winner is the entrant who correctly selects a horse to finish no worse then third on each day of the remaining
race days of the 2011 Santa Anita live meet (through Sunday, November 6). If NO entrant successfully completes
the season; the entrant(s) who completed the highest number of consecutive days will be declared the winner(s).
In the event that multiple contestants are still alive on Saturday, October 29, then beginning with that date a tiebreaker will be put in place and will be in effect until the contest ends or the meet ends on Sunday, November 6.
The tie breaker will be the highest show price payoff prior to October 29. The second tie-breaker will be the
highest show price payoff after October 29. If a single Showvivor player wins the contest before November 6, then
the tie-breaker condition will not be in effect. This condition will only take place should there be more than 1
contestant still alive after the races on November 6 or if the final contestants are eliminated on the same day.
$3,000 Grand Prize
$1,500 Second Place
$500 Third Place
General Conditions
The laws of the United States govern this contest. All Federal, State, provincial and local laws and regulations
apply. By entering, participants release and hold harmless, Santa Anita, Select Net, their sponsors, their respective
parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, trustees, officers, employees and agents from any and all liability for
any injuries, loss or damage of any kind arising from or in connecting with any prize won. Winners are subject to
all State and Federal Tax Requirements.
Conduct
The official rules will post on the Santa Anita contest website: ShowVivor throughout the contest. By entering the
contest, the entrant agrees to be bound by these official rules and the decisions of Santa Anita, which shall be
final and binding in all respects.
Santa Anita and its sponsors reserve the right to, at their sole discretion, disqualify any individual that: tampers or
attempts to tamper with the entry process or the operation of the contest or website; violates the official rules; or
acts in a disruptive manner, or with intent to annoy, abuse, threaten or harass any other person.
Notification
Winners will be notified by e-mail or phone within 10 days after the date the winners are determined. Winners
may be required to sign and return an affidavit of eligibility and acceptance of these official rules and a
publicity/liability release (unless prohibited by law) within 30 days following attempted notification.
By accepting any prize, the winner grants permission to Santa Anita use their names and/or likenesses for publicity
and promotional purposes without further compensation, unless prohibited by law and agree to execute a written
consent upon request.
In the event of a dispute about the identity of any entrant, entries made online will be declared made by the
authorized account holder of the e-mail address submitted at the time of entry. "Authorized account holder" is
defined as the natural person who is assigned to an email address by an Internet access provider, online service
provider or other organization too is responsible for assigning email address for the domain associated with the
submitted email address. A potential winner may be required to provide the sponsors with proof that the potential
winner is the authorized account holder of the email address associated with the winning entry.
Judging and Disputes
The management of the Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc. reserves the rights to interpret all questions and conditions in
regard to this event, without claim for damages or recourse of any kind. All questions and definitions not covered
explicitly in these rules will be decided by the management of the Los Angeles Turf Club, Inc., with those decisions
to be final. See complete rules at Santa Anita Park.
2011 Saratoga Handicapping Challenge
August 10th & 11th, 2011
The top three [3]finishers of the 2011 “Battle of Saratoga” Handicapping Challenge will be
eligible for The NTRA/Daily Racing Form National Handicapping Championship.
Approximately $2,000,000 in prize money will be available with the individual winner to receive
both $1,000,000, and NTRA Handicapper of the Year honors at the 2012 Eclipse Awards.
The New York Racing Association, Inc. will provide reimbursement for airfare for each of the
top three [3] finishers of our qualifying tournament*. The NTRA will provide for a three-night
stay at the official tournament hotel for the 2012 championship event.
New this year per the NTRA: All contestants at qualifying tournaments must have paid a onetime annual NTRA membership fee of $45 in order to be eligible to compete at the National
Championship. Contestants may opt not to purchase the $45 annual NTRA membership, but they
would then be competing in qualifying tournaments for purse money only at the qualifiers, and
not for the available berths in the NHC Finals. NHC berths at a given qualifier will only be
available to those who are paid NTRA members prior to the start of competition at a qualifying
tournament. Please contact the NTRA directly if you have any questions or concerns
regarding these stipulations.
In the event of a tie, the following tie-breaking rules will be used to decide the three-member
Aqueduct travel team:
7.
8.
9.
If a tie still exists, highest-priced winner over the two-day tournament (based on $2
win payoff).
If a tie still exists, highest money total after day one of the two-day tournament.
*NYRA will reimburse airfare for our Las Vegas qualifiers, at a maximum of $450 round trip.
Per NTRA regulations, if a contestant has already qualified for the Las Vegas team via
another NHC tournament, they must arrange travel and reimbursement through that
qualifying entity.
“Battle of Saratoga” 2011
Rules & Regulations
Dates:
Site:
Entry Fee:
Field Size:
Prize Money:
Tracks:
August 10th and 11th, 2011
Saratoga Race Course, At the Rail Tent
$1,000
150 entries, (maximum one entry per person)
June 29th, 2011 through July 27th, 2011 – or until capacity is reached.
$150,000 (based on 150 entries). All entry fees are returned in prize
money.
August 10: Saratoga, Delaware Park & The First Three (3) Races at
Delmar **
August 11: Saratoga, Arlington, and Calder
** In the event that, due to circumstances beyond NYRA’s control, live racing is cancelled at
our host track, Finger Lakes will be designated as the alternate New York area wagering
track.
6. Entrants will make ten [10] contest wagers each contest day.
7. Entrants will make nine [9] mythical $20 win, place or show wagers on each contest day.
8. Entrants will make one [1] mythical $40 win, place or show wager on each contest day.
9. Entrants may select only one horse per race. Coupled betting entries and mutuel fields
will be regarded as a single selection.
10. Entrants cannot make more than one wager in any one race. Multiple wagers on one race
will result in the loss of both wagers and no replacement wager will be given.
6. At least five [5] selections per day must be made on races conducted at Saratoga and no
more than five [5] wagers may be made on tracks other than Saratoga on each contest day.
7. In the event more than five [5] wagers are made on tracks other than Saratoga, only
the first five [5] of those wagers placed on nonSaratoga tracks will be counted, regardless of if the wager was a $20 or $40 wager. The
first five wagers will be defined as the five races with the earliest actual start time on that
contest day.
8. In the event of a late scratch of a contestant’s horse, the contestant is allowed to re-bet the
race if time permits. If the contestant does not have time to place a new wager, he or she will
receive a no contest wager for that race. If there are no contest races remaining, the
contestant will not receive another wager. If the late scratch prohibits a contestant from
making their mandatory five [5] Saratoga wagers, he or she will not receive an alternate race
to wager on.
9. In the event that an entrant places more than nine [9] $20 contest wagers in a contest day,
only the first nine [9] defined as the nine [9] races with the earliest actual start time on that
contest day will be counted, unless less than five [5] total Saratoga races have been selected,
in which case rule 7 will also apply
10. In the event that an entrant places more than one [1] $40 wager in a contest day, only the
first wager defined as the first race with the earliest actual start time on that contest day will
be counted.
11. In the event that an entrant places less than ten [10] wagers during a contest day, the
entrant will receive $0 for any unplaced wager. Unplaced wagers may not be carried to a
subsequent contest day.
12. Win odds will be capped at 15-1, resulting in a maximum payoff of $320 on a $20 win
bet and $640 on a $40 win bet. Place and show odds are capped at 8-1, resulting in a
maximum payoff of $180 on a $20 bet and $360 on a $40 bet.
14. Bets must be placed by the contestant only at a designated location for tournament play,
only in the At the Rail Tent at the Saratoga Race Course. The entrant is solely responsible
for ensuring that his or her wager is correct. No changes will be allowed once wagering is
closed.
15. The decision of the judges, NYRA Marketing and Special Events, in all matters or
disputes relating to the tournament is final.
in tie.
Finish
Prize Money
st
1
$75,000
2nd
25,000
rd
15,000
3
4th
8,500
th
5
6,000
5,000
6th
th
7
3,000
8th
2,000
9th
1,500
th
th
1,000
10 thru 15
Two.
General Rules







Officers and employees of New York Racing Association Inc., and their family members
are not eligible for the tournament.
Entrants must place their wagers via the Self Service Terminals dedicated to the
tournament. These machines will be clearly marked as such.
Registration will be available through July 27th, 2011 OR UNTIL CAPACITY HAS BEEN
REACHED. No registrations or payments will be accepted after that date, or after contest
capacity is reached. You may register by completing an entry form and submitting a personal
check, cash, Visa, Amex, Master Card, or money order in the amount of $1,000 along with the
entrant's name, address, social security number and phone number. Registration by mail must
be received no later than July 27th, 2011 (based on availability). There will be no
registrations at the door.
Mail to: NYRA
Attn: Audrey Harding
P.O. Box 90
Jamaica, NY 11417
Shortly after the tournament registration is closed, you will receive a registration packet.
This is your entry ticket into the tournament. No duplicates will be issued.
A maximum limit of one [1] entry per person will be accepted. Once we have
determined that the maximum number of entries have been registered, or registration
deadline has been reached, no other entries will be accepted.
On August 10th, 2011, between 11:00 a.m. and 12 p.m., entrants must present positive
government-issued identification, and will then be issued an official tournament envelope, which
will contain your wagering materials.
NEW FOR 2008……
--flights from city on registration form
--no smoking in sig showroom
--balances paid off
--cashout only at end of contest
--balance in play from onset
--exchange card if wrong spelling
--free am forms
--gift bags
--horse owners
--food
--reg tracking cards
--designate when lunch is served
--tellar gratuity
--SORT ON BALANCE
--BIG SCREENS FOR EACH TRACK; SMALL TVS FOR “FIRST 50 PAID ENTRYS”=
ASSIGNED SEATING
--PROJECTOR OR BETTER FOR STANDINGS
--HARDCOPIES OF STANDINGS
--CLARIFY IRS SIGNERS
--assigned seats
--parlay wagers
--cell phones
--number of entries
 4-20-07
Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino
Presents:
THE SOUTHWEST SHOOTOUT
APRIL 21 & 22, 2007
Welcome to the NTRA/Daily Racing Form National Handicapping Contest Qualifier. Attached
are Official Contest Rules and other important information.
You’re on your own in this contest! Imagine you go to the track with friends, with the same
bankroll, looking at the same races and all conditions being equal---can you beat them? At the
end of the day, will you have more money than them? If so, this is the place to play—only two
tracks to study…the home track (Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino) and Santa Anita Park
(closing weekend)…NHC qualifier on the line for top 3 finishers of two day event…..portion of
the entry fee paid to leader on Saturday and portion paid to top 3 overall finishers on Sunday (see
breakdown of entry fees section).
No caps on winnings, no mandatory races, no maximum wagers in this shootout!
Best part of this contest—whatever amount is on your voucher at the end of the contest is your
money! Come on over and join the shootout!
Eligibility and Entry Information
The contest will be capped at 100 players.
Players must be at least 21 years of age to enter.
intermediary, transmitter or agent in placing wagers for the player.
No one that is licensed by the New Mexico Racing Commission is eligible to enter.
Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino reserves the right to allow New Mexico Horse Owners entry
into the contest per following stipulations: player must identify themselves as such to tournament
officials before start of the contest AND there must be no conflict of interest (ex: ownership of a
starter in any race they select to play in the contest).
Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino reserves the right to deny any person entry into the contest.
Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino reserves the right to sponsor entries from The Sunland Park
Racetrack & Casino Players Reward club.
Entry details follow:
Early entry fee is $400. Entry fee on day of contest is $500—entries will close one hour before
first eligible race of contest. Please fax entry forms to 505-874-5215. Cash, cashiers checks,
money orders are preferred. Note: If paying by personal check, the check must be here no later
than 4-6-07. If paying by credit card, please contact the Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino Gift
shop at 505-874-5353.
Maximum of two entries per person.
 For each entry, player will receive a Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino, Club Fiesta, NTRA
racing rewards card with a unique account number. This card MUST be used to place contest
wagers.
Player must sign a form stating they understand all rules.
Player must sign release form allowing media coverage.
All Players are subject to all state and federal tax requirements.
Entry form will be available on the website at a future date.
Breakdown of entry fees:
 $300 live bankroll in account (NO VOUCHERS WILL BE USED)
½ of remainder to be accumulated for payoff to winners as follows:
Overall Champion --- 50%
Overall Runner up --- 25%
--- 10%
Overall 3rd place
1st day leader
--- 15%
Qualifier number 1
Qualifier number 2
Qualifier number 3
½ of remainder to be used by track for incidental expenses














Live tellers will be available for contest wagers; Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino is not
responsible for shut outs or incomplete transactions.
Other designated windows will be open for non-contest wagering.
Free racing forms containing Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino/Santa Anita Park.
Free Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino program
Free profile sheets.
Free donuts/coffee
Free sandwich lunch.
Waitress service available.
Contest will take place in The Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino Signature Showroom.
 Showroom will open at 10:00 am both days; registration will take place from 10:30
am to 11:55 am; contest wagering will open at 11:00 am.
 Up to 50 small tvs will be available-one per table; other screens available on columns
at rear of room---seating will be available on shared round tables.
 Big screen at front of room will be available to project up to race standings.
Reduced room rate ($65.00/night) for contestants available at the Sunland Park Holiday
Inn (1-800-658-2744) located at 900 Sunland Park Drive (approximately 1 mile from
track). Ask for handicapping tournament rate.
Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino will host an informal “get together” for all contestants
at 7:00 pm in Riley’s on April 20, 2007. Updated information on tournament format,
passwords, player reward cards, etc. will be available at that time.
Contest Details
Live bankroll to be used as follows:



 Player must wager a minimum of $100 on day one.
 All contest wagers must be made with designated contest tellers.
 To place a wager: give teller your NTRA card; call your wager; you will receive a
receipt if requested. Track your account balance on the leaderboard.








Contest Tellers (at designated windows) will not accept cash or vouchers for contest
wagers.
All Sunland live races are open for play in the contest -- no mandatory plays.
All Santa Anita Park races are open for play in the contest -- no mandatory plays.
Contest is closed on Sunday after last race from Santa Anita Park or Sunland Park
Racetrack & Casino; whichever finishes later.
Advance wagering is allowed (please exercise caution due to scratches and first day
$100 requirement).
Cancellations are allowed only for scratches.
Player is considered out of the contest once their account is less than $1.
 Updates on contestant standings should be available after every set of races—please
listen for announcements when results are posted
All wagers are valid for contest play except:
Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino
Tri-Super
Ten Cent Superfectas
Pick 4
Santa Anita Park
Pick 6
Place Pick All
Ten Cent Supers
 Pick 4
All wager amounts ($1 minimum up to account balance) are in play EACH race from two tracks.
WINNERS DECLARED





Contest format lends itself to most contestants being “alive” leading to last race of
contest….last race could easily determine winner(s)!
Ties will be broken by coin flip.
Final Results and Grand Prize Winners (qualifiers) will be declared official once it is
verified that all wagers were placed in accordance with official contest rules.
All accounts will be eligible for payment after contest is declared official; accounts
may also be paid by mail (sent by 4-27-07) - check will be sent to address on file
Top 3 leaders at the end of day two will be declared the official winners and represent
Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino at the NHC championship---Airfare cost is covered by
Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino. The NTRA will be covering the cost of hotel rooms.
DISQUALIFICATIONS
Players will be immediately disqualified for the following infractions. There are no excuses or
exceptions. Any entry involved in a disqualification from the contest is entitled to cash out the
remaining balance on their account.
Infractions:
Failure to place valid wagers totaling a minimum of $100 on day one. A valid wager does not
involve scratches/cancellations and must be from approved list of wagers. You must keep track
of your wagers—Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino will NOT be responsible for tracking your
qualifying action. As part of the verification process, Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino and
United Tote will insure compliance at the completion of day one.
Any attempt to add money to your account.
Any attempt to withdraw money from your account before the contest is over.
Any attempt to place wagers on races other than those from Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino or
Santa Anita Park.
Any attempt to place wagers on wager types that are not approved.
Any player found to have not placed their own wagers.
Any player found to have influenced or attempted to influence other contestants.
Failure to disclose New Mexico Horse Owner license and/or conflict of interest.
Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino management reserves the exclusive right to interpret all
questions and rules not covered above and their decisions will be final. Sunland Park Racetrack
& Casino is not responsible for typographical errors.
Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino reserves the right to change the above rules. Any updated
rules on the website can be tracked by the date located in the upper left hand corner of this
document.
Sunland Park Racetrack & Casino supports responsible gaming.
For help call 1-800-572-1142.
Official Rules
Twinspires.com Online Handicapping Series 2011
SATELLITE PRIZE STRUCTURE (WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY & FRIDAY EVENTS)
1st - 5th
Places
6th Place
and
beyond
The winner will receive an entry into this Saturday's Online Handicapping Series
tournament, a $50 value. There are 5 guaranteed spots into Saturday's tournament.
We will award 1 additional entry to the Saturday contest for every 5 additional entries sold
at the $10 buy-in price beyond the first 25 entries purchased.
For the $25 buy-in Satellite events held the last week of the month, we will award 1
additional entry to the Saturday contest for every 8 additional entries sold beyond the first
40 entries purchased.
In the event there is a tie between two or more players for the final spot(s) to the $50 or
$200 Saturday tournament, then those players will share the prize value equally in the
form of a cash deposit to their TwinSpires.com account.
Remaining
Payouts
All entry fees will be returned to players as prizes. All entry fees (remaining funds) that
are not used toward the purchase of a Saturday entry will be awarded to top finisher who
did not earn an entry into the Saturday event.
SATURDAY'S $50 PRIZE STRUCTURE
1st Place
The winner will receive an entry into the TwinSpires.com Online Handicapping
Championship (TSOHC) held on November 19, a $1,000 value. A maximum of
two (2) entries to the TSOHC may be earned. If a player who has already won the
maximum of two entries to the Nov. 19 tournament wins a $50 Saturday contest,
that prize will be forfeited and given to the next player in line. The player who
forfeited the prize for the Nov. 19 tournament, due to already having the
maximum entries allowed, would still win any additional cash prizes associated
with winning the $50 Saturday tournament, but would not receive value for the
part of the prize forfeited.
1st - 5th
Places
The top 5 finishers will receive an entry into the end of the month Saturday Online
Handicapping Series tournament, a $200 value. This event will award 1 seat to
the NHC as well as 10 free entries into the November 19 tournament at
TwinSpires.com. A maximum of two (2) entries to the $200 end of the month
Saturday tournament may be earned. If a player who has already won the
maximum of two entries into a $200 end of the month Saturday tournament
places in the top 5 of a $50 Saturday tournament, that prize will be forfeited and
given to the next player in line. The player who forfeited the prize for the $200
end of the month Saturday tournament, due to already having the maximum
entries allowed, would still win any additional cash prizes associated with placing
in the $50 Saturday tournament, but would not receive value for the part of the
prize forfeited.
Carryover
Funds
Weekly
Cash
Payouts
50 percent of the paid entries will be carried over to the TwinSpires.com Online
Handicapping Championship held November 19, 2011.
All entry fees will be returned to players as prizes. 50 percent of the paid entries will be
distributed as cash prizes each Saturday based on the following payout schedule:







1st place: 25%
2nd place: 15%
3rd place: 10%
4th place: 7%
5th place: 5%
6th-10th place: 4%
11th-16th place: 3%
SATURDAY'S $200 PRIZE STRUCTURE (End of Each Month)
1st Place
The winner will receive an entry into the 2012 National Handicapping
Championship in Las Vegas*. Prize package includes a 3-night hotel stay at
the host property.
1st - 10th
Places
The top 10 finishers will receive an entry into the TwinSpires.com Online
Handicapping Championship held on November 19, a $1,000 value. If a player
who has already won the maximum of two entries into the Nov. 19 tournament
places in the top 10 in a $200 end of the month Saturday tournament, that prize
will be forfeited and given to the next player in line. The player who forfeited the
prize for the Nov. 19 tournament, due to already having the maximum entries
allowed, would still win any additional cash prizes associated with placing in the
top 10, but would not receive value for the part of the prize forfeited.
Carryover
Funds
50 percent of the paid entries will be carried over to the TwinSpires.com Online
Handicapping Championship held November 19, 2011.
Weekly
Cash
Payouts
All entry fees will be returned to players as prizes. 50 percent of the paid entries will be
distributed as cash and prizes based on the following payout schedule:







1st place: 25%
2nd place: 15%
3rd place: 10%
4th place: 7%
5th place: 5%
6th-10th place: 4%
11th-16th place: 3%
SUNDAY'S $100 PRIZE STRUCTURE (Sept. 4 - Oct. 30)
1st Place
Championship (TSOHC) held on November 19, a $1,000 value. If a player who has
already won the maximum of two entries into the TSOHC places first, the player will be
awarded the cash equivalent of the TSOHC seat ($1,000).
2nd Place
The second place finisher will receive an entry into the TwinSpires.com Online
Handicapping Championship (TSOHC) held on November 19, a $1,000 value. If a player
who has already won the maximum of two entries into the TSOHC places second, the
player will be awarded the cash equivalent of the TSOHC seat ($1,000).
3rd Place
and
Beyond
We will award 1 additional entry to the TSOHC tournament for every 10 additional entries
sold at the $100 buy-in price beyond the first 20 entries purchased.
Carryover
Funds
100 percent of the paid entries will be carried over to the TwinSpires Online Handicapping
Championship held on November 19, 2011, unless a player who has already won the
maximum two entries for the TSOHC tournament places first, second or otherwise high
enough to be awarded a TSOHC seat.
Remaining
Payouts
are not used toward the purchase of a TSOHC seat will be awarded to top finisher who did
not earn an entry into the TSOHC.
In the event there is a tie between two or more players for the final spot(s) to the TSOHC
tournament, then those players will share the prize value equally in the form of a cash
deposit to their TwinSpires.com account.
NOVEMBER'S $100 PRIZE STRUCTURE (Nov. 4 - 18)
1st Place
Championship (TSOHC) held on November 19, a $1,000 value. If a player who has
already won the maximum of two entries into the TSOHC places first, the player will be
awarded the cash equivalent of the TSOHC seat ($1,000).
2nd Place
The second place finisher will receive an entry into the TwinSpires.com Online
Handicapping Championship (TSOHC) held on November 19, a $1,000 value. If a player
who has already won the maximum of two entries into the TSOHC places second, the
player will be awarded the cash equivalent of the TSOHC seat ($1,000).
3rd Place
and
Beyond
We will award 1 additional entry to the TSOHC tournament for every 10 additional entries
sold at the $100 buy-in price beyond the first 20 entries purchased.
Carryover
Funds
100 percent of the paid entries will be carried over to the TwinSpires Online Handicapping
Championship held on November 19, 2011, unless a player who has already won the
maximum two entries for the TSOHC tournament places first, second or otherwise high
enough to be awarded a TSOHC seat.
Remaining
Payouts
are not used toward the purchase of a TSOHC seat will be awarded to top finisher who did
not earn an entry into the TSOHC.
In the event there is a tie between two or more players for the final spot(s) to the TSOHC
tournament, then those players will share the prize value equally in the form of a cash
deposit to their TwinSpires.com account.
Odds of winning depend on the number of players and skill level of each player. All prizes will be awarded regardless
of the number of players. Prizes are not transferable and no substitution of prizes is permitted.
* Winner must be an NTRA Tour member in order to earn a qualified trip to the NHC in
Las Vegas. For more detail and to join the Tour, please visit www.ntra.com/nhctour. It is
the responsibility of the player to ensure they are a member of the NHC Tour prior to
participating in a TwinSpires.com qualifying event.
ALL TAXES ASSOCIATED WITH THE RECEIPT OR USE OF ANY PRIZES IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF
THE WINNER. All cash prizes are paid as deposits into the TwinSpires.com account used to enter the contest.
HOW TO PLAY
The goal of the contest is to earn the largest bankroll (ROI) in the designated contest races for each tournament. In
this contest, players purchase an entry ticket(s) and select one primary horse to place a mythical $2 Win/Place bet for
each designated contest race. Each entry begins with a mythical starting bankroll. For each correct selection a player
will earn the $2 Win and/or Place mutual payoff. The maximum return on any single race is $52 for Win and $26 for
Place. The player with the highest accumulated bankroll (ROI) will be the Winner. The bankroll is based on mythical
$2 Win and Place wagers on mandatory races. All Winners will be required to provide a legally valid identification and
eligibility release tax forms in order to claim a prize.
CONTEST DEADLINES
Deadline to Purchase Entry Tickets on Day of Approx. 10 minutes before the scheduled post time
Contest of the first race. Mandatory races will be posted,
including race numbers, post times, and time zones by 6
p.m. ET the day prior to the event.
Deadline to Submit Designated Contest Race Official post time of each race
Selections
SELECTIONS
The selection format of the contest is real time to allow players to modify/change their selections up until post time.
Players will have until the official post time of each race to make selections. NOTE: It is strongly recommended
that players submit all their selections prior to the first race and no changes may be made after each race's post
time. TwinSpires will not be responsible for any player's inability to submit selections due to Internet outages,
technical difficulties, etc.
Players will select horses by name and official program number. As with real wagering, coupled entries serve as one
betting interest for the purpose of this contest. Selections can be made as early as the day prior to the contest, as
soon as the contest selection process is opened which is anticipated to be early afternoon the day prior to the
contest.
Scratches:
If a horse is scratched prior to the start of the race, that horse will be removed from the list of horses available to
be selected, but will not be removed from already-submitted contest entry tickets. If a horse selected is
scratched and a participant is unable to change/modify their selection before post time, the participant will be given
the post time favorite as a substitute selection.
COST OF ENTRY / ELIGIBILITY
Players must be 21 years of age or older in order to play. The TwinSpires.com Online Handicapping Series is open
to active account holders of TwinSpires. Entry Fees will be deducted from your TwinSpires wagering account. Be
sure to fund your account early in order to participate in the contest. Each TwinSpires account holder can purchase a
maximum of 3 tickets per contest, except the last Saturday of the month $200 buy-in event. The $200 events
are limited to two entries per account holder. The Sunday buy-in events are also limited to two entries per account
holder. All contest entries must be made through one wagering account. Circumventing the maximum entries
per individual rule is cause for disqualification. All entry fees are nonrefundable regardless of whether contestants
submit their selections. Customized Contest Past Performances and other handicapping aids will be available at
regular rates (see handicapping product price list) from Brisnet.com.
Patrons residing in jurisdictions where applicable law prohibits account wagering are not eligible to enter this contest.
All federal, state and local laws and regulations apply. Employees of Churchill Downs Incorporated, and their
respective affiliates, subsidiaries, directors, employees, advertising agencies, and their respective immediate family
members are not eligible.
This is an Internet-based game, entries will only be accepted through TwinSpires.com. Three entries per person are
allowed for any contest with a buy-in of up to $50. More than 3 entries per TwinSpires account holder/contest
participant are cause for disqualification of all related entries in the $10 Satellites, $25 Satellites and $50
Saturday contests. More than 2 entries per TwinSpires account holder/contest participant are cause for
disqualification of all related entries in the $200 month-ending tournaments, $100 Sunday Championship
Satellite tournaments and $1,000 Nov. 19 Championship. A player may not submit more than 3 entries with
different names, addresses, wagering accounts, etc. TwinSpires reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to disqualify
any player which TwinSpires believes has submitted more entries in a contest than permitted by the contest rules.
This is an Internet-based contest, entries will only be accepted through the online entry and selection form. No faxed,
mailed, electronically mailed or telephone entries are allowed.
CONDITIONS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Each player will enter the contest and log on using their existing TwinSpires username and password.
Players will select one betting interest from each of the designated contest races by selecting a bullet next to
the entry/runner's name. Selections must be made prior to the contest deadlines as outlined above.
Bankrolls will be determined by $2 win and $2 place mutual payoffs. Caps of 25-1 for win and 12-1 for place.
The official final order of finish according to the host racetrack will determine the payoffs.
Only the designated contest races count toward a player's R.O.I., occurring after sign-up.
In the event that a contest race is cancelled and not run on the scheduled date, regardless of reason, that
race will be withdrawn from the contest, even if it is made up at a later date. TwinSpires and/or its affiliates
reserve the right to change the contest schedule and rules without notice, or cancel the contest due to
unforeseen events.
While each player may earn or purchase a maximum amount of entries per tournament (3 for the
Satellites and $50 Saturday tournaments, 2 for the month ending tournaments, $100 Sunday
Championship Satellite tournaments, November Championship Satellite Tournaments and $1,000
Nov. 19 Championship), there is no cap on the number of total entries in each tournament. Total
entries will determine the prizes awarded.
The Leaderboard will be updated on the contest website as soon as possible at the end of each designated
contest race. It is the responsibility of the player to bring any alleged error, issue, or complaint to the
attention of TwinSpires within 48 hours of the end of the contest by sending an email to
[email protected] and describing the alleged error, issue or complaint in detail. If TwinSpires
is not contacted within 48 hours of the end of the contest, TwinSpires is not responsible for making
adjustments to the official order of finish or granting entry fee credit.
Final Cash Prize pools are based on contest participation.
The winner of the online contest will be the contestant with the highest accumulated bankroll over the course
of all contest races.
In the event there is a tie between two or more players in a satellite tournament for the final spot(s) to the
$50 Saturday tournament, then those players will share the prize money equally. For example, if a satellite is
scheduled to award 60 seats to Saturday, but there is a three-way tie between 59th, 60th, and 61st places,
then TwinSpires would award 58 seats and those three players would share the remaining prize value and
be awarded cash in their TwinSpires.com wagering account.
In the event there is a tie between two or more players for the final spot(s) to the Nov. 19 Online
Handicapping Championship, then those players will share the prize value equally in the form of a cash
deposit to their TwinSpires.com account. For example, if there is a tie between 10th and 11th place, then
TwinSpires.com will award 9 seats into the Nov. 19 tournament, and the remaining two players will receive a
$500 cash deposit into their TwinSpires.com wagering account ($1,000 value divided by two).
A maximum of 1 spot to the 2012 National Handicapping Championship (NHC) can be won by an
individual contestant. Player can earn a maximum of two entries into the Nov. 19 TwinSpires.com
Online Handicapping Championship. If a player who has already won the maximum of two entries into the
Nov. 19 event places high enough to earn another free entry, that prize will be forfeited and given to the next
player in line. The player who forfeited the prize for the Nov. 19 tournament, due to already having the
maximum entries allowed, would still win any additional cash prizes associated with placing in the
tournament but would not receive value for the part of the prize forfeited.
In the event there is a tie between two or more players for the final spot(s) to the $200 Saturday
tournament, an entry into the Nov. 19 Championship, or involving a prize for a trip to Las Vegas, the
following tie breakers will be used (in order): most winners, most top 2 finishers, highest win payoff, 2ndhighest win payoff, 3rd-highest win payoff, most top 3 finishers. If there is still a tie, contestants will (at
TwinSpires' discretion) either receive the prize, share the prize equally, or will be invited to participate in a
"playoff". If a tie still exists after using the finish positions of all selections, the highest total odds of all
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
selections (among those still tied) will be used to break the tie. In the event a tie is still not broken, the
remaining players still tied may be asked to participate in a "playoff". TwinSpires will make the final decision
on any disputes or unforeseen circumstances involving ties.
Sunday Championship Satellite Tournaments and November Championship Satellite Tournaments. If
a player who has already won the maximum of two entries into the Nov. 19 Championship places first,
second or otherwise high enough to be awarded a seat to the Nov. 19 Championship, the player will be
awarded the cash equivalent of the TSOHC seat ($1,000). In the event there is a tie between two or more
players for the final spot(s) to the Nov. 19 Championship, then those players will share the prize value
equally in the form of a cash deposit to their TwinSpires.com account.
The system logs the time and date each player enters his or her selections.
Each player agrees that TwinSpires and/or its affiliates may use his or her name and picture for publicity if
they are a prize winner without further compensation.
ALL MONETARY VALUES STATED ARE IN U.S. DOLLARS.
TwinSpires and its affiliates are not responsible for reminding players about meeting the contest deadline. It
is solely the player's responsibility to meet contest deadlines for entry.
TwinSpires and/or its affiliates may post past performance information, commentary and charts of
contest races when appropriate. TwinSpires and/or its affiliates shall not be liable for any inaccurate,
incomplete, or missing information that is posted. Such information is posted only to help players make their
selections and any opinions or analysis posted by TwinSpires and/or its affiliates regarding the outcome of
the races should not be taken as a recommendation of which horses to select.
All copyright, trademark and other proprietary rights associated with the contest, become property of
Churchill Downs Incorporated.
TwinSpires.com and Bloodstock Research Information Services (Brisnet.com) will make the final decision on
the selection of races used in the contest.
All rules are subject to change without notice.
The player must be a member of the NTRA NHC Tour prior to participating in that day's event in
order to learn a qualifying berth to the Las Vegas championship.
NHC Tour points can only be earned in the end of the month $200 buy-in tournament, which awards
1 spot to the National Handicapping Championship.
DISCLAIMER
The TwinSpires.com Online Handicapping Series is a contest of skill, subject to all federal, state, and local laws
and void where prohibited by law. Entrant agrees that TwinSpires and its parent affiliates, their respective agents,
employees and affiliates, and the released parties shall not be liable for injury, loss or damage of any kind resulting
from participating in this contest or from the acceptance or use of the prize money awarded. By entering the contest,
entrant agrees to be bound by these official rules and consents to the use of his/her name, city and state or province
of residence and/or photograph for promotional purposes without additional compensation, unless prohibited by law.
Entrant further agrees that he or she will not use the name of TwinSpires or its affiliates, or any logo, trademark,
slogan, or other mark associated with any of them, without the express written permission of said companies.
TwinSpires reserves the right to verify eligibility qualifications of entrants. If TwinSpires determines, in its sole
discretion, that there is any suspected or actual electronic tampering with the contest or if technical difficulties
compromise the integrity of the contest, TwinSpires reserves the right to void the entries at issue and/or terminate the
contest. If the contest is terminated due to tampering or technical difficulties or for any other reason prior to its
planned expiration date, notice will be posted on the TwinSpires affiliates' website.
Any attempt to deliberately damage the content or operation of this contest is unlawful and subject to legal action by
TwinSpires and/or its affiliates. TwinSpires will not be responsible for any: (a) late, lost, garbled, misdirected,
incomplete, or damaged entries; (b) any contest disruptions, injuries, losses or damages caused by events beyond
the control of TwinSpires and/or its affiliates; or (c) any printing or typographical errors in any materials associated
with the Game. In no event will sponsor, its parents, affiliates, subsidiaries and related companies or their respective
officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, be responsible or liable for any damages or losses of any
kind, including direct, indirect, incidental, consequential or punitive dames arising out of your access to and use of the
said companies' websites or the downloading from and/or printing material downloaded from those sites.
GENERAL RELEASE
LINKS TO THIS CONTEST BY OTHER INTERNET SITES ARE PROVIDED AS A SERVICE TO HORSERACING
FANS, AND THESE OTHER INTERNET SITES ARE NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONTENT THAT APPEARS
ON THE CONTEST SITE. TWINSPIRES AND ITS AFFILIATES ARE NOT LIABLE FOR CLAIMS AND/OR
GUARANTEES MADE BY OTHER INTERNET SITES.
INTERNET/TECHNOLOGY PROBLEMS
If for any reason the Internet portion of the program is not capable of running as planned, including infection by
computer virus, bugs, tampering, unauthorized intervention, fraud, technical failures, or any other causes beyond the
control of TwinSpires, which corrupt or affect the administration, security, fairness, integrity, or proper conduct of this
contest, TwinSpires and its affiliates/agents reserve the right, in its sole discretion, to cancel, terminate, modify or
suspend the Contest and select winners in a manner, which in the sole judgment of TwinSpires, is fair, appropriate
and consistent with these Official Rules. TwinSpires and its affiliates/agents reserve the right to disqualify any
individual who violates these Contest Rules or the associated rules sets referenced. Herein, if anyone tampers with
the entry process or engages in any conduct detrimental to TwinSpires, the Contest or any other player (in each case
as determined at TwinSpires' sole discretion), to lock out any individual whose eligibility is in question, and to cancel,
terminate, modify or suspend this Contest at any time. The Released Parties assume no responsibility for, and will
not be liable for, any error, omission, interruption, deletion, defect, delay in operation or transmission, communication
line failure, theft or destruction or unauthorized access to, or alteration of entries. None of the Released Parties are in
any way responsible or liable for any problems or technical malfunction of any telephone network or lines, computer
on-line systems, servers, or providers, computer equipment, software, failure of any e-mail or entry to be received by
TwinSpires on account of technical problems or traffic congestion on the Internet or at any associated Web site, or
any combination thereof, including any injury or damage to participant's or any other person's computer related to or
resulting from participation or downloading of any materials in this Contest.
CAUTION: ANY ATTEMPT BY ANY PERSON TO DELIBERATELY DAMAGE ANY WEB SITE OR UNDERMINE
THE LEGITIMATE OPERATION OF THE CONTEST IS A VIOLATION OF CRIMINAL AND CIVIL LAWS AND
SHOULD SUCH AN ATTEMPT BE MADE, TWINSPIRES RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SEEK FROM ANY SUCH
PERSON DAMAGES AND ANY OTHER REMEDIES AVAILABLE TO TWINSPIRES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
PERMITTED BY LAW.
NOTIFICATION
Winners will be notified by e-mail or phone and will be required to sign and return an affidavit of eligibility and
acceptance of these Official Rules and a publicity/liability release (unless prohibited by law) within ten (10) days
following attempted notification. Any prize returned as undeliverable may result in disqualification and selection of an
alternate winner. In the event of a dispute about the identity of any player, entries made online will be declared made
by the authorized account holder of the TwinSpires account submitted at time of entry. A potential winner will be
required to provide proof that the potential winner is the authorized account holder of the TwinSpires account
associated with the winning entry.
RULES AND WINNER'S LIST
This contest is subject to these Contest Rules and any other rules set expressly referenced herein. Game players
agree to abide by the terms of these Contest Rules and by the decisions of TwinSpires, which are final on all matters
pertaining to this contest. TwinSpires reserves the right to change these Contest Rules at any time, in its sole
discretion. Contest rules may be obtained on the TwinSpires affiliates' website.
A winners' list will be posted on the TwinSpires affiliates' website no later than one week after the contest and may
also be obtained by sending a SASE to the address below.
CONTEST SPONSOR
The sponsor of the contest is Churchill Downs Technology Initiative Co. The address for the purposes of this contest
is:
Churchill Downs Technology Initiative Co.
P.O. Box 8510
Lexington, KY 40503
HEADERS
The section headers contained herein are only provided for convenience purposes only and shall not be used to
modify or interpret the terms of these Official Rules. To begin The TwinSpires.com Online Handicapping Series, log
into your account at http://www.twinspires.com/. For questions about this game, send e-mail to
[email protected]
The Extreme Betting Contest Series
Rules & Regulations
1. The Contest
2. Eligibility
3. How to Enter/Registration
4. Contest Details
5. How to Play Contest
6. Scoring
7. Standings and Updates
8. Winners & Prizes
9. General Terms and Conditions
1.
THE CONTEST
General
The Extreme Betting Contest Series (the “Tournament”) is sponsored by Woodbine
Entertainment Group (the “Contest Sponsor”). The Tournament consists of six (6)
unique contests (each a “Contest”) on six (6) separate dates during the course of the
2011 racing season, from June 5, 2011, to October 29, 2011 (the “Tournament Period”).
Each Contest is a game of skill designed to test one’s ability to predict the performance
of various Thoroughbred or Standardbred race horses in competition with other contest
participants (the “Contestants”).
In addition to cash prizing for the top five (5) finishing Contestants for each individual
Contest, one (1) berth into the 2012 DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship
in Las Vegas, Nevada, will be provided to the Contestant with the largest cumulative
Bankroll over the course of the Tournament Period (the “Tournament Bankroll”).
Eligibility requirements apply, please see Section 2: Eligibility for details. For details on
calculation of Tournament Bankroll, please see Section 6: Scoring.
Contest Period
There will be six Contests taking place during the 2011 racing season. Three (3)
Contests will feature Thoroughbred Racing and three (3) Contests will feature
Standardbred Racing. All Contest information (including “Contest Periods”) can be
found in the following chart*:
Extreme Betting
Contest Name Date Contest Period
(Approximate ET) Breed Contest Racetrack
Woodbine Oaks June 5, 2011 1:00 pm to 6:00 pm Thoroughbred Woodbine
North America Cup June 18, 2011 7:30 pm to 11:30pm Standardbred Mohawk
Metro Pace September 3, 2011 7:30 pm to 11:30pm Standardbred Mohawk
Woodbine Mile September 18, 2011 1:00 pm to 6:00 pm Thoroughbred Woodbine
Canadian International October 16, 2011 1:00 pm to 6:00 pm Thoroughbred
Woodbine
Breeders Crown October 29, 2011 7:30pm to 11:30pm Standardbred Woodbine
*all dates and times are subject to change. Any changes will be posted once confirmed.
“Date” is the date on which each Contest is scheduled to take place.
“Contest Periods” are the approximate hours that each Contest is underway.
Registration for each Contest (the “Registration Period”) is open from two (2) weeks
prior to each respective Contest until Race 5 (Post Time) of its respective Contest
Period. For details on Registration, see Section 3: How to Enter/Registration.
“Contest Racetrack” is the ONLY racetrack which is eligible to be wagered on in the
respective Contest. Contest Period is officially over when the final race results for the
Contest Racetrack are deemed Official by racetrack officials.
Each Contest will be available at Woodbine Racetrack (555 Rexdale Blvd., Toronto,
ON), Greenwood Teletheatre (1661 Queen St. East, Toronto, ON), Mohawk Racetrack
(9430 Guelph Line, Campbellville, ON) and WEGZ Stadium Bar (2601 Rutherford Rd.,
Vaughan, ON) ONLY (the “Tournament Venues”).
2. ELIGIBILITY
All Contestants must be at least 18 years of age to participate in any Contest and must
be a resident of Canada (excluding Quebec). Officers, employees, contractors and
agents of the Contest Sponsor and its subsidiaries (and those with whom they are
domiciled) are not eligible to enter the Contest.
National Handicapping Championship Berth Eligibility
If a Contestant is a National Handicapping Challenge (“NHC”) Tour Member, it is the
Contestant’s responsibility to notify the Contest officials on registration that he/she is a
Member of the Tour. Contestants must provide their NHC Tour PIN upon registering for
the Tournament.
Eligibility rules for finalists in the DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship shall
be established by the National Thoroughbred Racing Association (“NTRA”) and the
Daily Racing Form (“DRF”) and shall apply to this National Handicapping Championship
event.
Contestants must be at least 21 years of age to participate in the DRF/NTRA National
Handicapping Championship in Las Vegas. If Contestant is under 21 years of age, they
will only be eligible for the Contest’s cash prizing. Contestant must be a registered NHC
Tour member (with a valid NHC Tour PIN) to be eligible for free berth into NHC or any
NHC Tour points. Membership costs $45 and can be obtained by visiting
http://www.nhctour.com.
3. HOW TO ENTER/REGISTRATION
Advance Registration
The advance registration entry fee for each Contest is C$25 plus a C$50 bankroll. The
C$25 entry fee will be distributed as the prize pool (the “Prize Pool”). The C$50 bankroll
will be used for the purpose of wagering into live pools during the Contest and any
resulting net Balance is the property of the Contestant at the end of the Contest and
should be withdrawn immediately following the Contest. A maximum of two Contest
entries are permitted per person. Each entry can only be registered to one name. Total
cost of entry, including both entry fee and bankroll, is C$75 per entry. If a Contestant
has two entries, cards will be labeled Card A and Card B, and will be displayed as such
on the Leaderboard. It is the responsibility of the Contestant to ensure Cards are not
confused or switched. Any incorrect bets cannot be refunded or changed.
To enter, Contestants can register with payment in-person at the Player Services Desk
on the 2nd floor at Woodbine Racetrack. Advance registration starts two (2) weeks
prior to each respective Contest, up to 48 hours prior to the Contest, (the “Advance
Registration Period”). Accepted methods of payment and registration hours are as
follows:
Woodbine Player Services Desk Hours - 10:45 AM - 11:00 PM
Accepted Methods of Payment - Cash, Debit, Credit Card, Money Order or HPI account
funds
Advance Registration can now also be completed on-line through your HPI account at
http://www.HorsePlayerInteractive.com. A link will be displayed on the home page once
logged-in. All HorsePlayer Interactive accounts are free, and sign-up can be completely
online at http://www.HorsePlayerInteractive.com. To register, Contestant must have the
required funds available in their account.
For more information regarding registration or any questions on entries, Contestants
can call 416-675-3993 (or 1-888-675-7223) extension 2513.
Contestant will be required to sign an agreement form (“Registration Agreement”), or
click on the “I accept the Contest Rules and Regulations” box if registering online
through HorsePlayer Interactive, upon registration and payment. The receipt of a
Registration Agreement or Agreement to the Contest Rules (online) with payment,
signifies the Contestant’s acceptance of the Official Rules and Conditions stated herein
and signifies Contestant’s agreement to release and hold harmless the Contest
Sponsor, and those associated with Contest Sponsor, from any liability in connection
with this Contest. No refunds will be given to Contestants unable to attend the Contest.
Contestants must also indicate the Tournament Venue at which they intend to play the
Contest. This is so the Contestant’s Contest package is ready for pick-up at the desired
location. If the Contestant would like to change their intended Tournament Venue,
they’re asked to contact HorsePlayer Interactive at 1-888/416-675-8886 at least 48
hours prior to the Contest so that any necessary arrangements can be made.
HorsePlayer Interactive online registration WILL NOT be available for Contest
Registration within 48 hours of the desired Contest.
Registration on Day of Contest
Contestants can register for a Contest on the day of the Contest if desired. ONLY CASH
transactions will be accepted. The Entry fee on Contest Day is C$25 entry fee plus a
C$50 bankroll. Contest Registration on the day of the Contest is available at all Contest
Venues, at dedicated “Contest Centres” for each location (see Section 1: The Contest
for all Contest Venue addresses).
Registration on the day of any given Contest will open 3 hours prior to the first post of
the respective Contest Racetrack, and will remain open until post-time for Race 5 at the
Contest Racetrack. During this period, new registrations and entries as well as
additional entries (maximum 2 per person) can be purchased.
The C$50 bankroll will be used for the purpose of wagering into live pools during the
Contest and any resulting net Balance is the property of the Contestant at the end of the
Contest and should be withdrawn immediately following the Contest. A maximum of two
Contest entries are permitted per person. Each entry can only be registered to one
name. Total cost of entry, including both entry fee and bankroll, is C$75 per entry. If a
Contestant has two entries, cards will be labeled Card A and Card B, and will be
displayed as such on the Leaderboard. It is the responsibility of the Contestant to
ensure Cards are not confused or switched. Any incorrect bets cannot be refunded or
changed.
Contestant will be required to sign an agreement form (“Registration Agreement”) upon
registration and payment. The receipt of a Registration Agreement with payment
signifies the Contestant’s acceptance of the Official Rules and Conditions stated herein
and signifies Contestant’s agreement to release and hold harmless the Contest
Sponsor, and those associated with Contest Sponsor, from any liability in connection
with this Contest. No refunds will be given to Contestants unable to attend the Contest.
You cannot register online through HorsePlayer Interactive on the Contest Day.
Receiving your “Card”/“Check-In”
During the Contest Period and prior to playing, each Contestant is required to present
their valid government-issued photo identification at their venue’s dedicated Contest
Centre (“Check-In”). Contestants are advised to arrive early to ensure sufficient time to
Check-In prior to Post-time. The Contest Sponsor will not be held responsible for any
delays at the Contest Centre that results in missed races or wagers. Once Checked-In,
each Contestant will receive their Handicapping Contest Account Card (the “Card”) preloaded with their bankroll. Default PIN# on every Card is 1234; the Contestant will then
be prompted to enter a new PIN upon first use of the Card at a Self-Serve Terminal.
4. CONTEST DETAILS
Contest will include all races of the full Contest Racetrack card (Race 1 through to the
last race on Contest date). There is no minimum or maximum requirement for the
number of races Contestants must wager on throughout the Contest. The Contest can
be played at any Tournament Venue. Each Contestant must wager with their Card(s),
which will have been loaded with the set starting balance (“Bankroll”) by the Contest
Sponsor. The Contestant who has the highest balance (the “Balance”) at the close of
the Contest is the winner of the respective Contest.
Contestants must use the Card to play the Contest, which will be provided by the
Contest Sponsor upon Check-In. The Card will be registered to the Contestant and the
bankroll will be loaded as per Section 3: How to Enter, Receiving your Card/Check-In.
There will be a separate Card issued to each Contestant for each Contest entry.
Contestants will use the Balance on the Card to make real bets on the Contest
Racetrack races at any self-service wagering terminals (“Terminals”) at any Tournament
Venue. Mutuel Tellers cannot accept ANY contest wagers. All bets and payouts are
real and placed into the appropriate pari-mutuel wagering pools. The five (5)
Contestants with the highest Balances on their Card at the end of the Contest are
eligible for the Prize Pool (as per Section 7: Winners & Prizing).
Each Contest is part of the overall Extreme Betting Series Tournament; however each
Contest is its own unique event. Each Contest’s bets can only be placed on the full
race card from the Contest Racetrack during that respective Contest Period. In the
event that a Contest Racetrack is cancelled, a different racetrack will be selected as a
substitute for the Contest Racetrack of that particular Contest. No refunds will be
issued. Final results from each Contest will be accumulated to determine the results of
the Tournament. See Section 6: Scoring for details on Contest and Tournament
scoring.
All Contestants must be present at a Tournament Venue to participate in the Contest. It
is strongly recommended that Contestants remain on-site for the duration of the Contest
to be aware of all Contest updates and any changes that may occur. Contest bets must
be placed during the specified period of the Contest. No bets can be placed at any other
time. The Contest is bet live through the tote-system and all bets are subject to the parimutuel rules, as outlined by the Canadian Pari-Mutuel Agency (the “CPMA”).
5. HOW TO PLAY CONTEST
Contestants use their Card to place Contest bets using their Balance on the card.
Contestants’ Balance will be posted throughout the Contest on the Leaderboard. All
betting will occur through Self-Serve Terminals at Tournament Venues (“Terminals”)
during each respective Contest Period. Only bets placed through the Self-Serve
Terminals using the Card will be eligible for the Contest. All bet types and any bet
amount are permitted, as long as the wager type is available to bet through the tote
system and the Contestant has enough funds on their Card to pay for the bet. All bets
are real and placed into the live pari-mutuel wagering pools. All payouts are real and the
Balance on the Card will be adjusted accordingly. No deposits are permitted on the
Card after the initial $50 bankroll has been deposited by Contest Sponsor on behalf of
the Contestant. Failure to comply with this requirement will result in immediate
disqualification of the Contestant from the Contest and no refund of the entry fee will be
provided. No HPI Rewards Points or Take-Out Adjustments (TOAs) will be earned on
Contest bets. The Contestant can continue to place as many bets as he/she wants
during the Contest Period as long as there is a positive Balance on the card equal to or
greater than the cost of the minimum bet.
Once a Card’s Balance falls below the minimum bet amount, no more bets can be
placed with that Card. Contestant may buy a second entry, if they have not already
done so, at the Contest Centre on day of Contest up until post time of the fifth (5th) race
at the Contest Racetrack. Maximum of two (2) entries permitted per person.
Any Contestant withdrawing money from their Card during the Contest will NOT be
permitted to redeposit any money later onto their Card. However, for purposes of the
Contest and leaderboard, the Contestant’s Balance will remain unchanged and
standings will not be affected by the withdrawal.
A Card is required for placing Contest bets and loss of the Card may result in
disqualification. At the conclusion of the Contest, Contestants will be notified of their
final Balance through the Leaderboard. The tote system will track each Contestant's
Balance. When a wager is made, the amount is deducted from the Contestant's
Balance. When a bet wins, the payout amount as per the tote system, is added to the
Balance when the race results have been declared official. Leaderboard will display only
resulting Balance following each race. Contestants are urged to check their Balances
and bets for accuracy before leaving the Terminal. As the Contest will be run through
the account wagering system, no tickets will be printed for your live Contest wagers. A
paper receipt of the wager can be printed by pressing “Finish with Receipt” on the
Terminal. A bet can be cancelled and/or changed up until post time of the race by
logging into the account on a Self-Serve Terminal and cancelling the bet.
Contestants must place all bets personally. No person can directly or indirectly act as an
intermediary, transmitter or agent in placing wagers for the Contestant.
Contest bets can be placed up until the post time of the race as per host track rules for
the Contest Racetrack. It is the responsibility of the Contestant to place their Contest
bets early in any race to avoid being shut out due to line-ups at the Terminals.
As all Contest bets are placed into the live wagering pools, racing and pari-mutuel rules
of the Contest Racetrack will apply. Links to the host Racetrack’s regulators can be
found at
http://www.woodbineentertainment.com/Woodbine/Betting/USCommonPoolWagering/P
ages/RulesRegulations.aspx. For example, in the event of a late scratch, bets made on
that horse will automatically be assigned to the win pool favorite in that race. However, if
a scratch occurs before the pool is closed, that bet may be cancelled.
6. SCORING
Contest Scoring
Contestants retain the Balance of their live bankroll, excluding withdrawals, made during
the Contest.
Contest Scores (the “Balance”) reflect the Contestant’s account balance which is based
on the on-track pari-mutuel payouts as per the tote system at the Tournament Venues
(no conversion will be applied). There are no restrictions or caps on payouts. Entries
and fields are considered a single wagering interest, as defined under the regulations of
the CPMA.
Tournament Scoring
The Standings and Balances of all Tournament Contestants following each individual
Contest, once deemed official, will be accumulated, by Contestant ID, to an overall
Leaderboard (the “Tournament Leaderboard”). This cumulative Tournament
Leaderboard will be updated following each Contest and will be posted as the
Tournament Leaderboard on the Extreme Betting Contest Series page on the
http://www.WoodbineRacetrack.com website.
Once all six (6) Contests have been completed and deemed Official, the Tournament
Leaderboard will be updated with the new cumulative totals, and a final Tournament
Leaderboard (the “Final Tournament Leaderboard”) will be posted on the Extreme
Betting Contest Series page on the http://www.WoodbineRacetrack.com website. The
top Tournament Contestant who has accumulated the largest Tournament balance,
based on their accumulated balance total (the “Final Tournament Balance”), AND who
has provided their NHC Tour PIN upon registration (mandatory to be eligible for the
NHC Tournament berth), will then be awarded a berth into the 2012 NTRA/DRF
National Handicapping Championship in Las Vegas, subject to NHC eligibility
requirements (See Section 2: Eligibility for NHC eligibility details).
NHC Tour Points will also be awarded to NHC Tour Members within the top ten percent
(10%) of registered Contestants, to a maximum of 30 Contestants, on the Tournament
Leaderboard once the Tournament is closed and official results are presented.
Individuals with more than one entry qualified for points in a qualifying tournament will
earn points ONLY for their highest finish. For all details on how NHC Tour Points are
calculated and how they can earn a berth into the NHC, please visit
http://www.ntra.com/content/nhctour/view/NA==.
7. STANDINGS AND UPDATES
Provisional Contest standings will be updated in near-real time on that Contest’s
Leaderboard (the “Contest Leaderboard”) after each race using the Balance on
Contestants’ Cards. A Leaderboard displaying the Contestants’ Full Name (or Contest
ID if provided), Contest Balance, and Tournament Venue of play will be posted and
updated after the results from each Contest Race have been processed throughout the
Contest to broadcast standings. Leaderboard will only display the win or loss of a wager
after a race. Until race results are official, the bet is counted towards the Balance as an
asset: i.e. a bet will not be deducted until the result of the wager is determined. The
Leaderboard remains unofficial until the final results have been audited and are posted
to the Woodbine Racetrack website (http://www.WoodbineRacetrack.com) 72-hours
following the completion of the Contest.
Only when the Leaderboard standings have been audited and deemed final after the
72-hour audit period, will any Contest prizing be awarded.
The Standings following each individual Contest, once deemed official, will be
accumulated, by Contestant ID, to the Tournament Leaderboard. This cumulative
Tournament Leaderboard will be updated following each Contest and will be posted as
the Tournament Leaderboard on the Extreme Betting Contest Series page on the
http://www.WoodbineRacetrack.com website. Following the completion of all six (6)
Contests, the Tournament Leaderboard will be used to determine the winner of the
berth into the NHC, as well as the distribution of all NHC Tour Points to NHC members
in the top ten percent (10%) of Tournament Contestants, to a maximum of thirty (30)
Contestants.
8. WINNERS & PRIZES
Each Contest’s Prize Pool is based on [the number of Contestants entered in that
Contest] x [Entry Fee ($25)]. The Contest Sponsor will match the total amount of all
Entry Fees and add it to the prize pool up to $2,500. If the Prize Pool becomes larger
than $2500 through Entry Fees ONLY, Contest Sponsor will contribute $2,500.
Example 1:
If the Contest has 45 Contestants, the Prize Pool will be $2,250
(45 x $25 = $1,125 + $1,125 Contest Sponsor contribution)
Example 2:
If the Contest has120 registered Contestants, the Prize Pool will be $5,500
(120 x $25 = $3,000 + $2,500 max Contest Sponsor contribution)
The Contest Prize Pool will be divided in order of finish based on the highest final
Contest Balances. Using an example of 100 paying entrants in the Contest (i.e. Prize
Pool = $5,000) payouts would be as follows:
1st
$2,500
50%
2nd
$1,250
25%
3rd
$600
12%
4th
$400
8%
5th
$250
5%
One hundred percent (100%) of the Prize Pool will be paid out to Contestants as
prizing.
In the event of a tie, the prize money for both [or all] tied positions will be combined and
divided equally amongst the tied Contestants.
All winners will be unofficial pending the verification that all wagers were made in
accordance with the rules. The Prize Pool will be distributed to the top 5 finishers once
the final results become official following a 72-hour audit period. Official standings will
be posted on-line 72-hours following the Contest date. Winners will be notified following
the audit. The decision of the Contest Sponsor in all matters related to the Contest
and/or Tournament is final.
A seat in the 2012 DRF/NTRA National Handicapping Championship in Las Vegas (the
“Seat”) will be awarded to the eligible Contestant with the highest Tournament Balance
over the six (6) Contests. To be eligible, Contestant must be an active NHC Tour
member.
Release
Contest Winners will be contacted by telephone or email, notwithstanding anything in
these Official Rules, after being declared an official winner, and will be required to sign
and return within forty-eight (48) hours a standard declaration and release form stating
that he/she has read, understood and complied with these Official Rules, grants all
consents required as contemplated in these Official Rules, is eligible for and accepts the
prize as offered, and releases the Contest Sponsor and its respective affiliates and each
of the directors, officers and employees thereof from any and all liability of any kind
arising out of the entrant's participation in this Contest and receipt and use of the prize.
In the event that a Contestant fails to meet any of the eligibility requirements to be
declared an official winner, the list of top finishers will be adjusted to exclude the
ineligible Contestant, and the Contestants finishing below the ineligible Contestant will
be accordingly moved up one position.
9. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
All Contestants agree to have their name or image appear in any publicity material
(leaderboards, posters, newsletters, programs, etc) and to be printed in any publication.
The Contest Sponsor collects personal information from Contestants for the purpose of
administering the Contest. The Woodbine Entertainment Group Privacy Policy can be
found at
http://www.woodbineentertainment.com/corporate/privacy.html
The odds of winning any prize depend on the number of Contestants and the skill levels
of the Contestants. The Contest Sponsor makes no representations or warranties in
respect of any prizes and accepts no liability arising in respect of such prizes. All prizes
must be accepted as awarded with no substitutions.
By accepting a prize, the winner agrees to waive all recourse (and will be required to
sign a release to such effect) against the Contest Sponsor, and those associated with
the Contest Sponsor, relating to the winner’s participation in the Contest, acceptance or
use of the prize, including if the prize (or a component thereof) does not prove
satisfactory, either in whole or in part.
The Contest Sponsor reserves the right to terminate, withdraw or modify this Contest at
any time without prior notice. In this event, all entry fees will be refunded in full and
Balances can be withdrawn.
If a tote system malfunction occurs before or during the Contest, the Contest will be
terminated. All entry fees will be refunded, and the remaining Balance on Contestants’
Cards will be kept on the Cards for withdrawal. If a tote system malfunction occurs
before the Contest begins, all entry fees paid will be refunded to the Contestants.
Both Amtote and WEG are not responsible for shutouts or incomplete transactions. No
exceptions under any circumstances.
APPENDIX B – COPY OF THE SURVEY
2011 Handicapping Contest Survey
University of Arizona Race Track Industry Program student survey for their
capstone project. All answers to this survey will be anonymous. Only a listing
of answers will be published by category type and percentages. A list of all
those that participated will be listed and those that participate in this survey
will be sent the results after the 2011 Symposium on Racing & Gaming, if
requested.
1. Please tell us the name of your facility:
Please tell us the name of your facility:
*2. Please identify the type of facility/operation that best describes you.
Racetrack
Sports book - casino
OTB
other
3. Did you offer a handicapping contest in the last 5 years?
No
Yes
4. What was the most recent year that you offered a handicapping
contest?
What was the most recent year that you offered a handicapping contest? 2011
2010
2009
2008
2007
2006
5. What are the maximum and minimum entry fees charged for contests?
Maximum
Minimum
6. What types of wagers were allowed in your most recent contest?
(Check all that apply)
Win
Place
Show
Exotic wagers
7. Name the racetracks, by abbreviation, offered in your most recent
contest.
8. What types of prizes were offered in your most recent contest?
What types of prizes were offered in your most recent contest? Cash only
Cash plus entrance into a regional contest
Cash plus entrance into the National Handicapping Championship
Other
9. What is the average number of players per contest?
What is the average number of players per contest? Less than 25
26-50
51-100
greater than 100
10. In your most recent contest offered, how did the number of players
compare to your projected goals?
Exceeded projected goals
Met projected goals
Below projected goals
11. What were the goals for your contest(s)?
Customer goodwill
Attract new players to the facility
Increase the number of contestants
Increase number of players in the database
Other (please describe)
12. In your most recent contest offered, what items were included in the
contest budget?
cash prizes
labor
supplies
advertising
Other (please describe)
13. What are the procedures for obtaining a copy of the rules to your
most recent contest?
It can be found on our website
I will email a copy to [email protected] (student)
I will email a copy to Doug Reed, director, [email protected] or 520-621-8239
The rules are not available
Thank you for participating in this survey.
If you would like a copy of the report emailed after the 2011 Symposium on Racing and
Gaming, please provide your name and email address.
14. Provide your name and email address if you would like a copy of the report
when it is finalized.
10
THE RECAP
A copy of this report is available in digital format. Requests can be submitted to:
Ronald de la Gardelle at: [email protected]

Paper - Race Track Industry Program

Transcription

Similar documents

bikini contest - Mile High Harley

COMRADERY FROM COAST-TO

muttaburrasaurus - Clyde Peeling`s Reptiland

Printable Version - Daily Commercial

are factory farms hog-tying people`s

Monroe County Fall Festival, Ellettsville, IN

Shamaley Chime N` Rhyme Making Music

biggest contest ever - final

Schedule of Events - City of Graham, Texas

canada day - Mistissini